WO2022137052A1 - Surgical tool for robotic surgery and robotic surgical assembly - Google Patents

Surgical tool for robotic surgery and robotic surgical assembly Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022137052A1
WO2022137052A1 PCT/IB2021/061911 IB2021061911W WO2022137052A1 WO 2022137052 A1 WO2022137052 A1 WO 2022137052A1 IB 2021061911 W IB2021061911 W IB 2021061911W WO 2022137052 A1 WO2022137052 A1 WO 2022137052A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
tendon
joint
medical instrument
instrument
robotic surgery
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/IB2021/061911
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Massimiliano Simi
Giuseppe Maria Prisco
Giorgio LAZZARI
Original Assignee
Medical Microinstruments S.p.A.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US17/130,710 external-priority patent/US20210106393A1/en
Application filed by Medical Microinstruments S.p.A. filed Critical Medical Microinstruments S.p.A.
Priority to JP2023537965A priority Critical patent/JP2023554516A/en
Priority to CN202180081923.2A priority patent/CN116546936A/en
Priority to EP21834923.1A priority patent/EP4267033A1/en
Publication of WO2022137052A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022137052A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B34/00Computer-aided surgery; Manipulators or robots specially adapted for use in surgery
    • A61B34/70Manipulators specially adapted for use in surgery
    • A61B34/71Manipulators operated by drive cable mechanisms
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B34/00Computer-aided surgery; Manipulators or robots specially adapted for use in surgery
    • A61B34/30Surgical robots
    • A61B34/37Master-slave robots
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B2017/00477Coupling
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B34/00Computer-aided surgery; Manipulators or robots specially adapted for use in surgery
    • A61B34/30Surgical robots
    • A61B2034/305Details of wrist mechanisms at distal ends of robotic arms

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a robotic surgery assembly.
  • the robotic surgery assembly comprises at least one tendon-actuated medical instrument.
  • Robotic assemblies for surgery or microsurgery comprising multi-joint robotic arms terminating with surgical instruments are known in the field.
  • document US- 71553116-B2 discloses a robotic assembly for performing brain microsurgery under MRI (Magnetic Resonance Imaging) guidance comprising an MRI-based image acquisition system and two multi-joint arms, each with three rotary joints with vertical axes to avoid direct gravity loads (as shown for instance in Fig. 7 of said document US-7155316-B2), each connected to its respective end-effector endowed with an internal degree of freedom of motion for gripping.
  • MRI Magnetic Resonance Imaging
  • the kinematics of the robotic assembly is aimed to optimize the access of the surgical instruments to the operating field through the surgical ports or orifices, a feat that requires the coordination of a plurality of degrees of freedom of movement.
  • surgical, and microsurgical, applications in open surgery require an accurate kinematic control of translational movements, over a workspace limited by the field of view of the operating microscope, without the limiting kinematic constraints represented by the surgical ports or natural orifices, and thus benefit hugely from the surgeon’s ability to directly access the operating field.
  • Robotic assemblies for surgery or microsurgery comprising a teleoperated masterslave system are generally known, as described, for example, in document US-6963792-A and, more specifically for the microsurgical application by US-6385509-B2, and US-2014- 0135794-A1 , that describe kinematic solutions for the movement of the surgical instrument tip that require coordination of a plurality of joints in a serial kinematic chain that clutter the operating field. Such encumbrance effect is increasingly pronounced as the joints articulating the tip of the instrument are further away from the tip itself.
  • said micro-surgical systems do not allow adequate movement, and more specifically adequate reorientation, of the instrument tip when in an operating site inside a lesion as little as 10 centimeters from the surface of the skin.
  • document US-8521331 -B2 discloses a robotic device for laparoscopic surgery, where the master command device has a shape that allows the surgeon to wear it as a glove on his-her fingers.
  • the master command device has a joystick shape, attached on one part to the surgeon’s wrist and extends so that it is held with just one hand, comprising a cylindrical stem having a pair of lateral wings that can register the grip movement.
  • a surgeon makes use of a laparoscopic display device integral to said command device.
  • microsurgical procedures are carried out in several phases of the reconstruction of biological tissues, such as for example in the execution of blood vessel anastomosis, comprising small diameter vessels, and nerves. Such procedures are carried out to reconstruct anatomy after the occurrence of traumatic lesions or of lesions produced by surgical removal of tissue, to reattach limbs and to revascularize tissues, all performed in an open surgery set-up given the pre-existence of a superficial lesion.
  • endoscopes typically employed in MIS have an instrument channel with a diameter between 1 mm and 3.2mm. Such dimensions limit the functionality of current surgical instrumentation available through the endoscope instrument channel, which at present is typically just capable of gripping action.
  • Medical instruments comprising a jointed device suitable to work on the patient, are generally known in the art.
  • document WO-2010-009221 -A2 shows a robotic surgical instrument comprising a distally jointed device, capable of providing three degrees of freedom of motion, respectively pitch, yaw and grip, employing just four actuation cables.
  • Such cables slide inside guiding channels, or sheaths, present inside the body of the articulating device.
  • the said document W 0-2010-009221 -A2 indicates the advantageous opportunity of reducing the number of actuation tendon terminations, associated to three degrees of freedom, from six to four, exploiting for actuation the torque that cables terminated on the yaw link apply on the pitch link (see Fig. 4-A of cited document) and requires to such purpose to pull and release selectively such cables, thanks to a kinematic mechanism comprising a number of gears.
  • the driving system described requires that each end of an actuation tendon is attached to a winch, that selectively winds the tendon inducing the pull.
  • the solutions described for tendon termination comprise tortuous paths meant to trap the tendon in some sections.
  • Such solutions require the use of cables that are sufficiently resistant to survive such trapping, such as steel cables or cables with larger diameter than otherwise required.
  • a further obstacle to the miniaturization of jointed or articulated devices is the challenge of fabricating and assembling three dimensional micromechanical parts with sufficient precision at a reasonable process cost.
  • the need to develop relatively high forces at the tip in devices with a sub-millimeter size suggests the use extremely rigid metals for such components, such as for example tool steel.
  • the fixture is not suitable for repeated placement of the piece, for example it is not possible to rotate the fixture while it is being machined in a way that the EDM can work in multiple cutting planes, resulting in a laborious fabrication process that necessitates complex operations of recalibration every time a cut is carried out in a different plane. This results in a loss of precision and hence less precise dimensional and geometric tolerances.
  • document WO-2014-151952-A1 shows a medical instrument comprising a plurality of links forming a joined device, said medical instrument having actuation cables wrapping around a plurality of pulleys rotatably supported on shaft provided cantilevered on the links of the medical instrument.
  • This solution is characterized by a high number of parts, and the layout of said pulleys provided on said shafts forces to machining said shaft to resist to the stresses arising from the use of the medical instrument, therefore this solution results unsuitable for miniaturization, in fact this device could not measure less than 10 millimeters in diameter.
  • Similar solutions are shown, for example, in documents US- 6676684-A, US-2009-0112230-A and US-2003-135204-A1 .
  • document WO-03-001986-A1 shows a medical instrument comprising a plurality of disc-shaped links forming a joined device, wherein each of said links comprises a plurality of holes for guiding the actuation cables. Therefore, this solution is unsuitable for miniaturization as it is highly unsatisfactory performing micrometric holes in such links, and at the same time, it is unsatisfactory providing actuation cables which slide inside such holes without damaging.
  • Miniaturization of surgical articulated instruments require miniaturization of all the parts including actuation means such as tendons in case of cable-driven mechanisms.
  • actuation means such as tendons in case of cable-driven mechanisms.
  • Metallic multistranded cables are commonly used to actuate articulated end effector of robotic wristed instruments, endoscopes, or catheters; however together with all the parts composing surgical articulated instruments, the metal cables or tendons are difficult to be miniaturized and bring several functional drawbacks.
  • a robotic surgery assembly comprises a medical instrument comprising a frame, and a jointed device having a degree of freedom with respect of said frame, and at least one tendon made of polymer fibers designed for actuating said degree of freedom, wherein said at least one tendon comprises a tendon endpoint connected to the medical instrument to exert a tensile load for actuating said degree of freedom.
  • the at least one tendon actuating said degree of freedom are a pair of tendons.
  • Said at least one tendon is designed to slide while in contact on at least one portion of said jointed device to actuate said degree of freedom and said degree of freedom is preferably a rotational joint.
  • Said degree of freedom can be a “snake” joint and/or a vertebra joint.
  • the jointed device may comprise a plurality of degrees of freedom. To actuate said degree of freedom, said at least one tendon slides while in contact on at least one portion of said jointed device.
  • said at least one portion of the jointed device on which said at least one tendon slide while in contact is formed by a convex, ruled surface formed by a plurality of straight generator lines parallel to the axis of said rotational joint.
  • said at least one portion of the jointed device on which said at least one tendon slide while in contact is formed by a convex, ruled surface formed by a plurality of straight generator lines orthogonal to the axis of said rotational joint.
  • said at least one tendon is made of strands, for example strands raveled together.
  • the strands may be composed by said polymeric fibers.
  • the strands, also called yarns, may have a rounded cross-section, for example a circular or oval cross-section, and/or a flattened cross-section with rounded edges.
  • the strands may have different dimensions/sizes, for example different transverse dimensions such as the diameter. All the strands can be substantially identical according to an embodiment.
  • said at least one tendon is braided with a pick-per-inch (PPI) generally in range 3-100.
  • PPI pick-per-inch
  • a local relative high PPI may increase the local stiffness of the braided tendon.
  • Various portions of the braided tendon may have different PPI resulting in localized stiffness variations.
  • the at least one tendon is braided with PPI in range 20- 60.
  • the tendon is made up by braiding polymer fibers with a PPI of 20-60.
  • the PPI of said at least one tendon is higher at a distal portion of the at least one tendon, wherein said distal portion is located near said tendon endpoint along the tendon length and more preferably the distal portion of the tendon comprises the distal endpoint.
  • said distal portion having higher PPI has length which is equal or inferior to 1/3 of the tendon length, and preferably equal or inferior to 1/10 of the tendon length, and more preferably equal or inferior to 1/20 of the tendon length.
  • said at least one tendon have an elastic module between 50 GPa and 100 GPa. The tendon stiffness may vary along the tendon length resulting in localized stiffness variations.
  • the jointed device comprises a tendon fastening point where a tendon endpoint of a respective tendon is connected to, and wherein the frame comprises a shaft, and wherein said at least one tendon is more flexible close to or at the tendon fastening point, and said at least one tendon is stiffer close to or inside said shaft.
  • the distal portion of said at least one tendon is preferably braided with PPI in range 25 - 100, and more preferably with PPI in range 50-100.
  • the at least one tendon comprises further a proximal endpoint, and a longitudinal portion between said endpoints.
  • the tendon longitudinal portion may be braided with PPI in range 3-30.
  • said at least one tendon has a curvature radius inferior or equal to one millimeter.
  • said at least one tendon has transverse dimension, for example its diameter, variable in different portions of the tendon.
  • the at least one tendon is thinner at said tendon endpoint, wherein the at least one tendon is thicker in said longitudinal portion.
  • said at least one tendon has diameter between 0.05mm and 0.3mm.
  • said at least one tendon has composition variable in different portions thereof.
  • said at least one tendon has a core and a jacket.
  • Said jacket may be made of braided polymeric strands.
  • also said core is made of braided polymeric strands.
  • the polymer used for making up the braid may be poly-ethylene (PE).
  • the polymer used for making up the braid may be ultra-high-molecular- weight-poly-ethylene (UHMWPE).
  • UHMWPE ultra-high-molecular-weight-poly-ethylene
  • the jacket is not braided, and the core is braided, and the jacket is in form of a coating, preferably a chemical coating, made of poly- dimethyl-siloxane (PDMS) and/or poly-tetrafluoroethylene, (PTFE).
  • Said braided jacket may have a PPI in range 25-100.
  • said braided core has PPI in range 3-30.
  • the strands of the braided jacket have transverse dimension, for example the diameter, inferior to the transverse dimension, for example the diameter, of the strands of the braided core.
  • the strands of the braided jacket have linear density inferior to the linear density of the strands of the braided core.
  • said jacket is braided and comprises further a coating, preferably a chemical coating, made of PDMS and/or PTFE, and the core may be braided.
  • said convex, ruled surface is made in single piece with a link of the jointed device.
  • Said jointed device preferably does not comprise any sheath, groove or channel to guide said at least one tendon.
  • said tendon as per being not received within a sheath does not form a Bowden cable, conversely the tendon slides over one or more convex, ruled surface of the links of the jointed device to actuate the degree of freedom of the jointed device.
  • the tendon endpoint is preferably locked by a knot formed by the tendon itself, the knot is located at said tendon fastening point of the jointed device.
  • a link of the jointed device comprises a winding surface
  • the tendon winds around said winding surface
  • the knot may be located on said winding surface, for example the knot rests on said winding surface.
  • the knot may be subject to heating to locally melt the material of the surface portions of the tendon that are in relative contact at the knot, and thereby promoting adhesion of said surface portions in relative contact of the tendon at the knot.
  • Said at least one tendon may be made of a material which is less hard, in other words softer, than the material of the jointed device.
  • the solution reported in the invention is an articulated medical instrument including tendons made by polymeric fibers allowing minimal bending radius together with very low friction and making possible extreme miniaturization.
  • polymeric tendons may have drawbacks of creep, low stiffness, limited wear resistance and poor termination strength.
  • the invention reports a list of fibers and materials such as PE, UHMWPE, PBO or Zylon®, Vectran, suitable for low friction, low bending radius and high stiffness polymeric tendons.
  • the invention presents different design of multistrands polymeric tendons resulting in maximization of stiffness, reduction of creep effect together with a very good wear resistance and without impacting on low friction properties and flexibility and thus resulting optimal for articulated medical instruments miniaturization.
  • FIG. 1A is a perspective view, which shows the surgical robotic assembly according to one aspect of the invention.
  • FIG. 1 B is a perspective view, which shows the surgical robotic assembly according to one aspect of the invention.
  • FIG. 1C is a perspective view, which shows a surgical robotic assembly according to one aspect of the invention.
  • FIG. 2A is a perspective view, which shows a surgical robotic assembly according to one aspect of the invention associated with other elements of the operating room;
  • FIG. 2B is a frontal view, which shows a surgical robotic assembly according to one aspect of the invention associated with other elements of the operating room;
  • FIG. 3A is a perspective view, which shows a portion of a couple of jointed or articulated devices according to one aspect of the invention
  • FIG. 4A is a view from above, which shows a portion of a surgical robotic assembly according to one aspect of the invention associated with other elements of the operating room and a patient;
  • FIG. 4B is a top view, which shows a portion of a surgical robotic assembly according to one aspect of the invention associated with other elements of the operating room and a patient;
  • FIG. 5 is a perspective view, which shows a portion of a surgical robotic assembly according to one aspect of the invention associated with other elements of the operating room and a patient;
  • FIG. 6 is a perspective view, which shows a portion of a surgical robotic assembly according to one aspect of the invention associated with other elements of the operating room, the surgeon and a patient;
  • FIG. 7 is a perspective view, which shows a control device according to one aspect of the invention.
  • FIG. 8 is a perspective view, which shows a macro-positioning arm according to one aspect of the invention.
  • FIG. 9A is a perspective view, which shows a portion of a robotic assembly according to one aspect of the invention.
  • FIG. 9B is a perspective view, which shows a portion of a robotic assembly according to one aspect of the invention.
  • FIG. 9C is a perspective view, which shows a portion of a robotic assembly according to one aspect of the invention, associated with a microscope;
  • FIG. 9D is a perspective view, which shows a portion of a robotic assembly according to one aspect of the invention, associated with an endoscope; [093]. -the figure 9E is an enlarged view of the detail indicated with the arrow E-E of figure 9C;
  • FIG. 10 is a perspective view, which shows a portion of a robotic assembly according to one aspect of the invention.
  • FIG. 11 is a perspective view, which shows a medical instrument according to one aspect of the invention.
  • FIG. 12 is a perspective view, and a depiction of separate parts, which shows a medical instrument according to one aspect of the invention
  • FIG. 13A and 13B show, in a perspective view, portions of a driving system according to one aspect of the invention.
  • FIG. 14A is a schematic section view of a portion of a driving system according to one aspect of the invention.
  • FIG. 14B is a schematic section view of a portion of a driving system according to one aspect of the invention.
  • FIG. 15A is a perspective view that shows a medical instrument according to one aspect of the invention.
  • FIG. 15B is a perspective view that shows a medical instrument according to one aspect of the invention.
  • FIG. 15C is a sketch in perspective view that shows a medical instrument according to one aspect of the invention.
  • FIG. 15D is a sketch in perspective view that shows a medical instrument according to one aspect of the invention.
  • FIG. 15E shows a portion of a medical instrument for robotic surgery, according to an embodiment
  • FIG. 15F shows a portion of a medical instrument for robotic surgery, according to an embodiment
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic drawing, viewed from top and with partially transparent parts, which shows a tendon path of two tendons according to one aspect of the invention
  • FIG. 17 is a perspective view of an articulated device according to an aspect of the invention.
  • FIGS. 18 to 20 are perspective views with isolated parts of some embodiments of an articulated device, according to several aspects of the invention.
  • FIG. 21 shows a profile of an articulated device according to one aspect of the invention.
  • FIG. 25 to 27 shows several embodiments of a terminal tool according to some aspects of the invention.
  • FIG. 28 shows a perspective view of a detail of a tendon according to one aspect of the invention.
  • FIG. 29 shows a perspective view of a detail of a tendon according to one aspect of the invention.
  • FIG. 30 shows a perspective view of a detail of a tendon according to one aspect of the invention.
  • FIG. 31 to 36 are schematics, which show a path of the tendon according to some aspects of the invention.
  • FIG. 37 is a schematic in perspective view, which shows a machining fixture according to one aspect of the invention.
  • FIG. 38 is a schematic, which shows the profile of a machining cut according to one aspect of the invention.
  • FIG. 39 is a schematic in perspective, which shows a phase of a fabrication method according to one aspect of the invention.
  • FIG. 40A is a planar view, which shows a detail of a machining fixture according to one aspect of the invention.
  • FIG. 40B is a perspective view, which shows a detail of a machining fixture according to one aspect of the invention.
  • FIG. 41 is a schematic in perspective view, which shows a phase of a fabrication method according to one aspect of the invention.
  • FIG. 42 is a frontal view of a tool according to one aspect of the invention.
  • FIG 43 is a perspective diagrammatic view of a tendon having a jacket and a core, according to an embodiment
  • FIG 44 is a diagrammatic view of a tendon, according to an embodiment
  • FIG 45 is a diagrammatic view of a tendon distal endpoint, according to an embodiment.
  • the term “tendon”, or “actuation cable”, refers to an element which presents a prevalently longitudinal extension and is suitable to work under tensile loads applied at its endpoints.
  • the term “opposite tendon” or “opposite actuation cable” refers to a further tendon suitable to work in an antagonistic way with respect to said tendon.
  • said tendon will generally be indicated by the numeric reference “90” and said opposite tendon will be indicated by the numeric reference increased by one hundred, that is “190”. Nonetheless, in figures in which distinguishing between said tendon and said opposite tendon is irrelevant, said tendon and said opposite tendon will both be indicated by the numeric reference 90.
  • the concept of “opposite” extends itself to multiple elements and/or parts of elements, such as referred to for said “tendon” above.
  • the tendons comprised in a first pair of tendons will be indicated with references “90, 190”, and the tendons belonging to a second pair of tendons will be indicated with the references “191 , 192”.
  • the terms “master-slave”, “master” and “slave” refer to the known system of teleoperation.
  • terminal tool refers to a portion suitable to perform an assigned task, such as for example form the interface with at least on portion of the patient.
  • said terminal tool, or terminal portion, or terminal member is at least one portion of an “end-effector”.
  • the term “jointed or articulated device” refers to a wrist joint , an elbow joint or a shoulder joint of a robotic or mechatronic structure, in other words, an interconnected assembly of members and articulations suitable to support and/or orient and/or position and/or influence the position of said terminal tool.
  • the members of a jointed or articulated device will be indicated by the progressive annotation “first member”, “second member”, and so on, to indicate their position within the kinematic chain, in which the “first member” indicates the most proximal member; in other words “first member” indicates the member furthest from the terminal organ.
  • the members of the jointed device will be indicated with the terms “wrist member”, “elbow member” or “terminal member” to indicate the function exercised by said members.
  • the same member could be simultaneously a “second member” and a “wrist member”.
  • the term “work volume”, or “work space”, or “work field”, or “workspace volume” refers to the set of Cartesian poses accessible to the terminal portion of a jointed or articulated device.
  • said volume is of a substantially parallelepiped form.
  • said work volume is of a substantially cylindrical form.
  • the term “macro-positioning” refers to an initial operation of positioning of at least one portion of the medical instrument from any position to a work position within or adjacent to the operating field; in other words, “macro-positioning” refers to the operation of making the work volume coincide with the operating field.
  • micro-positioning refers to an operation of positioning at least one portion of a medical instrument in a finer manner than the “macropositioning”. According to an embodiment the micro-positioning takes place in a more limited space, in real time and under the direct control of the control device (master).
  • the prefix “micro-" before a certain object indicates that said object is primarily, but not exclusively, meant to operate on a sub-millimeter scale.
  • rotational joint refers to a junction between two elements suitable to permit a relative moment of rotation between said two elements around an axis of joint movement.
  • the term “medical instrument” refers to an instrument suitable to be used during at least one phase of a medical surgical and/or cosmetic therapy.
  • the term “surgical instrument” refers to a medical instrument specifically suited to be generally used in at least one phase of a surgical therapy.
  • the term “microsurgical instrument” or “surgical micro-instrument” refers to a medical instrument specifically suited to be used in at least one phase of a microsurgical therapy.
  • the term “frame” refers to a portion of a medical instrument primarily suited to have a structural holding function.
  • the “frame” can comprise at least one shaft, that is a long rigid or flexible element that presents a primarily longitudinal extension.
  • said shaft for example can be of a hollow and/or tubular form.
  • the term “ruled surface” refers to a surface achieved by the union of multiple straight lines. According to an embodiment, if not otherwise explicitly stated, the term “ruled surface” refers to a surface achieved by the union of multiple straight lines substantially parallel to each other, or in other words, a ruled surface of substantially parallel generatrices (also called “generators”).
  • a device, or an assembly, or a method, for microsurgery it is meant a device, assembly or method, suitable to be applied in microsurgery, i.e. with the simultaneous use of means of optical enlargement such as loupes or microscopes, but also suitable for applications in other surgical therapies, such as general surgery, laparoscopic surgery or endoscopic surgery.
  • a medical instrument 60, 160, 260, 360 for surgery comprises at least one frame 57 and at least one jointed device 70, 170, 270.
  • Said jointed device 70, 170, 270 comprising: at least one first joint member 71 , or first link 71 , adapted to connect to at least one portion of said frame 57; at least one second joint member 72, or second link 72.
  • Said first joint member 71 is connected by means of a rotational joint 171 to said second joint member 72.
  • Said medical instrument 60, 160, 260, 360 further comprising at least a pair of tendons 90, 190, adapted to move said second joint member 72 with respect to said first joint member 71 , pulling it.
  • Said tendons acts as actuation cables suitable for working only in traction.
  • Each of said first joint member 71 and said second joint member 72 comprises a main structural body comprising in a single piece one or more convex contact surfaces 40, 80, 86, 140, 180,
  • Each of said convex contact surfaces 40, 80, 86, 140, 180 is a ruled surface formed by a plurality of straight line portions all parallel to each other and substantially parallel to a joint movement axis P-P, Y-Y.
  • all said convex contact surfaces 40, 80, 86, 140, 180 defining with their prolongations thereof at least partially a single convex volume
  • the prolongations of said convex contact surfaces 40, 80, 86, 140, 180 of a single main structural body define, together with said contact surfaces 40, 80, 86, 140, 180, a convex volume.
  • the wording “convex volume” means that given a pair of points chosen inside said convex volume, the shorter straight conjunction between them is inside the convex volume in its entirety. This avoids providing grooves or channels on pulleys for guiding the tendons, allowing to miniaturize the dimensions of the main structural bodies and of the jointed device.
  • all said convex contact surfaces 40, 80, 86, 140, 180 of said main structural body define with their prolongations thereof the convex hull of said main structural body.
  • each tendon of said pair of tendons 90, 190 comprises: a first tendon termination 91 , associated to said frame 57, a second tendon termination 92, secured to said second member 72, and a main portion, extending between said first tendon termination 91 and said second termination 92.
  • each tendon of pair of tendons 90, 190 is in contact with said jointed device 70, 170, 270 only on said convex contact surfaces 40, 80, 86, 140, 180.
  • said contact surface 40, 80, 86, 140, 180 is a ruled surface formed by a plurality of straight line portions all parallel to each other and substantially parallel to a joint movement axis P-P, Y-Y of the rotational joint 171 closer to said contact surface 40, 80, 86, 140, 180.
  • said contact surface 40, 80, 86, 140, 180 is a sliding surface 40, 80, 140, 180 or a winding surface 86.
  • said sliding surface 40, 80, 140, 180 is a side sliding surface 40, 140, adapted to extend from said jointed device 70, 170, 270 so as to make at least one tendon portion slide in the air or slide off the contact with said jointed device 70, or said sliding surface 40, 80, 140, 180 is a joint sliding surface 80, 180, which surrounds at least partially a joint movement axis.
  • said two or more tendons 90, 190 overlap at least partially on a plane orthogonal to the direction of said joint movement axis of the closer rotational joint 171.
  • At least two tendons of said at least two pairs of tendons 90, 190, 191 , 192 are in contact with a same convex contact surface 40, 80, 86, 140, 180 and are parallel to each other.
  • the two tendons of a said pair of tendons are parallel to each other over a length of their tendon path in which they both are in contact with a said same convex contact surface 40, 80, 140, 180 of said first joint member 71 and said second joint member 72.
  • said pair of tendons connected with a same joint member is in contact with a same convex contact surface 40, 80, 86, 140, 180.
  • said main structural body is a rigid body.
  • said medical instrument 60, 160, 260, 360 comprises a further pair of tendons so as to comprise at least a third pair of tendons.
  • said convex contact surface 40, 80, 86, 140, 180 is a sliding surface 40, 80, 140, 180 on which a said tendon substantially slides.
  • said convex contact surface 40, 80, 86, 140, 180 is winding surface 86 on which a said tendon substantially winds itself without sliding.
  • the projection of the tendon path T-T of a first tendon of a said two pairs of tendons 90, 190, 191 , 192 and the projection of the tendon path T-T of a second tendon of same said pairs of tendons 90, 190 on a plane orthogonal to the direction of a said joint movement axis 171 crosses each other.
  • said medical instrument 60, 160, 260, 360 comprising a pair of tendons 90, 190 for each joint member 71 or 72 or 77.
  • said contact surface 40, 80, 86, 140, 180 defines at least partially the convex hull of the joint member 71 or 72 or 77 or 78;
  • each tendon 90, 190 defines a tendon path T-T which remains stationary with respect to the joint member 71 or 72 or 77 or 78 closer thereto.
  • a medical instrument 60, 160, 260, 360 includes: -at least a joint member 71 , 72, 73, 74 of a jointed device 70,
  • -a sterile barrier 87 suitable to substantially impede mutual bacteria contamination of the two environments it separates, placed between said pushing element 95 and said plunger96, wherein said plunger 96 is free to move away from said sterile barrier 87 and/or pushing element 95 and said pushing element 95 pushes on said sterile barrier 87 bringing it in contact with said plunger 96 and thus moves said plunger 96.
  • said pushing element 95 pushes on a plunger 96 in a pushing direction directed towards the inside of said frame 57, to move said plunger 96 along its degree of freedom with respect to said frame 57.
  • said pushing element 95 exchanges with said plunger 96 a force that is always directed in said pushing direction.
  • said pushing element 95 is not suitable to exchange with said plunger 96 a pulling force, in other words said pushing element 95 cannot pull said plunger 96.
  • said pushing element 95 includes a lead screw and nut type actuator.
  • said actuator includes a ball screw.
  • said pushing element 95 includes a piston.
  • said plunger 96 has two portions one first portion of plunger 145 suitable to be in contact with said pushing element 95 and one second portion of plunger 146 to suitable to be in contact with said tendon 90, 190.
  • said first portion of plunger 145 is exposed from the frame 57 to be pushed by said pushing element 95.
  • said first portion of plunger 145 extends outside of frame 57 to be accessible by said pushing element 95.
  • said first portion of plunger 145 is flush with said frame 57 to be accessible by said pushing element 95.
  • said first portion of plunger 145 includes a pushing surface 147 suitable to be engaged with said pushing element 95.
  • said pushing elements 95 has a reciprocal pushing surface 148
  • said pushing element 95 pushes said plunger 96 transmitting a linear force through said a reciprocal pushing surface 148.
  • said pushing element 95 includes at least one pushing element idle pulley not represented, suitable to push on said pushing surface 147.
  • said pushing element 95 pushes said plunger 96 transmitting a linear force through said one pushing element idle pulley.
  • said pushing surface 147 and reciprocal pushing surface 148 are flat.
  • said pushing surface 147 and reciprocal pushing surface 148 are curved surface that mate with each other.
  • said pushing surface 147 and reciprocal pushing surface 148 are sliding surfaces that slide with respect to each other as said pushing element
  • said second portion of plunger 96 in contact with said tendon 90,190.
  • said medical instrument 60, 160, 260, 360 includes at least one tensioning element 99, suitable for impose a preload on said tendon 90.
  • said tensioning element 99 is a spring.
  • said tensioning element 99 is suitable to apply a force between the frame 57 and the plunger 96, in the direction of moving said plunger 96 so as to impose a preload on said tendon 90.
  • said tensioning element 99 is suitable to apply a force between the frame 57 and the plunger 96, in the direction of moving said plunger 96 away from said pushing element 95.
  • said tensioning element 99 is suitable to apply a force between the frame 57 and the plunger 96, in the direction of moving said plunger 96 towards the inside of said frame 57.
  • said preload is substantially proportional to the compression movement of said spring 99.
  • said second portion of plunger 146 pushes on at least one tendon deflectable portion 93 of said tendon 90.
  • said tendon deflectable portion 93 of said tendon 90 extends from a first guiding pulley 197 and second guiding pulley 297.
  • said second portion of plunger 146 moves in a space provided between said a first guiding pulley 197 and said second guiding pulley 297.
  • said plunger 96 changes the length of tendon 90 path between said a first guiding pulley 197 and said second guiding pulley 297 of an amount linearly proportional to the plunger 96 motion along said degree of freedom of plunger 96 with respect to said frame 57.
  • said second portion of plunger 146 includes at least one plunger idle pulley 98, suitable to push on said tendon deflectable portion 93,
  • said tendon 90 has a first tendon endpoint 91 fastened to said joint member 71 , 72, 73, 74.
  • said tendon 90 has a second tendon endpoint 91 fastened to said frame 57.
  • said first tendon endpoint 91 is fastened to said second portion of plunger 146, instead than to said frame 57.
  • said frame 57 includes an upper frame portion 58 and a lower frame portion 59 the latter including a shaft 65.
  • said plunger 96 is mobile along a degree of freedom with respect to said frame57. [0200]. According to an embodiment, said plunger 96 is jointed to said upper frame portion 58 with a linear joint.
  • said plunger 96 is jointed to said lower frame portion 58 with a rotational joint not represented.
  • said plunger 96 moves linearly along a degree of freedom with respect to said frame57.
  • said plunger 96 is maintained in a proper alignment by means of linear bushings not represented inserted in the first frame section 58.
  • said plunger 96 is maintained in a proper alignment with upper frame 58 by means of respective shoulder surfaces 88.
  • said plungers 96 is a rocker that rotates around a pivot of said frame 57.
  • said sterile barrier 87 is of a form and material suitable to transmit the push of said pushing element 95 to said plunger 96.
  • said sterile barrier 87 is a flexible continuous layer of material.
  • said sterile barrier 87 lays in between said pushing element 95.
  • said sterile barrier 87 is trapped between said pushing surface 147 and said reciprocal pushing surface 148.
  • said medical instrument 60, 160, 260, 360 includes a plurality of tendons 90 and of pairs of plungers 96 and associated pushing element 95.
  • said sterile barrier 87 is a flexible continuous layer of material.
  • said sterile barrier 87 is trapped between each plunger 96 and associated pushing element 95.
  • said sterile barrier 8 is made of a stretchable material that stretches as said plungers 96 move with respect to said frame 57 exerting forces that do not substantially impede the motion of said plungers 96.
  • said sterile barrier 87 is a drape.
  • said sterile barrier 87 is a loose-fitting drape that stretches as said plungers 96 move with respect to said frame 57 exerting forces that do not substantially impede the motion of said plungers 96.
  • a sterile barrier 87 of a medical instrument 60, 160, 260, 360 it is possible to provide a sterile barrier that is not attached to pushing element and so it is easier to deploy for the surgical staff.
  • said pushing element 95 includes a sensor 150.
  • said pushing element 95 includes a sensor 150 suitable to detect contact between said pushing element 95 and said plunger 96 through said sterile barrier 87.
  • said pushing element 95 includes a force sensor 151 suitable to measure the pushing force exchanged between said pushing element 95 and plunger 96 through said sterile barrier 87.
  • said force sensor 151 is a mono-axial load sensor measuring a component of pushing force along the linear trajectory of motion of said pushing element 95.
  • said pushing element 95 includes a pressure sensor 152 suitable to measure the pressure exchanged between said pushing element 95 and plunger 96 through said sterile barrier 87.
  • said pressure sensor 152 is a thin film pressure sensor glued to said reciprocal pushing surface 148 of said pushing element 95.
  • said pushing element 95 includes a non-contact proximity sensor 153 suitable to measure the distance between said reciprocal pushing surface 148 and pushing surface 147 through said sterile barrier 87.
  • a robotic surgery assembly 100 comprises at least one medical instrument 60, 160, 260, 360 according to any one of the embodiments as previously described.
  • a surgical robotic assembly 100 comprises: -at least one micro-positioning device 41 , 141 , 241 , 341 having multiple degrees of freedom at least of translation.
  • -at least one medical instrument 60 comprising one jointed device 70, or articulated device 70, having multiple rotational degrees of freedom.
  • Said medical instrument 60 is connected in series, to said micro-positioning device 41 such that said articulated device 70 reaches a predefined position in a work volume 7 with its terminal portion 77.
  • said robotic assembly 100 comprises a support 104 and at least one macro-positioning arm 30, connected to said support 104, with respect to which said macro-positioning arm 30 provides multiple degrees of freedom of macro positioning.
  • said micro-positioning device 41 , 141 , 241 and 341 is connected in cascade, that is in series, to said macro-positioning arm 30. [0239].
  • the provision of a kinematic chain comprising a macro-positioning arm 30 connected in series to at least one micro-positioning device 41 comprising multiple degrees of freedom at least in translation, connected in series with a medical instrument 60, allows to decouple the positioning movements in translation of the terminal portion 77 of said medical instrument 60 within said work volume 7, and the positioning movements in orientation of the terminal portion 77 of said medical instrument 60 within said work volume 7.
  • said micro-positioning device 41 comprises degrees of freedom exclusively of translation.
  • said micro-positioning device 41 is a cartesian kinematic mechanism, suitable to determine translational movements along at least two mutually orthogonal directions. According to an embodiment, said micro-positioning device 41 is a cartesian kinematic mechanism, suitable to determine translational movements along at least three mutually orthogonal directions.
  • said micro-positioning device 41 comprises a X-Y-Z cartesian kinematic mechanism and a further rotational degree of freedom, around a rotational axis which substantially coincides with the longitudinal direction in which the medical instrument develops.
  • said at least one medical instrument 60 comprising one jointed device 70 has multiple degrees of freedom that are exclusively rotational.
  • a robotic surgical assembly 100 comprises a further micro-positioning device 41 , such that it comprises at least a first micro-positioning device 141 and a second micro-positioning device 241.
  • said at least two micro-positioning devices 141 , 241 are placed parallel to each other. According to an embodiment, said at least two micropositioning devices are placed side-by-side to move one medical instrument on the right and one medical instrument on the left.
  • a surgical robotic assembly 100 comprises a further medical instrument 60 such as to comprise at least a first medical instrument 160, connected in cascade, or in series, to said first micro-positioning device 141 and at least a second medical instrument 260, connected in cascade, or in series, to said second micro-positioning device 241 .
  • said first medical instrument 160 comprises one jointed device 170 and said second medical instrument comprises a second jointed device 270.
  • said first micro-positioning device 141 and said second micro-positioning device 241 are placed in such a way that the respective terminal portions 77 of each jointed device 70 reach respective work volumes 7 which must at least partially overlap.
  • said at least two medical instruments 160, 260 are placed parallel to each other.
  • said respective work volumes 7 substantially coincide.
  • said macro-positioning arm 30 comprises at least one support member 38, comprising at least one attachment feature 39, suited to hold at least one portion of at least one micro-positioning device 41 .
  • said support member 38 is suited to simultaneously carry/receive at least one portion of said first micro-positioning device 141 and at least one portion of said second micro-positioning device 241 .
  • said support member 38 comprises at least one other attachment feature 39, such that it comprises at least three attachment features 39, said further attachment feature 39 being suitable to hold at least one portion of a further micropositioning device 41 .
  • said robotic assembly 100 comprises at least three micro-positioning devices 41 , 141 , 241 , 341 .
  • said robotic assembly 100 comprises at least three medical instruments 60, 160, 260, 360.
  • said three medical instruments 60, 160, 260, 360 are positioned in cascade, or in series, with a co-respective micro-positioning device 41 , 141 , 241 , 341 , of said at least three micro-positioning devices 41 , 141 , 241 , 341 .
  • said first micro-positioning device 141 , said second micro-positioning device 241 and said third micro-positioning device 341 are located such that the terminal positions 77 of each jointed device 70 reach respective work volumes that are at least partially overlapping.
  • said support member 38 comprises at least three attachment features 39, each suited to hold at least one portion of a micro-positioning device 41.
  • said macro-positioning arm 30 has three degrees of freedom.
  • said macro-positioning arm 30 has five degrees of freedom, and in which said five degrees of freedom are both of rotation as of translation. [0262]. According to an embodiment, said five degrees of freedom of said macro-positioning arm 30 are a translational movement which is substantially vertical, three movements which are substantially rotational around said first, second and third axis of movement of the arm a- a, b-b, c-c and at least one rotational movement around said fourth axis of movement of the arm d-d.
  • said axes of movement of the arm can be fixed or mobile with respect to a common reference system.
  • said macro-positioning arm 30 is a passive mechanism.
  • said macro-positioning arm 30 is meant to be manually moved by an operator.
  • said macro-positioning arm 30 has six degrees of freedom, of which at least one of rotation. The provision of this characteristic allows the formation of an active anthropomorphic robot, as shown in a non-limiting example in figure 1 C.
  • said macro-positioning arm 30 is an active anthropomorphic robot.
  • said macro-positioning arm is moved by a motorized system comprising a stepper motor or a servomotor.
  • said macro-positioning arm 30 is a passive anthropomorphic robot.
  • said macro-positioning arm 30 has a radius of extension of movement of 650mm.
  • said macro-positioning arm 30 comprises:
  • said macro-positioning arm 30 further comprises a third arm member 33 connected to a second arm member 32 and mobile with respect to said second arm member 32 around a second axis of movement of the arm b-b.
  • said macro-positioning arm 30 further comprises a fourth arm member 34 connected to said third arm member 33 and mobile with respect to said third arm member 33 around a third axis of movement of the arm c-c.
  • said macro-positioning arm 30 further comprises at least one rotational dial nut 43, which is mobile around a fourth axis of movement of the arm d-d, and is suitable to be manipulated to move said support member 38 around said fourth axis of movement of the arm d-d.
  • said five degrees of freedom of said macro-positioning arm 30 are a translational movement which is substantially vertical, three substantially rotational movements around said first, second and third axis of movement of arm a-a, b-b, c-c and at least one rotational movement around said fourth axis of movement of the arm d- d.
  • said rotational dial nut 43 comprises a click or non- continuous movement mechanism defining pre-established displacements.
  • Provisioning said support member 38 to be mobile by a rotational movement around said fourth axis of movement of the arm d-d allows the positioning of said terminal portion 77 of said at least one medical instrument 60, associated to said macro-positioning arm 30, in proximity of a predetermined portion of the patient 201 with a favourable angle between the instrument shaft and the anatomy plane, steeper or shallower to facilitate suturing on different anatomical planes.
  • said rotational dial nut 43 comprises at least one milled handle This provides for finer control.
  • said first axis of movement of the arm a-a, said second axis of movement of the arm b-b and said third axis of movement of the arm c-c are substantially parallel to each other.
  • said fourth axis of movement of the arm d-d is substantially orthogonal to said third axis of movement of the arm c-c.
  • a manual knob 37 moving a rack and pinion mechanism controls the movement of said first member of the arm 31 in said linear sliding guide 36 by its rotational movement.
  • said macro-positioning arm 30 comprises at least one braking system, suitable for blocking the relative movement of at least two of said support 104, said first member of the arm 31 , said second member of the arm 32, said third member of the arm 33, said fourth member of the arm 34.
  • said braking system comprises at least one electromagnetic brake device.
  • said macro-positioning arm 30 comprises at least one release button 35, or unlocking button, which can be switched between a brake (or lock) and a release (or unlock) position.
  • said braking system can be released by a release button 35.
  • said release button 35 can be switched between a brake position and a release position.
  • said release button 35 when in the release position, allows the operator to move, by carrying it around, at least one of the degrees of freedom of said macro-positioning arm 30.
  • said release button 35 when it is in its release position, said release button 35 is able to release the braking system, allowing the simultaneous relative movement of at least two of said support 104 and said first member of the arm 31 , said second member of the arm 32, said third member of the arm 33 and said fourth member of the arm 34.
  • said release button 35 when it is in the release position, said release button 35 is suitable to inactivate said arrest system, allowing the simultaneous relative movement of said first member of the arm 31 , said second member of the arm 32, said third member of the arm 33 and said fourth member of the arm 34.
  • said release button 35 is suitable to work by pressure, when it is depressed, it is in said release position, and when it is raised or undepressed it is in said arrest position.
  • said robotic assembly 100 comprises:
  • said micro-positioning device 41 , 141 , 241 has three degrees of freedom of translation.
  • said micro-positioning device 41 , 141 , 241 has four degrees of freedom, of which three are of translation.
  • each micro-positioning device 41 comprises a spherical joint 173, said spherical joint 173 is positioned in cascade, or in series, upstream of each micro-positioning device 41 .
  • each micro-positioning device 41 , 141 , 241 comprises a spherical joint 173, suitable to change the orientation of the medical instrument 60, 160, 260 by moving the micro-positioning device 41 , 141 , 241 , from its base, i.e. most proximal portion.
  • said spherical joint 173 is a universal joint that can be blocked.
  • said micro-positioning device 41 comprises a first motorized slide 51 , mobile along a first sliding rail 54 along a first sliding direction f-f.
  • said micro-positioning device 41 comprises a second motorized slide 52, mobile along a second sliding rail 55 along a second sliding direction g-g.
  • said micro-positioning device 41 comprises a third motorized slide 53, mobile along a third sliding rail 56 along a third sliding direction h-h.
  • said first sliding direction f-f is substantially rectilinear.
  • said second sliding direction g-g is substantially rectilinear.
  • said second sliding direction g-g is substantially orthogonal with respect to said first sliding direction f-f.
  • said third sliding direction h-h is substantially rectilinear. [0306]. According to an embodiment, said third sliding direction h-h is substantially orthogonal with respect to both said first sliding direction f-f and said second sliding direction g-g. According to an embodiment, the third sliding direction h-h is aligned with the shaft 65.
  • said micro-positioning device 41 is suitable for working with a stepper motor or a servomotor. According to an embodiment, said micro-positioning device 41 is suitable to work with a piezoelectric motor or an ultrasonic motor.
  • At least one motorized slide 51 , 52, 53 of said first, second and third motorized slides is connected to a motor via a transmission mechanism comprising a ball screw which rotates with respect to the respective slide rail 54, 55, 56 and is held by a nut.
  • said nut is solidal (i.e. integral) to at least one motorized slide 51 , 52, 53 of said first, second and third motorized slides.
  • At least one motorized slide 51 , 52, 53 of said first, second, third motorized slides is connected to a motor by a transmission mechanism comprising a cogged belt.
  • said motorized slides 51 , 52, 53 are precision microslides having a stroke between 1cm and 10cm, and having precision in the 0.1 micron and 25micron range.
  • said motor is a servomotor. According to an embodiment, said motor is a stepper motor.
  • said medical instrument 60 comprises a motorized rotary joint 46, suitable for moving said medical instrument 60 around a longitudinal axis of rotation r-r.
  • said micro-positioning device 41 also comprises a motorized rotary joint 46, suitable for moving said medical instrument 60 around a longitudinal axis of rotation r-r.
  • said axis of longitudinal rotation r-r substantially coincides with its longitudinal axis of development, or axis of the instrument X-X, or longitudinal axis of the shaft X-X, of said medical instrument 60.
  • a shaft angle 0 is defined as the angle between the shaft direction X-X of the shaft 65 of said first medical instrument 160 and the shaft direction X-X of the shaft 65 of said second medical instrument 260.
  • said medical instrument 60 comprises one articulated device 70 with two degrees of freedom of rotation. According to an embodiment, said medical instrument 60 comprises one articulated device 70 with two degrees of freedom of rotation orthogonal to each other to form a jointed wrist.
  • said medical instrument 60 comprises a jointed device 70 with at least three degrees of freedom.
  • said jointed device 70 has three degrees of freedom of rotation, of which two degrees of freedom of rotation around axes parallel to each other and a third degree of freedom of rotation around said longitudinal axis of rotation r-r.
  • said jointed device 70 has three degrees of freedom of rotation, of which one first degree of freedom of rotation, around a first axis of rotation orthogonal to the axis of the instrument X-X, one second degree of freedom of rotation parallel to the first axis of rotation and a third degree of freedom of rotation orthogonal to the second axis of rotation, such that said second and third degrees of freedom of rotation are close to each other and form a sub-articulation of the wrist.
  • said medical instrument 60 comprises a jointed device 70, which has a further degree of freedom in its terminal portion 77, said further degree of freedom allows an opening and/or closing movement of said terminal portion 77.
  • said jointed device 70 comprises a terminal device 77 in said distal portion, in which said terminal device 77 comprises said further degree of freedom of opening and/or closing.
  • said further degree of freedom determines the opening and/or closing of forceps or of a cutting instrument, such as scissors.
  • said at least one medical instrument 60 is connected in a detachable fashion to said robotic assembly 100.
  • said medical instrument 60 comprises at least a shaft 65, suitable to connect said frame 57 with said jointed device 70.
  • said medical instrument 60 comprises at least one shaft 65 such as to position its jointed device 70 at a predefined distance from said micropositioning device 41.
  • said shaft 65 is suitable for distancing said jointed device 70 from said micro-positioning device 41 by a predefined distance.
  • said predefined distance is a multiple of the longitudinal extension of said jointed device 70. According to an embodiment, said predefined distance is equal to at least five times the longitudinal extension of said jointed device 70. According to an embodiment, said predefined distance is equal to at least twenty-five times the longitudinal extension of said jointed device 70. According to an embodiment, said predefined distance is equal to substantially twenty times the longitudinal extension of said jointed device 70. According to an embodiment said predefined distance is measured along the longitudinal direction of the shaft X-X. According to an embodiment, said predefined distance is equal to substantially fifty times the longitudinal extension of said jointed device 70.
  • said shaft 65 which distances said micro-positioning device 41 and said jointed device 70 allows for the fabrication of said micro-positioning device 41 , as well as said jointed device 70 to be of dimensions that are appropriate for them to fulfill their functions when in operating conditions.
  • said robotic assembly 100 comprises a plurality of medical instruments 60, 160, 260, 360
  • the provision of said shaft 65 in each medical instrument 60, 160, 260, 360 which distances the respective micro-positioning devices 41 , 141 , 241 , 341 from the associated jointed devices allows for the terminal portions 77 of each medical device to reach their own work volumes, while keeping their ability to move independently.
  • said shaft 65 is suitable to connect to said frame with said terminal device 77 at a predefined distance from said frame 57.
  • said shaft 65 is rigid.
  • said shaft 65 has a longitudinal extension between 30mm and 250mm, and preferably between 60mm and 150mm.
  • said shaft 65 has a longitudinal internal hole. According to an embodiment, said shaft 65 has a hollow tubular form.
  • said medical instrument 60 comprises a motor box 61 suitable to house at least one driving system of at least said jointed device 70, of said medical instrument 60. In this way, the actuation of said jointed device 70 happens internally to said medical instrument 60.
  • a robotic assembly 100 comprises at least one control device 20, suitable to determine the movement of at least one portion of said medical instrument 60, 160, 260, by a master-slave type communication system.
  • said assembly comprises a further control device 20, such that it comprises at least two input devices 20.
  • said control device 20 is suitable to determine the motion of said jointed device 70 of said medical instrument 60.
  • said control device 20 is suitable to determine the movement of said micro-positioning device 41 . The provision of said characteristic allows a translational movement of said control instrument 21 as registered by said detection device 22 to be associated to a translational movement of said terminal device 77 within its workspace 7, 17.
  • said control device 20 is suitable to determine the motion of said micro-positioning device 41 and said medical instrument 60.
  • said micro-positioning device 41 comprises a plurality of passive degrees of freedom that can be braked or otherwise blocked. According to an embodiment, said plurality of degrees of freedom is placed immediately upstream and in series to said micro-positioning device 41 .
  • said robotic assembly 100 is suitable to cooperate with a vision system 103 associable to said robotic assembly 100.
  • said vision system 103 is a microscope 103.
  • a microscope 103 associable to said robotic assembly allows for retrofitting with pre-existing microscopes, making said robotic assembly 100 more versatile.
  • said robotic assembly 100 can be used in cooperation with microscopes that have a focusing distance between 100mm and 500mm, depending on the focal length of the objective lens used.
  • it allows the swept volume of the robotic assembly 100 to be reduced, during the surgical operation given that it lacks as many parts as possible that require relatively large movements during the movement of the terminal portion of the instrument.
  • said microscope 103 is an optical microscope 103.
  • said microscope 103 is suitable to frame in its field of view said terminal portion 77 of said first medical instrument 160 and /or said terminal portion 77 of said second medical instrument 260 and/or said terminal portion of said third medical instrument 360.
  • said microscope 103 is suitable for framing the work volume 7.
  • At least one video-camera 45 is connected to said support member 38.
  • said video-camera 45 is suitable for framing said terminal portion 77 of said first medical instrument 160 and said terminal portion 77 of said second medical instrument 260.
  • said support 104 comprises at least one display 111 , suitable to form a machine input interface.
  • said display 111 is suitable to visualize the images acquired by said video-camera 45.
  • said video-camera 45 is suitable to cooperate with said macro-positioning arm 30 to permit the correct positioning of said at least one medical instrument 60.
  • the provision of this characteristic facilitates the positioning process of at least one portion of said at least one medical instrument 60 within the work volume 7.
  • said first medical instrument 160, said second medical instrument 260 and said support member 38 are disposed in such a way that they substantially form a triangle. Such provision allows to reproduce of the same triangulation existing between the eyes and the arms of the surgeon by means of said robotic assembly 100.
  • said support 104 is at least one of: a mobile cart, a support structure of a microscope, an operating bed, an operating table.
  • a control device 20 for microsurgery for a robotic assembly for microsurgery 100 in which said control device 20 is suitable to at least partially form the master interface of a master-slave pair for a robotic assembly for microsurgery 100, comprises:
  • At least one control instrument 21 mobile in space, of a shape and size which lends it to being held and handled like a traditional surgical instrument, that is to say a surgical instrument suitable to operate directly on at least one portion of the patient anatomy 201 , [0350].
  • Said control instrument 21 comprises at least one position sensor 28, which cooperates with said detection device 22, to sense at least the position of said control instrument 21 .
  • said detection device 22 generates an electromagnetic field such as to detect at least the position of said control instrument 21 by detecting the position of said at least one position sensor 28. According to an embodiment, said detection device 22 detects at least the position of said control instrument 21 by detecting the position of said position sensor 28 by measuring at least inertial accelerations components. According to an embodiment, said position sensor 28 comprises accelerometers.
  • said detection device 22 is positioned in a base structure 67 of said control device 20.
  • said control instrument 21 is connected to said detection device 22 by at least an electromagnetic communication system.
  • said control instrument 21 comprises at least one forceps articulation 69, effective in a tip portion 68 of said control instrument 21 , such as to allow said tip portion 68 a grasping or cutting movement.
  • At least one tip sensor 29 measures an opening angle of said forceps articulation 69.
  • said control instrument 21 has a shape that substantially replicates the shape of a traditional surgical instrument.
  • said control instrument 21 has the shape of surgical forceps.
  • said control instrument 21 has the shape of a surgical scalpel.
  • said control instrument 21 has the shape of a surgical needle holder.
  • said control instrument 21 has the shape of surgical scissors.
  • said control instrument 21 has the shape of a surgical blade.
  • said control device 20 comprises at least one ergonomic support element for the operator 27, comprising at least one support surface for the operator 25, suitable to support at least one portion of the forearm of the micro-surgeon 200, at least when in operating conditions, such as to provide ergonomic support for the micro-surgeon 200.
  • the provision of such a characteristic allows for improved comfort of the micro-surgeon, determining an improved operating efficiency.
  • said ergonomic support element 27 comprises at least one portion made of soft material or foam.
  • said control instrument 21 is connected to said detection device 22 by at least one system of electromagnetic communication.
  • said position sensor is an electromagnetic position sensor with microbobbins and said sensor device comprises a generator of a magnetic field and an electric circuit that reads the circuit induced in said micro-bobbins by said magnetic field. The provision of this characteristic allows the control instrument 21 to preserve its functioning as a traditional surgical instrument, without affecting a response time for said detection device 22.
  • said control instrument 21 is connected to said detection device 22 by a wired connection, or cable.
  • said control instrument 21 is connected to said detection device 22 by a wireless connection.
  • said detection device 22 is suitable to measure the position in space, this position measure being either by induced current, or it is an optic measure, or an ultrasound measure, or a measure by ionizing radiation.
  • said control device 20 comprises an on-off type switch, either implemented as a pedal or as a button, selectively suitable to activate or disactivate input from said control device 20.
  • a robotic assembly 100 comprises:
  • -at least one surgical micro-instrument 60, 160, 260, 360 comprising at least one terminal portion 77.
  • said terminal portion 77 is suitable to operate on at least one portion of the patient 201 .
  • said terminal portion 77 is suitable to handle a surgical needle 202, as shown for example in figure 3A-3B.
  • said control instrument 21 has the same dimensions and offers the same handling experience of a traditional surgical instrument, that is to say a surgical instrument that can be used to operate directly on at least one portion of a patient 201 , and said surgical micro-instrument 60 is suitable to replicate the same entire movement capability of said control instrument 21 .
  • said robotic assembly 100 is suitable to decouple the movements of said control instrument 21 and said surgical micro-instrument 60 in such a way that when the movements of said control instrument 21 are large and comprise vibrations, while the movements of said surgical micro-instrument 60 are filtered of vibrations and reduce the movement to a millimeter or to a micron scale.
  • the provision of scaled movement introduced between the master interface and the slave interface allows for the reduction of tremor as well as an improvement of precision of said surgical micro-instrument without decreasing the ease of operation of the surgeon 200.
  • said control instrument 21 is suitable to cooperate with said surgical micro-instrument 60 in such a way that, when in operating conditions, at a first 3D movement of said control instrument 21 with respect to said detection device, corresponds to a second 3D movement of said surgical micro-instrument 60.
  • said control instrument 21 is suitable to cooperate with said surgical micro-instrument 60, 160, 260, in such a way that, when in operating conditions, a first translational movement of said control instrument 21 corresponds to a second translational movement of said surgical micro-instrument 60, 160, 260 equal to a fraction of the amplitude of said first movement of said control instrument 21. In this way, it is possible to limit the transmission of tremor or vibration of the control instrument 21 to the surgical micro-instrument 60.
  • said control instrument 21 is suitable to cooperate with said surgical micro-instrument 60, 160, 260 in such a way that, when in operating conditions, a first translational movement of said control instrument 21 corresponds to a second translational movement of said surgical micro-instrument 60, 160, 260 of an amplitude that is substantially equal to one tenth of the amplitude of said first movement of said control instrument 21 .
  • said control instrument 21 is suitable to cooperate with said surgical micro-instrument 60, 160, 260 such that, when in operating conditions, a first translational movement of said control instrument 21 corresponds to a second translational movement of said surgical microinstrument 60, 160, 260 of an amplitude substantially equal to one thirtieth of the amplitude of said first movement of said control instrument 21 .
  • said control instrument 21 is suitable to cooperate with said surgical micro-instrument 60, 160, 260 in such a way that, when in operating conditions, a first angular movement of said control instrument 21 corresponds to a second angular movement of said surgical micro-instrument 60, 160, 260, said second angular movement of the micro-instrument being of an amplitude that is substantially equal to the amplitude of said first movement of the control instrument 21.
  • a first angular movement of said control instrument 21 corresponds to a second angular movement of said surgical micro-instrument 60, 160, 260
  • said second angular movement of the micro-instrument being of an amplitude that is substantially equal to the amplitude of said first movement of the control instrument 21.
  • said control instrument 21 is suitable to cooperate with said surgical micro-instrument 60, such that, when in operating conditions, a first angular movement of said forceps articulation 69 of said control instrument 21 corresponds to a second angular movement of an articulation, situated on said terminal portion 77 of said surgical micro-instrument 60, the amplitude of said second movement being substantially equal to said first angular movement of said forceps articulation of said control instrument 21 .
  • said a portion of control instrument 21 is of a shape that substantially reproduces the shape of said terminal portion 77 of said surgical microinstrument 60, 160, 260.
  • said surgical micro-instrument 60, 160, 260 comprises at least one jointed device 70 and said control instrument 21 is suitable to cooperate with said jointed device 70, 170, 270 so that, when in operating conditions, a first movement of said control instrument 21 with respect to said detection device 22, corresponds to a second movement of said jointed device 70, 170, 270.
  • a robotic assembly 100 also comprises
  • At least one micro-positioning device 41 , 141 , 241 having a plurality of degrees of freedom of translation.
  • said at least one control device 20 is connected to at least one portion of said microsurgical robotic assembly 100.
  • said at least one control device 20 is freely positionable with respect to said support 104.
  • said surgical micro-instrument 60, 160, 260 comprises at least one micro-instrument sensor, suitable to cooperate with said detection device 22, such that the position in space of at least one portion of the surgical micro-instrument 60, 160, 260 can be detected with respect to said detection device 22.
  • said micro-positioning device 41 , 141 , 241 comprises at least one micro-manipulator sensor, suitable to cooperate with a detection device 22, such as to detect the position in space of at least one portion of said micro-positioning device 41 , 141 , 241 with respect to said detection device 22.
  • said macro-positioning arm 30 comprises at least one macro-positioning arm sensor, suitable to cooperate with said detection device 22, such as to detect the position in space of at least one portion of said macro-positioning arm 30 with respect to said detection device 22.
  • said microsurgical robotic assembly 100 is suitable to cooperate with a sensor, suitable to detect the position in space with respect to a single reference system of at least one of: said position sensor 28, said tip sensor 29, said macropositioning arm sensor, said micro-positioning device sensor, said micro-instrument sensor.
  • said microsurgical robotic assembly 100 is suitable to cooperate with a sensor, suitable to detect the position in space with respect to a single reference system of at least two of: said position sensor 28, said tip sensor 29, said macropositioning arm sensor, said micro-positioning device sensor, said micro-instrument sensor.
  • said at least one surgical micro-instrument 60, 160, 260 is connected to said robotic assembly 100 in a detachable fashion.
  • a microsurgical robotic assembly 100 also comprises: [0397]. -a further control instrument 21 , such as to comprise a first control instrument [0398].121 and a second control instrument 221 ;
  • -a further surgical micro-instrument 60, 160, 260 such as to comprise a first surgical micro-instrument 160 and a second surgical micro-instrument 260.
  • said first control instrument 121 is suitable to cooperate with said first surgical micro-instrument 160, in such a way that, when in operating condition, a first movement of said first control instrument 121 with respect to said detection device 22, corresponds to a second movement of said first surgical microinstrument 160.
  • said second control instrument 221 is suitable to cooperate with said second surgical micro-instrument 260, such that, when in operating conditions, a first movement of said second control instrument 221 with respect to said detection device 22, corresponds to a second movement of said surgical micro-instrument 260.
  • said first control instrument 121 is suitable to form the master interface of said robotic assembly 100 for one first hand of the surgeon 200.
  • said second control instrument 221 is suitable to for the master interface of said robotic assembly 100 for one second hand of the surgeon 200, different from said first hand.
  • said first and second control instruments 121 , 221 are of substantially mirrored in shapes and location, such as to form the master interface of said robotic assembly 100 for both hands of the surgeon. In this way, the interface has improved ergonomics and is more familiar to the surgeon.
  • said control device 20 comprises at least two control instruments 21 , 121 , 221.
  • said microsurgical robotic assembly 100 comprises a further detection device 22 such as to comprise at least two detection devices.
  • said control device 20 comprises at least two detection devices 22.
  • said microsurgical robotic assembly 100 comprises at least one further control device 20, such as to comprise a first control device 120 and a second control device 220.
  • said first control device 120 is suitable to form the master interface of said robotic assembly 100 for the first hand of the surgeon 200.
  • said second control device 220 is suitable to form the master interface of said robotic assembly 100 for the second hand of the surgeon 200, different from said first hand.
  • said first and second control devices 120, 220 are of substantially mirrored shapes, such as to form the master interface of said robotic assembly 100 for both hands of the surgeon. In this way, the interface has improved ergonomics and is more familiar to the surgeon.
  • a medical instrument 60, 160, 260, 360 comprises at least one frame 57 and one jointed device 70.
  • Said jointed device 70 comprises at least one first joint member 71 , or first link 71 , suitable to connect to at least one portion of said frame 57, and at least a second joint member 72, or second link 72.
  • Said first link 71 is connected via a rotational joint 171 to said second link 72.
  • Said medical instrument 60 also comprises at least one tendon 90, 190, suitable for moving at least said second link 72 with respect to said first link 71 , by pulling it. [0416]. At least one of said first link 71 , said second link 72 comprises at least a sliding surface 40, 80, 140, 180, suitable to allow the sliding of at least one portion of said tendon 90, 190 over it.
  • Said sliding surface 40, 80, 140, 180 is a ruled surface 40, 80,140, 180, specifically a ruled surface formed by a plurality of portions of straight lines all parallel to each other and substantially parallel to a joint axis of movement P-P, Y-Y.
  • said sliding surface 40, 80, 140, 180 is a ruled surface 40, 80,140, 180 formed by a plurality of portions of straight lines all parallel to each other and substantially parallel to the joint axis of movement P-P of the rotational joint 171 connecting said first link 71 to said second link 72.
  • said sliding surface 40, 80, 140, 180 is a ruled surface 40, 80,140, 180 formed by a plurality of portions of straight lines all parallel to each other and substantially orthogonal to the joint axis of movement Y-Y of the rotational joint 171 connecting said first link 71 to said second link 72.
  • the rotational joint may also be a rotational joint connecting said second link 72 and said third link 73 and/or between said second link 72 and a terminal member 77.
  • the second link 72 is preferably a wrist member 78 defining two orthogonal axis P-P and Y-Y.
  • said sliding surface 40, 80, 140, 180 is a ruled surface 40, 80, 140, 180, specifically a ruled surface formed by a plurality of portions of straight lines all parallel to each other and substantially parallel to a joint axis of movement P-P, Y-Y of the rotational joint 171 closest to said sliding surface 40, 80, 140, 180.
  • the closest rotational joint 171 is defined by measuring along the direction of the tendon path T-T.
  • said axes of joint movement can be fixed or mobile with respect to a base reference system.
  • said at least one second link 72 is a wrist member 78
  • said wrist member 78 comprises at least one sliding surface 40, 80, 140, 180, formed by a plurality of portions of straight lines parallel to each other and substantially parallel to a first joint axis of movement.
  • said wrist member 78 comprises at least one jointing portion 172, suitable to form at least one portion of a second rotational joint 171 having a second joint axis of movement, not parallel to said first joint axis of movement.
  • said first joint axis of movement and said second joint axis of movement are substantially orthogonal to each other.
  • said first joint axis of movement is a pitch axis P-P.
  • said second joint axis of joint movement is a yaw axis Y-Y.
  • said medical instrument 60, 160, 260 has at least one terminal member 77.
  • said terminal member 77 is suitable to contact with one portion with a patient 201 , when in operating conditions.
  • said terminal member 77 is suitable to handle a surgical needle 202.
  • said terminal member 77 comprises a cutting surface or blade and can act as a scalpel.
  • said terminal member 77 comprises at least one winding surface 86, made of a plurality of portions of straight lines all parallel to each other and substantially parallel to a joint axis of movement.
  • said winding surface 86 is suitable to allow at least one portion of said tendon 90, 190 to be wound up around it.
  • said second joint member 72 is a terminal member 77.
  • said jointed device 70, 170, 270 comprises a third joint member 73, suitable to connect to at least said second joint member 72 by a rotational joint 171.
  • said third joint member 73 is a terminal member 77.
  • said terminal member 77 is connected to said wrist member 78 by a rotational joint 171 .
  • said at least one joint member 72 is an elbow member 75
  • said elbow member 75 comprises a plurality of sliding surfaces 40, 80, 140, 180 formed by a plurality of portions of straight lines all parallel to each other and substantially parallel to a single joint axis of movement.
  • said elbow member 75 comprises at least one jointing portion 172, suitable to form at least one portion of a rotational joint 171.
  • said jointed device 70 comprises a third joint member 73, suitable to be connected to at least said second joint member 72 by a rotational joint 171 , in which said second joint member 72 is an elbow member 75 and said third joint member 73 is a wrist member 78.
  • said elbow member 75 is connected by a rotational joint 171 to said first joint member 71 , and in which said wrist member 78 is connected via a rotational joint 171 to said elbow joint member 75.
  • said jointed device 70 comprises a fourth joint member 74, suitable to connect to at least said third joint member 73 via a rotational joint 171 .
  • said fourth joint member 74 is a terminal member 77.
  • said terminal member 77 comprises at least one winding surface 86, formed by a plurality of portions of straight lines all parallel to each other and substantially parallel to a joint axis of movement, wherein said winding surface 86 is suitable to allow the winding of at least one portion of said tendon 90, 190 around it.
  • said jointed device 70 comprises said first member 71 , connected to said wrist member 78 via a rotational joint 171 , connected to said terminal member 77 via a rotational joint 171.
  • said jointed device 70 comprises said first member 71 , connected to said elbow member 75 by a rotational joint 171 , connected to said wrist member 78 by a rotation joint 171 , itself connected to said terminal member 77 by a rotational joint 171. It should be apparent to those skilled in the art that making use of joint members similar to 71 ,72,73, a jointed device 70 can be assembled to include a serial sequence of members, of which from zero to a plurality of elbow joint members 75, a plurality of, preferably orthogonal, pairs of wrist joint members 78 and at least one terminal joint member 77.
  • said winding surface 86 is a ruled surface.
  • said winding surface is substantially unsuitable for said tendon 90, 190 to slide over it. This is because said tendon 90, 190 terminates close to said winding surface 86, on the joint member which comprises said winding surface 86.
  • said medical instrument 60 comprises at least one pair of tendons comprising one tendon 90 and one opposite tendon 190, and said tendon 90 and said opposite tendon 190 are suitable to connect their second termination endpoints 92, or second tendon termination 92, to respective tendon fastening points 82, or point of tendon termination 82, of said second joint member 72, such as to move said second joint member 72 around its joint axis in opposite directions.
  • said medical instrument 60 which comprises at least one pair of tendons comprising one tendon 90 and one opposite tendon 190, and said tendon 90 and said opposite tendon 190 are suitable to connect in their second termination endpoints 92 to respective tendon fastening points 82, or tendon termination features 82, of said terminal member 77, such as to move it around its joint axis in opposite directions.
  • said tendon 90 and opposite tendon 190 are suitable to connect by means of their second termination endpoints 92 to respective tendon fastening points 82, or tendon termination features 82, of at least one of said first, second, third and fourth joint members 71 , 72, 73, 74.
  • said tendon 90 and opposite tendon 190 are suitable to connect by means of their second termination endpoints 92 in respective tendon fastening points 82, or tendon termination feature 82, of at least one of said elbow member 75, wrist member 78 and terminal member 77.
  • said medical instrument 60 comprises at least one shaft 65, suitable to guide said at least one tendon 90, 190.
  • Said shaft 65 is a shaft according to one of any of the previously described embodiments.
  • said shaft 65 has a substantially circular section and has a diameter smaller than 4 millimeters. This allows extreme miniaturization of the medical instrument.
  • said shaft 65 comprises a longitudinal hole such as to allow the passage of said at least one tendon 90, 190 inside it.
  • said shaft 65 is integral to said frame 57.
  • said jointed device 70 has a longitudinal extension smaller than 10 millimeters.
  • said jointed device 70 has a volume inferior to 10 cubic millimeters.
  • said terminal member 77 comprises at least one first portion of terminal member 177 and at least a second portion of terminal member 277.
  • said first portion of terminal member 177 and said second portion of terminal member 277 are mobile with respect to each other around a joint axis of movement such as to determine a grasping or cutting movement.
  • said joint axis of movement is said yaw axis Y-Y.
  • said medical instrument 60 which comprises at least one pair of tendons, comprises a tendon 90 and an opposite tendon 190, in which one of said tendon 90 and said opposite tendon 190 is suitable to connect by means of its second endpoint 92 to a respective tendon fastening point 82, or tendon termination feature 82, p on said first terminal member 177, and in which the other one of said tendon 90 and said opposite tendon 190 is suitable to connect by means of its second endpoint 92 to a respective tendon fastening point 82, or tendon termination feature 82, on said second terminal member 277, such as to move said first portion of terminal member 177 and said second portion of terminal member 277 with movements in opposite directions.
  • each of said first portion of terminal member 177 and said second portion of terminal member 277 comprise at least one winding surface 86.
  • said medical instrument 60 comprises at least one pair of tendons comprising one tendon 90 and one opposite tendon 190, in which said tendon 90 and said opposite tendon 190 are suitable to connect by means of their second endpoints 92 in respective tendon fastening points 82, or tendon termination feature 82, of said terminal member 77, such as to move said third joint member 73 with respect to said fourth joint member 74 such as to determine a grasping or cutting movement.
  • said tendon 90 and said opposite tendon 190 wind their distal portions around at least one portion of said at least one winding surface 86 of terminal member 77.
  • said sliding surface 40, 80, 140, 180 is a lateral sliding surface 40, 140 suitable to extend away from the center volume of said jointed device 70, 170, 270 such as to determine that at least one portion of tendon is deflected away and runs not in contact with said jointed device 70.
  • said lateral sliding surface 40, 140 joins a surface of the member on which it is built, with at least a continuity surface 64, sharing a local tangent plane. According to an embodiment, said lateral sliding surface 40, 140 forms at least one sharp edge 63 with the member on which it is built.
  • said lateral sliding surface 40, 140 joins a surface of the member on which it is built with a continuity surface 64 on one side and on the other side forms one sharp edge 63 with the member on which it is built.
  • said sliding surface 40, 80, 140, 180 is a joint sliding surface 80, 180 that at least partially surrounds an axis of joint movement.
  • said sliding surface 40, 80, 140, 180 is a joint sliding surface 80, 180 that at least partially surrounds at least one of said pitch axis P-P and said yaw axis Y-Y, and in which said joint sliding surface 80, 180 is oriented opposite with respect to at least one of said pitch axis P-P and said yaw axis Y-Y, such as to allow at least one intersection between the tendon path T-T of said tendon 90 and the tendon path T-T of said opposite tendon 190.
  • said joint sliding surface 80, 180 is not suitable to face towards said joint axis of movement of the closest rotational joint 171 , when in operating conditions.
  • said joint sliding surface is convex and partially surrounds at least one of said pitch axis P-P or yaw axis Y-Y, such as to permit at least one intersection of two opposite tendons on itself.
  • the term “closest joint” refers to the rotational joint 141 which is closest in distance to the sliding surface 40, 80, 140, 180 along the tendon path T-T. [0469]. According to an embodiment, on said joint sliding surface 80, 180 the tendon path T-T of said tendon 90 and the tendon path T-T of said opposite tendon 190, although they do not intersect, they at least partially overlap in a projection plane orthogonal to the direction of said axis of joint movement of the closest rotational joint 171 .
  • the tendon path T-T of said tendon 90 and the tendon path T-T of said opposite tendon 190 are distinct from each other and parallel on a projection plane parallel to the joint axis of movement of the closest rotational joint 171.
  • the tendon path T-T of said tendon 90 overlaps with the tendon path T-T of said opposite tendon 190 at least on a projection plane orthogonal to the direction of said joint axis of movement of the closest joint.
  • the tendon path T-T of said tendon 90 is substantially parallel to the tendon path T-T of said opposite tendon 190 on a projection plane parallel to said joint axis of movement of the closest rotational joint.
  • the tendon path T-T of each tendon 90 are substantially parallel to each other, on a projection plane parallel to the said joint axis of movement of the closest rotational joint 171 .
  • each tendon path T-T is substantially stationary over the joint member which it contacts. In other words, even when the tendon 90 is sliding, the overall tendon path T-T is substantially always in the same position with respect to the joint member of said medical instrument 60, which it contacts.
  • Such a feature is uniquely realized by provisioning that said sliding surface 40, 80, 140, 180 of said winding surfaces 86 has a cooperative geometrical relationship with said tendon termination feature 82, which is in turn fittingly positioned on a portion of said medical instrument.
  • said tendon path T-T remains substantially stationary over the joint member which it contacts for both tendon 90 and opposite tendon 190 that determines opposite joint movements.
  • the tendon path T-T of each tendon 90 is substantially stationary in its section over said frame 57, except for said deflectable portion 93.
  • Said deflectable portion 93 is in fact suitable to be deflected by the pusher assembly 94, not unlike a guitar string.
  • said at least one tendon 90, 190 when in operating conditions, follows a tendon path T-T that is entirely composed of successive straight in-flight sections 9, which are not in contact with any sliding surface 40, 80 or winding surfaces 86 , and curved sections which are in contact with sliding surfaces 40, 80 or winding surfaces 86 of the joint members 71 , 72, 73, 74, 75, 77, 78.
  • said at least one tendon 90, 190 describes a path around said first joint member 71 , such as to wind at least partially itself over said joint sliding surface 40, 140 of said first joint member 71 .
  • said at least one tendon 90, 190 describes a path around said distal second joint member 72, such as to wind at least partially itself over said joint sliding surface 80, 180 of said second joint member 72.
  • said medical instrument 60 comprises a plurality of tendons.
  • a said in-flight segment 9 of said tendon path T-T of said tendon 90 is substantially parallel to at least one said in-flight segment 9 of said opposite tendon 190.
  • the tendon paths T-T of each tendon 90 are substantially parallel to each other, on a projection plane parallel to the direction of said joint axis of joint movement of the closest rotational joint 171.
  • each said tendon termination feature 82 is positioned such as to support each tendon 90, 190 so as to keep its tendon path T-T substantially orthogonal to the joint axis of movement of the closest rotational joint 171 , such as to allow said tendon 90 to slide on said at least one sliding surface 40, 80 following a tendon path T-T substantially parallel to the tendon path T-T of any other tendon.
  • each tendon termination feature 82 is positioned such as to support each tendon 90, 190 such that its tendon path T-T is stationary with respect to the joint member closest to it.
  • said tendon termination feature 82 is positioned such as to maintain its tendon path T-T of each tendon 90 substantially always in contact with said winding surface 86, when in operating conditions.
  • said tendon termination feature 82 is positioned such that the tendon path T-T of each tendon 90, 190 does not enter in contact with the tendon path T-T of any other tendon 90, 190, when in operating conditions.
  • said tendon termination feature 82 is positioned such that each tendon 90, when in operating conditions, slides on at least one sliding surface 40, 80, describing a curved section of the tendon path T-T substantially parallel to the curved section of the tendon path T-T described by any other tendon 90, 190 when it slides on the same sliding surface 40, 80.
  • said medical instrument 60 is a surgical instrument, suitable to be applied in at least one of the following fields: microsurgery, minimally invasive surgery and laparoscopic surgery.
  • said medical instrument 60 is suitable for being used for a biopsy. According to an embodiment, said medical instrument 60 is suitable to be used for an endoscopic procedure.
  • said tendon 90, 190 has a substantially circular cross section. According to an embodiment, the diameter of said tendon 90, 190 is variable in different portions of said tendon 90, 190. According to an embodiment, the mechanical properties of said tendon 90, 190 are variable in different portions of said tendon 90, 190. According to an embodiment, said tendon 90, 190 is obtained by joining portions of tendons with different characteristics. According to an embodiment, the composition of said tendon 90, 190 is variable in different portions of said tendon 90, 190.
  • said tendon path T-T in at least one portion of the tendon is substantially locally orthogonal to the generatrices of the sliding surface 40, 80, 140, 180 on which the tendon slides, in every operating condition, that is for any rotational angle of the rotational joints 171.
  • said tendon path T-T is substantially locally orthogonal to the generatrices of the sliding surfaces 40, 80, 140, 180 on which it slides.
  • said jointed device 70 is primarily fabricated from metallic materials.
  • a tendon drive system 50 for a medical instrument 60, 160, 260 comprises at least one pusher assembly 94.
  • Said medical instrument 60, 160, 260 comprises a frame 57 and at least one tendon
  • Said pusher assembly 94 is suitable to apply a force over at least one portion of said deflectable portion 93 of said tendon 90 along a pushing direction transversal to the tendon path T-T such as to deflect the tendon path T-T and induce an increased tensile load in said tendon 90.
  • said pusher assembly 94 acts as a unilateral constraint for said tendon 90.
  • said pusher assembly 94 lengthens or shortens said tendon path T-T in at least one section of said tendon path T-T, which is substantially straight.
  • said pusher assembly 94 is suitable to retrieve a determined length of said tendon 90. According to an embodiment, said pusher assembly 94 is suitable to release a determined length of said tendon 90.
  • said pusher assembly 94 is suitable to retreat on said tendon deflectable portion 93 of said tendon 90, in a direction transversal to the tendon path T-T such that the deflection of said tendon path T-T is decreased and the strain in said tendon 90 is decreased. In this way, a controlled movement of at least one portion of said jointed device 70 of said medical instrument 60 is allowed.
  • the terms “retreat” and “retrieve” mean that the pusher assembly, when pushing in said pushing direction, which is transversal to the tendon path T-T, locally and only locally, shortens the tendon path. Such a local shortening creates an increasingly smaller local loop, which is directly related to the amount of pulling back of the pusher assembly, and at the opposite end of the tendon, where it is fastened at its distal endpoint 92 to the joint member on which it acts, it allows a moving away of said distal endpoint, and hence enables the movement of said joint member.
  • said tendon 90 and opposite tendon 190 have lengths that result in said jointed device 70 of said medical instrument 60 being held in a reference position when said tendon 90 and said opposite tendon 90 are tensioned by the respective tensioning elements 99, 199.
  • said frame 57 comprises at least one shaft 65, in which a longitudinal shaft direction X-X is defined, said direction coinciding or being parallel to the axis of longitudinal development of said shaft 65.
  • said tendon 90 comprises at least one longitudinal tendon portion 19, in which the tendon path T-T is substantially parallel to the longitudinal direction of the shaft X-X, determining a movement of at least said longitudinal portion of tendon 19 with respect to said shaft 65, at least along the shaft direction X-X.
  • said pushing direction is parallel to the longitudinal direction of the shaft X-X.
  • said pushing direction is orthogonal to the longitudinal direction of the shaft X-X.
  • said tendon 90 is pretensioned. In this way, when said pusher assembly 90 stops exercising its pushing action on said tendon deflectable portion 93, said tendon 90 remains substantially under tension.
  • the provision of a pretensioned tendon allows a simple calibration of said tendon drive system 50, making it possible to arbitrarily decide in which pose of the jointed device to position a zero pushing action pose.
  • said pusher assembly 94 always applies a minimum positive tension on tendon 90. In this way, as said pusher assembly contacts said tendon deflectable portion 93, said tendon 90 remain substantially always under tension. Provisioning a pretensioned tendon allows for the efficient control of the tendon path within the medical instrument 60, under any operating conditions.
  • said tendon 90 also comprises a second tendon endpoint 92, or distal tendon endpoint 92, suitable to pull a mobile element, which can be connected to said second distal tendon endpoint 92.
  • said mobile element is at least one portion of said medical instrument 60, 160, 260, which is mobile with respect to said frame 57.
  • said tendon 90 determines the movement of at least one portion of said jointed device 70 with respect to said frame 57.
  • said pusher assembly 94 comprises at least one pushing element 95, mobile with respect to said frame 57 and suitable to push a plunger 96, such that said plunger 96 pushes on at least one tendon deflectable portion 93 of said tendon 90.
  • At least one body is placed between said pushing element 95 and said plunger 96.
  • said pushing element 95 is in contact with said plunger.
  • said at least one pushing element 95 is suitable to push directly or indirectly on said plunger 96.
  • said pushing element 95 is mobile with respect to said plunger 96 within a contacting position, in which said pushing element 95 is suitable to exercise a pushing action on said plunger 96, and a non-contacting position, in which said pushing element 95 is disconnected from said plunger 96, and it is not suitable to exercise any pushing action on said plunger 96.
  • said pushing element 95 in said contacting position said pushing element 95 is not necessarily in contact with said plunger 96.
  • said pushing element 95 exercises a pushing action via at least one intermediate body placed between said pushing element 95 and said plunger 96.
  • said pusher assembly 94 also comprises at least one sterile barrier 87, suitable to substantially impede mutual bacterial contamination of the two environments it separates.
  • said sterile barrier 87 is placed between said pushing element 95 and said plunger 96.
  • said sterile barrier is of a form and material suitable to transmit the push of said pushing element 95 to said plunger 96.
  • said pushing element 95 is mobile with respect to said frame 57 along a substantially linear trajectory.
  • said pushing element 95 is a piston.
  • said drive system 50 comprises at least two tendon guiding elements 97, or guiding pulleys, positioned along said tendon direction T-T such that when said pusher assembly determines a deflection of said tendon path T-T, said at least said two tendon guiding elements 97 cooperate to confine the deflection of said tendon path T-T to the tendon path section between said two guiding elements 97.
  • said plunger 96 comprises at least one plunger idle pulley 98, suitable to push on said tendon deflectable portion 93, and in which said plunger idle pulley 98 is suitable to freely turn around its axis, and in this way to reduce the sliding friction over said tendon deflectable portion 93 at least when pushed by said plunger 96.
  • said plunger idle pulley 98 is a ball bearing.
  • said second tendon endpoint 92 is a boss or a loop or a knot.
  • said tendon 90 is suitable to be pretensioned.
  • said tendon drive system 50 comprises at least one pretensioning element 99, suitable for maintaining said tendon 90 pretensioned.
  • said pretensioning element 99 is a spring, suitable to apply a force between the frame 57 and the plunger 96, to impose a preload on said tendon 90 that is substantially proportional to the compression movement of said spring 99.
  • said pusher assembly 94 comprises an electric motor, suitable to move said pushing element 95.
  • said pusher assembly 94 comprises a lead screw and nut type actuator.
  • said actuator comprises a ball screw.
  • said tendon 90 is at least partially made of a material that is softer than the materials of the surfaces over which it slides. In other words, said tendon 90 is at least partially made of material that is less hard than the surface over which it slides.
  • said tendon 90 is at least partially made of polymeric material.
  • the provision of a tendon made at least partially of polymeric material allows a reduction in wear of the surfaces over which it slides, with respect to a tendon made of metal, for example.
  • said first tendon endpoint 91 is fastened to said plunger 96, instead than to said frame 57.
  • said tendon drive system 50 comprises at least one further tendon 190, or opposite tendon 190, opposed to said tendon 90 and fastened or constrained in its first endpoint 91 , or proximal endpoint, to said frame 57, said tendon 190 extending along the tendon direction T-T, or tendon path T-T.
  • said tendon drive system 50 comprises at least one further pusher assembly 94, or opposite pusher assembly 194, opposed to said pusher assembly 94 and suitable to push on at least one portion of tendon deflectable portion 93 of said opposite tendon 190, along a transversal pushing direction of tendon T-T such as to deflect the tendon path T-T and to induce an increased tensile load in said opposite tendon 190 and said tendon 90.
  • said tendon 90 and said opposite tendon are suitable to work opposed to each other like antagonistic muscles of the human body that cooperate to determine the adduction and abduction movements of a joint.
  • said opposite pusher assembly 194 pushes on said tendon deflectable portion 93 of said opposite tendon 190 along a pushing direction transversal to said tendon path T-T, deflecting said tendon path T-T, inducing tensile load in said opposite tendon 190, from its proximal portion 18 and inducing tensile load in said tendon 90, from its distal portion 19.
  • said tendon 90 and said tendon 190 are distally structurally connected by a junction between said tendon and said opposite tendon.
  • said tendon and said opposite tendon are both distally structurally connected to a common junction element, such that the transmission of the force by said tendon to said opposite tendon is guaranteed.
  • said opposite tendon 190 comprises a second endpoint 92, or distal endpoint 92, suitable to pull a mobile element associable to said second tendon endpoint 92 of said opposite tendon 190.
  • said opposite tendon 190 comprises a second endpoint 92, or distal endpoint suitable to pull a common, single mobile element, associable to both said second tendon endpoint 92 of said tendon 90 and said second tendon endpoint 92 of said opposite tendon 190.
  • said tendon 90 and said opposite tendon 190 have lengths such that said common, single mobile element is in a reference position when said tendon 90 and said opposite tendon 190 are pretensioned by their respective pretensioning elements.
  • said tendon 90 and said opposite tendon 190 are two portions of a single tendon 90.
  • said second tendon endpoint 92 of said tendon 90 and said second endpoint 92 of said opposite tendon 190 coincide and are suitable for pulling a common mobile element, which can be associated both to said second endpoint 92 of said tendon 90 and to said second tendon endpoint 92 of said opposite tendon 190.
  • said opposite tendon 190 comprises at least a longitudinal portion 19, in which the tendon path T-T is substantially parallel to the longitudinal direction of the shaft X-X, such as to move at least said longitudinal portion 19 of said opposite tendon 190 with respect to said shaft 65, at least along the longitudinal direction of the shaft X-X.
  • said tendon drive system 50 comprises at least a pair of tendons 90, 190 for each degree of freedom, in which said tendon pair comprises a tendon 90 and an opposite tendon 190.
  • said tendon 90 and said opposite tendon 190 are suitable to be pulled simultaneously, such that the force transmitted to the common mobile element by both said tendon 90 and said opposite tendon 190 is the sum of the force transmitted by said tendon 90 and said opposite tendon 190.
  • said tendon 90 and said opposite tendon 190 are suitable to be simultaneously pulled with substantially the same amount of force.
  • said tendon 90 and said opposite tendon 190 are suitable to be pulled with a force on one of them higher than on the other.
  • said tendon 90 and said opposite tendon 190 are suitable to be simultaneously pulled, retrieving substantially the same tendon length from their proximal portion.
  • said tendon 90 is suitable to be pulled, retrieving a first tendon length from its proximal section and simultaneously said opposite tendon 190 is suitable to be released by its proximal portion, releasing a second tendon length from the opposite tendon, substantially equal to said first tendon length.
  • said tendon drive system 50 comprises an opposite pretensioning element 199, suitable for maintaining said opposite tendon 190 pretensioned.
  • said opposite pretensioning element 199 is a spring 99.
  • said pretensioning element 99 and said opposite pretensioning element 199 are suitable to cooperate to simultaneously maintain said tendon 90 and said opposite tendon 190 pretensioned, so that the pusher assembly 94 and said opposite pusher assembly 194 can work at the same time.
  • said tendon 90 and said opposite tendon 190 are suitable to connect their second endpoints 92 to their respective tendon fastening points 82, or tendon termination features 82, to one of: said second joint member 72 and said terminal member 77, such as to move it in opposite directions.
  • the cooperation between said characteristic and the provision of said pretensioning element 99 and said opposite pretensioning element 199 allows for all movements to be positively guided and controlled, avoiding any passive or free joint movements, such as from return springs.
  • said tendon drive system 50 comprises a plurality of tendons 90 and a plurality of opposite tendons 190.
  • said tendon drive system 50 comprises a plurality of pusher assemblies 94 and a plurality of opposite pusher assemblies 194.
  • said plurality of tendons 90 and said plurality of opposite tendons 190 are positioned on a portion of a drum 59, or drum 59, of said frame 57 such that the tendon path T-T of each tendon 90, 190 runs separate with respect to the path of all other tendons 90, 190.
  • said plurality of tendons 90 and said plurality of tendons 190 are positioned substantially radially, or as rays, on said drum 59.
  • said plurality of tendons 90 and said plurality of opposite tendons 190 are configured one said drum 59 like a cylinder of a radial engine, and in which the paths of said tendon 90 and said opposite tendon 190 do not cross each other on said drum 59.
  • each tendon 90 of said plurality of tendons 90 is suitable to be engaged by its respective pusher assembly 94 independently of other tendons 90.
  • said tendon 90 of said plurality of tendons 90 is suitable to be engaged by its respective pusher assembly 94 independently of an associated opposite tendon 190.
  • a drive system assembly for a medical instrument 60, 160, 260 comprises:
  • At least one tendon drive system 50 according to one of any embodiments previously described,
  • At least one medical instrument 60, 160, 260 comprising at least one jointed device 70, 170, 270 in which said jointed device 70, 170, 270 comprises at least one rotational joint.
  • said tendon 90, 190 is fastened or constrained at its second endpoint 92 to at least a portion of said jointed device 70, 170, 270 mobile with respect to said frame 57, such that said tendon 90, 190 is suitable to pull on at least a portion of said jointed device 70, 170, 270, moving it with respect to said frame 57.
  • said tendon 90 and said opposite tendon 190 are both fastened to a same portion of said jointed device 70, 170, 270, mobile with respect to said frame 57, in their respective second endpoints 92, such that said opposite tendon 190 is suitable to pull at least a portion of said jointed device 70, 170, 270, moving it with respect to said frame 57 by a movement which is opposite to the movement determined by said tendon 90.
  • said drive system assembly comprises a tendon pair 90, 190, and said tendon pair comprises a tendon 90 and an opposite tendon 190, for every degree of freedom of movement of said jointed device 70, 170, 270.
  • said medical instrument 60, 160, 260 is at least one of: a surgical instrument, a microsurgical instrument, an instrument for laparoscopic surgery, an endoscopic instrument, an instrument for biopsies.
  • a tendon 90, 190 for a medical instrument 60 is suitable to move at least a portion of said jointed device 70 with respect to said frame 57.
  • Said jointed device 70 has at least on degree of freedom of movement with respect to said frame 57.
  • Said tendon 90 is exclusively suitable for working under tensile load.
  • Said tendon 90 is fabricated in a material that is less hard than the material of said jointed device 70.
  • said tendon 90 slides over at least one portion of said jointed device 70, when in operating conditions.
  • said jointed device 70 comprises at least two articulating links 71 , 72, 73, 74, 75, 77, 78, 177, 277 and wherein said at least one tendon
  • Said at least two articulating links may define the degree of freedom, for example a rotational joint, that is actuated by said at least one tendon 90, 190.
  • said at least two articulating links may define a further degree of freedom, for example a rotational joint, which is not actuated by said at least one tendon 90, 190 and for example is actuated by a further tendon.
  • said at least two articulating links are in contact to each other.
  • Said at least two articulating links may define a snake-type jointed device.
  • Said at least two articulating links may define a wristed jointed device.
  • said tendon 90 is made of a construction that is not suitable for transmitting pushing.
  • said tendon 90 is fabricated of a softer material than the material of said jointed device 70.
  • said tendon 90 is fabricated in a polymeric material.
  • a tendon that is at least partially fabricated in a polymeric material allows the wear of the surface over which it slides to be reduced, with respect to a tendon made of metal for example, and helps to preserve the geometric tolerances established during the design phase and subsequently prolongs the life of said tendon 90, 190 as well as the life of said medical instrument 60, 160, 260.
  • said tendon 90, 190 is made of polyethylene. According to an embodiment, said tendon 90, 190 is made of high molecular weight polyethylene, or UHMWPE. According to an embodiment, said tendon 90, 190 is made of Kevlar. According to an embodiment, said tendon 90, 190 is made of Vectran. According to an embodiment, said tendon 90, 190 is made of Zylon, or PBO. According to an embodiment, said tendon 90, 190 is made of a combination of the above materials.
  • said tendon 90, 190 is made of polymer fibers.
  • said jointed device 70 is made of a metallic material.
  • said jointed device 70 is made of at least one of: INOX steel or stainless steel; super-fast steel; widia; hardened steel; tempered steel; titanium.
  • said jointed device 70 is made of a ceramic conductive material.
  • said tendon 90 comprises at least one tendon endpoint
  • said tendon 90 is unraveled into strands around its first tendon endpoint 91 such as to maximize the glued surface.
  • said tendon 90 comprises at least a second tendon endpoint 92, suitable to connect to at least a portion of said jointed device 70.
  • said second endpoint 92 is a boss. According to an embodiment, said second tendon endpoint is a loop. According to an embodiment, said second tendon endpoint 92 is a knot, as shown for example in Figure 28.
  • said second tendon endpoint 92 is glued to at least one portion of said jointed device 70.
  • said first tendon endpoint 91 is terminated by wrapping said tendon around a portion of said medical instrument 60 multiple times.
  • said second endpoint 92 is terminated by wrapping said tendon around a portion of said medical instrument 60 multiple times.
  • said tendon is wrapped around with a curvature radius that is substantially equal to its diameter.
  • said tendon 90, 190 has a diameter between 0.05mm and 0.3mm.
  • said tendon 90, 190 has an elastic module between 50GPa and 100Gpa.
  • said tendon 90, 190 is fabricated such as to have a curvature radius inferior or substantially equal to one millimeter.
  • said tendon 90 is exclusively suitable to work under tensile load applied at the endpoints, avoiding said tendon to be pinched, to be laterally guided in a channel or to comprise a sheath.
  • said tendon 90, 190 is suitable to be pre-lengthened with a load cycle comprising at least two loads of an entity equal to at least half of the tensile breaking strength of said tendon 90, 190.
  • said tendon 90 has a transverse dimension, that is a dimension that is substantially orthogonal with respect to said tendon path T-T, variable in different tendon portions.
  • said tendon 90, 190 has a substantially circular cross section.
  • the diameter of said tendon 90 is variable in different portions of said tendon 90.
  • said tendon 90 is thinner at said second tendon endpoint 92. According to an embodiment, said tendon 90 is thinner at said distal portion 92’ thereof. According to an embodiment, said tendon 90 is thicker in said longitudinal portion 19. This way, the tendon 90, 190 is suitable to be more flexible close to or at the tendon fastening point 82, as well as being stiffer close to or on the inside of said shaft 65.
  • the mechanical properties of said tendon 90 are variable in different portions of said tendon 90.
  • said tendon 90, 190 is obtained by joining or juxtaposing tendon portions with different characteristics.
  • the composition of said tendon 90, 190 is variable in different portions of said tendon 90, 190.
  • said tendon 90, 190 has a diameter between 0.1 mm and 0.3mm.
  • said tendon 90 is suitable to cooperate with an opposite tendon 190 to move at least a portion of said jointed device 70, 170, 270.
  • a tendon pair 90, 190 in which every pair comprises a tendon 90 and an opposite tendon 190 is foreseen for every degree of freedom of movement for said jointed device 70.
  • a tendon 90, 190, 191 , 192 of a medical instrument 60, 160, 260, 360 of a robotic surgical assembly 100 is made of braided strands, preferably braided polymeric strands.
  • the strands, also called yarns, may have different sizes.
  • Each strand, or yarn, may be formed of polymeric fibers forming the strand or yarn.
  • the polymer of the fibers is UHMWPE.
  • the polymer of the fiber is poly-ethylene (PE).
  • the tendon as well as the strands may be made of fibers of: PE, UHMWPE, Kevlar, Vectran. Zylon, or PBO, combination of the above.
  • the fibers forming said strand may have an elastic modulus up to 150 Gpa each fiber.
  • the tendon may have an elastic modulus equal to or inferior to 130 Gpa, or commonly between 50Gpa and 100 Gpa.
  • Braiding of the polymeric strands may be achieved by use of a braiding equipment (see for example: H.A.McKenna et al., (2004), “Handbook of fibre rope technology”, Woodhead Publishing, ISBN 978-1-85573-606-1), such as for example a braiding machine comprising a mandrel for the braided tendon and a plurality of bobbins each for a strand/yarn.
  • a braiding equipment see for example: H.A.McKenna et al., (2004), “Handbook of fibre rope technology”, Woodhead Publishing, ISBN 978-1-85573-606-1
  • a braiding machine comprising a mandrel for the braided tendon and a plurality of bobbins each for a strand/yarn.
  • the tendon 90, 190, 191 , 192 comprises a jacket 90’ and a core 90”, wherein the jacket 90’ is braided.
  • the core 90” may be braided.
  • the core 90” is not braided.
  • the strands or yarns forming the jacket 90’ are braided together avoiding being braided with the strands forming the core 90”.
  • the jacket 90’ and the core 90” are not inter-braided, and are braided independently from each other. That may allow a local relative movement of the jacket 90’ and the core 90”.
  • the number of strands forming the jacket 90’ is greater than the number of strands forming the core 90”, when the core 90” is formed by braided strands.
  • the jacket 90’ is primarily designed to obtain a desired sliding friction, as the jacket 90’ of the tendon 90, 190, 191 , 192 is designed to slide over a portion of the jointed device 70, 170, 270, and preferably over one or more convex, ruled surface 40, 80 ,140, 180 of the links 71 , 72 of the jointed device 70, 170 ,270.
  • the core 90” is primarily designed to bear tensile loads.
  • the braided jacket 90’ contributes to bear tensile loads, thereby cooperating with the core 90” either braided or not braided.
  • the braid pitch may differ from jacket 90’ and core 90”.
  • the braided jacket pitch is greater than the braided core pitch.
  • the braided jacket pitch is inferior to the braided core pitch.
  • the jacket is preferably coated with poly-dimethylsiloxane (PDMS), and/or polytetrafluoroethylene, (PTFE), and/or other suitable material, such as a resin, to improve wear resistance without impact sliding friction.
  • PDMS and/or PTFE coating 90’ may for example also reduce the roughness of the braided tendon, where the roughness results from the presence of strands braided together and thus increasing tendon wear resistance during sliding.
  • the at least one tendon 90, 190, 191 , 192 is routed around at least some of the links 71 , 72, 73, 74, 75, 77, 78, 177, 277 of the jointed device 70, 170, 270 and describes a tortuous path at its distal portion 92’, and said distal portion 92’ is in contact with and slides on one or more convex, ruled surfaces of said links, while the main longitudinal portion 19 of the tendon 90, 190, 191 , 192 received within the instrument shaft 65 has a substantially straight path.
  • the distal portion 92’ of the at least one tendon 90, 190, 191 , 192 describing said tortuous path while sliding and winding around the one or more convex, contact surfaces 40, 80, 86, 140 ,180 of the links is braided with a higher pick-per-inch (PPI) than the longitudinal portion 19 of the same tendon 90, 190, 191 , 192.
  • PPI pick-per-inch
  • PPI refers to the number of picks-per-inch of a braid (see for example: A.Biking et aL, (2012), “Variables and Methods for Aesthetic Braid Design”, Journal of Textile and Apparel (JTATM), Technology and Management, Vol.7 Issue 4).
  • the pick count (PPI) is generally expressed in the count of picks per unit of length (inch) of the braid in a line parallel to the braid axis, which represents the number of times the strand crosses for every inch of braided tendon length.
  • This parameter PPI may also be related to the “pitch” of the braid, as well as to the “cycle length” of the braid (see for example: H.A.McKenna et aL, (2004) “Handbook of fibre rope technology”, Woodhead Publishing, ISBN 978-1-85573-606- 1 ). This parameter PPI may also be related to the “braid angle”.
  • the distal portion 92’ of each tendon describes said tortuous path has a high PPI in range 25-100.
  • the longitudinal main portion 19 of each tendon describes a substantially straight path, has a PPI in range 3-25.
  • the distal portion 92’ of each tendon describing said tortuous path has greater resistance to flattening, i.e., transverse squeezing, compared to the tendon main longitudinal portion 19, in order to better manage to describe a tortuous path and to slide on while in contact with said jointed device 70.
  • the distal portion 92’ of the tendon 90, 190, 191 ,192 may have a length of 3-5 millimeters.
  • the distal portion 92’ of the tendon 90, 190, 191 ,192 may have a length which is in range 5%-10% (1/20 - 1/10) of the entire length of the tendon (i.e. from the proximal endpoint 91 to the distal endpoint 92). According to an embodiment, the tendon is about 20 centimeters long.
  • the distal portion 92’ of the tendon 90, 190, 191 ,192 may have a length which is about one third (1/3) of the tendon length.
  • the linear density of the strands forming said tendon 90, 190, 191 ,192 may be in range 10-55 dTex (i.e., “deciTex”: grams / 10 kilometers ratio) and preferably 10-25 dTex. Procedures for measuring linear density are given for example in: H.A.McKenna et aL, (2004), “Handbook of fibre rope technology”, Woodhead Publishing, ISBN 978-1-85573-606- 1.
  • the tendon 90, 190, 191 ,192 may not comprise any braided jacket, and therefore may comprise a braided core 90”, for example a poly-ethylene braided core, formed by 6-12 braided line strands with PPI in range 10-60.
  • the stiffness of a tendon 90, 190, 191 , 192 may vary along its longitudinal extension.
  • the local PPI and/or the local linear density and/or the number of braided strands of the jacket and/or of the core may influence the local stiffness of the tendon.
  • tuning the local PPI and/or the local linear density and/or the number of braided strands of the jacket and/or of the core it is possible to obtain a tendon 90, 190, 191 ,192 with the desired localized mechanical properties.
  • the local PPI should not be too high because it would compromise the tensile stiffness of the braided tendon, and should not be too low because it would reduce the resistance to flattening (squeezing) and wear resistance.
  • Flattening may alter the properties of the tendon, inter alia sliding friction, because it would cause the cross-section of a circular tendon 90, 190, 191 ,192 to become oblong and/or oval, increasing thereby the contact area with the jointed device 70.
  • a good compromise is to get the tendon flattening of an amount which causes the transversal dimension thereof not exceed twice the circular tendon outer diameter.
  • the jacket may be therefore suitably braided to mechanically contain the tendency towards flattening of the core.
  • the tendon main longitudinal portion 19 of each tendon 90, 190, 191 , 192 may have reduced PPI (depicted in light grey) compared to the tendon distal portion 92’ (depicted in black) near and at the tendon termination 92.
  • the tendon distal portion 92’ near and at the tendon termination 92 is designed to describe a tortuous path and to slide while in contact with one or more convex, ruled surfaces of the jointed device, at least one of said one or more convex ruled surfaces being preferably made in single piece with a link 71 , 72, 73 ,74, 75, 77, 78, 177, 277 of the jointed device 70.
  • the tendon main longitudinal portion 19 may have reduced PPI compared to the tendon distal portion 92’ near and at the tendon termination 92 designed to have a tortuous path which slide on a portion of the jointed device 70.
  • the outer size (diameter) of the braided tendon 90, 190, 191 ,192 may be inferior to 0,5 millimeters, and preferably inferior to 0,4, and more preferably equal or inferior to 0,3.
  • the distal termination 92 of the tendon 90, 190, 191 ,192 is designed to transfer load to the link for actuating the degree of freedom of the jointed device 70.
  • said distal termination 92 forms a knot formed by the tendon itself and the distal termination is preferably heated (i.e., thermal treatment) to strengthen the knot.
  • the knot may be a stopper knot. Heating may cause local melt of the tendon segments that together form the knot. Therefore, the distal endpoint 92 of the polymeric tendon 90, 190, i.e., at the knot, may present segments that are melted together because of such a thermal treatment (heating).
  • the distal termination 92 is heated upon the knot has been realized. According to an embodiment, the distal termination 92 is heated upon the knot has been realized and before or while cutting off a tendon segment further distal to the knot. Heating may be obtained with any conventional method, such as laser heating, torch heating or oven, etc.
  • heating determines local melt of the jacket 90’ and/or the jacket coating 90”’ so that at the knot the jacket 90’ and/or the coating 90’” of different tendon segments melt together thereby reducing relative sliding of the tendon segments forming the knot, thus strengthening the tensile resistance of the knot and therefore the ultimate tensile strength of the tendon 90, 190, 191 , 192 as a whole.
  • the knot at the distal endpoint 92 acts as a transmission element of the actuation force to the link to which the distal endpoint 92 is connected to, for example any of the second link 72, the third link 73, a terminal member 177, 277, a wrist member 78, as the case may require, as discussed in the present disclosure.
  • the knot may represent a point of weakness for the ultimate tensile strength of the tendon 90.
  • the type of knot may be chosen to balance the requirements to be as small as possible and at the same time to ensure the least weakness to the tendon 90, 190. Heating of the knot at the distal endpoint 92 causing local melt of the tendon segments forming the knot itself increases the strength of the knot.
  • a segment of the tendon distal to the knot may still exist, and in such a case heating of the knot and of said segment of the tendon distal to the knot melts the tendon material and the segment distal to the knot melt together with the knot, further improving adhesion at the knot and shortening or cutting-off the segment distal to the knot.
  • a link of the jointed device 70 comprises a winding surface 86 where the tendon distal portion 92’ wraps/unwraps without sliding over it, the tendon 90 winds around said winding surface, and the knot may be located on said winding surface 86, for example the knot rests on said winding surface 86, as shown for example in Figure 28.
  • the braided tendon jacket 90’ has variable PPI, wherein the distal portion 92’ of the tendon 92 has PPI in range 50-100, while the longitudinal portion 19 of the same tendon has a lower PPI in the range of about 10-20.
  • PPI the braided tendon jacket 90
  • a braided tendon may generally undergo to non-elastic assessment when a tensile load is applied, therefore this tendon 90, 190, 191 ,192 is preferably pre-loaded with load pre-stretch cycles, with the aim to make predictable the non-elastic deformation of the tendon when in operative conditions thus simplifying the control, i.e., numerical control, of the robotic surgical assembly 100.
  • the pre-stretch load may be of about half of the ultimate tensile strength of the tendon 90, 190, 191 ,192.
  • a relatively high PPI of the jacket allows to compress the core where the tendon 90, 190, 191 ,192 bends (i.e. at distal portion 92’ of the tendon 90, 190, 191 ,192) and that allows the tendon 90, 190, 191 ,192 for having substantially circular cross-section avoiding to have an oblong oval cross-section in operative conditions.
  • the term “circular cross-section” used herein is obviously a simplification because the tendon, as per being composed of braided yarns, will have irregular contours in a given cross-section, and with the term “circular” as used herein it is indicated also this peculiar contour shape.
  • the term “diameter” used herein also means a cross-section profile of the braided tendon which is not perfectly circular because the cross-section of the braid may locally depart from an ideal circle.
  • the tendon core 90 may be formed by a single strand of higher linear density or multiple strands with lower linear density, and the jacket 90’ may have strands with lower linear density compared to the tendon core 90”, but in higher number and said strands of the tendon jacket 90’ may be braided with higher PPI.
  • a relatively high PPI of the jacket 90’ allows to compress the core 90” where the tendon 90, 190, 191 , 192 bends (i.e., at the distal portion 92’ thereof) and at the same time allows to satisfactory cover the core 90” avoiding exposing the core 90” thus avoiding forcing the core 90” to slide over the medical instrument 60, 160, 260, 360.
  • each of the strands composing the braided jacket 90’ has linear density in range 10 to 25 dTex.
  • the tendon may be formed by braided, polymeric fibers and/or braided polymeric strands formed by polymeric fibers.
  • the method comprises the steps of providing at least one tendon 90, 190 made of polymer fibers designed for actuating said degree of freedom; and connecting a tendon distal endpoint 92 to the jointed device 70 of the medical instrument to exert a tensile load for actuating said degree of freedom.
  • the step of connecting may comprise connecting the distal endpoint 92 of the polymeric tendon 90, 190 to a fastening point 82 (i.e, termination feature 82) of the link of the jointed device 70 which the tendon is to be connected to.
  • the step of connecting comprises making a knot at the tendon distal endpoint 92. At this stage ax extra segment distal to the knot may be present because of the knot tying process.
  • the step of connecting also comprises heating the knot. This step of heating may be carried out after having tied the knot.
  • Heating determines the local melt of the tendon segments forming the knot, thereby reducing the local relative sliding of the tendon portions forming the knot. Heating determines the local melt of the tendon segments forming the knot, strengthening the knot.
  • Heating may be carried out while cutting off the segment of the tendon distal to the knot. Said segment of the tendon distal to the knot may be also subject to thermal treatment (heating), to melt said segment distal to the knot, which may melt together with the knot. This way, the knot is further strengthened and at the same time the extra distal segment is cut-off. [0643]. Heating may be done with a laser heating, torch heating, oven, any combination of the above.
  • the heating may cause heating determines local melt of the jacket 90’ so that at the knot the jacket 90’ of different tendon segments melt together.
  • the heating may cause heating determines local melt of the coating 90’” so that at the knot the coating 90’” of different tendon segments melt together.
  • a driving method of a surgical robotic assembly comprises the following phases:
  • a driving method of a surgical robotic assembly comprises at least one of the following further phases, listed in a preferred, but not necessary order:
  • a control method for a control device for microsurgery for a microsurgical robotic assembly comprises the following phase, listed in a preferred but not necessary order.
  • one method comprises at least one of the following further phases:
  • a teleoperation condition, or mode according to which a movement of the control instrument 21 in a first direction, with respect to a coordinate system associated to at least one of said detection device 22 and said microscope 103, corresponds to a movement of said surgical micro-instrument 60, 160,260 in the same direction with respect to said coordinate system.
  • said portion of the patient 201 is comprised in said work volume 7.
  • a method comprises the following further phases:
  • - provide a further control device 20 such as to comprise a first control device 120 and a second control device 220; - manipulate said first control device 120 with one first hand;
  • one method comprises the following further phases:
  • a further control instrument 21 such as to comprise a first control instrument 121 and a second control instrument 221 ;
  • said joint members 71 , 72, 73, 74 are obtained by wire electro-discharge machining.
  • said joint members 71 , 72, 73, 74 are obtained by micro-injection moulding.
  • said joint members 71 , 72, 73, 74 are obtained by 3D printing.
  • a fabrication method for the medical instrument 60, 160, 260 comprises a phase of fabrication of a medical instrument 60, 160, 260 according to one of any embodiments previously described by at least one additive manufacturing technique.
  • a fabrication method of a medical instrument 60, 160, 260 comprises a phase of fabrication a medical instrument by microinjection molding.
  • a fabrication method for the medical instrument 60, 160, 260 comprises a phase of fabrication of a medical instrument by means of micromolding.
  • a driving method of a tendon 90, 190 for a medical instrument 60, 160, 260 is described below.
  • a driving method of a tendon 90 for a medical instrument 60, 160, 260 comprises the following phases, listed in a preferred, but not necessary order of execution:
  • a method comprises the further phase of providing a drive system assembly according to one of any of the embodiments previously described. [0665]. According to one possible operating mode, one method comprises at least one of the following further phases:
  • phase G’ moves said at least one portion of said jointed device 70, 170, 170 of said medical instrument 60, 160, 260 of phase F’) in an opposite direction.
  • one method comprises the further phases of:
  • a method comprises the further phases of: -L’) instead of phase J’), pull said tendon 90 and said tendon 190 with substantially the same amount of force;
  • phase K impedes the movement of at least a portion of said jointed device 70, 170, 270 of said medical instrument 60, 160, 260.
  • one method comprises the following phases instead of the phases I’), J’), K’):
  • one method comprises the further phases of:
  • a method for replacing a tendon 90, 190 comprises the following phases:
  • - provide a further tendon 90, 190 according to any of the embodiments previously described; -A”) detach said tendon 90, 190 from said medical instrument 60;
  • the tendon 90 is attached first at said second tendon endpoint 92 and then at said first tendon endpoint 91 .
  • a method comprises the following further phases:
  • said plunger 96 is locked by the use of a pin inserted in the plunger locking hole 48.
  • one method comprises the following further phases:
  • said phase D comprises a further subphase, which entails the immersion of said medical instrument 60 in a bath of organic solvents.
  • said phase A”) comprises a further subphase of dissolving said any remain of tendon 90.
  • said phase A”) comprises a further subphase of introducing said medical instrument 60 in an autoclave or other sterilization system.
  • said phase A”) comprises a further subphase of introducing said medical instrument 60 in an oven at a temperature between 25°C and 150°C.
  • said phase A”) comprises a sub-phase of immerging of said medical instrument 60 in a chemical organic solvent bath.
  • said phase B comprises the following sub-phases, preferably, but not necessarily, in the following order:
  • one method comprises the following further phase:
  • one fabrication method of a jointed device 70, 170, 270 comprises at least the following phases, in the preferred order indicated below: -(A’”) provide a machining fixture 112 on an EDM machine and arrange a plurality of workpieces 117 on said machining fixture 112.
  • the machining method described above allows the machining of ruled surfaces characterized by parallel generatices on said workpieces 117.
  • one machining method as described above allows the cutting of workpieces of very small dimension, for example of millimetric or sub-millimetric dimensions.
  • said machining method is suitable to fabricate at least one jointed device 70 that comprises a plurality of joint members 71 ,72, 73,74, 75, 76, 77, 78.
  • said machining method is suitable to machine parallel cuts on said workpieces 117 such as to form joint members comprising surfaces parallel to each other.
  • said machining method is suitable for machining parallel cuts on said workpieces 117 such as to form joint members suitable to be assembled in a complementary fashion because they comprise surfaces that are parallel to each other.
  • said EDM machine is suitable to perform wire EDM and comprises a cutting wire 115.
  • said cutting wire 115, or EDM wire 115, or electrical discharge machine wire 115 is of a diameter between 30 microns and 100 microns, and is preferably of 50 microns. [0693].
  • said machining method is suitable to fabricate at least one jointed device for applications in the medical-surgical sector.
  • said machining method is suitable to fabricate at least one jointed device, suitable for applications in precision mechanics, for example suitable for use in watchmaking. According to an embodiment, said machining method is suitable to fabricate at least one jointed device, suitable for applications in the jewelry and/or fashion jewelry sector. According to an embodiment, said machining method is suitable for the fabrication of at least one jointed device, suitable for applications in the assembly of electromechanical products.
  • phase (A’) comprises the following sub-phases:
  • a sub-phase is first carried out during said phase (A’”):
  • one method comprises the following further phase between the sub-phase (A1 ”’) and the sub-phase (A2’”):
  • one method comprises the following further phase between the phase (A’”) and the phase (B’”):
  • one method comprises the following further phases after the phase (B’”).
  • said phase of rotating said machining fixture 112 comprises a further phase of using a rotary table to rotate said machining fixture 112, avoiding dismounting said machining fixture 112 from the cutting machine to carry out the following phases:
  • phase (C’) carry out a calibration, comprises the following sub-phases:
  • said machining fixture 112 of a jointed device 70, 170, 270 is suitable to be mounted on a machine for EDM.
  • said machining fixture 112 is suitable to perform at least two cuts on different cutting planes on workpieces 117 by using a single cutting profile 110 per cutting plane.
  • said machining fixture 112 comprises a first pair of fixing surfaces 113, 114, which are rectified, opposite and substantially parallel to each other and substantially orthogonal to a first plane of cutting X-Y.
  • said machining fixture 112 comprises a second pair of fixing surfaces 134, 135, which are rectified, opposite and substantially parallel to each other and substantially orthogonal to a second plane of cutting Y-Z.
  • said first pair of fixing surfaces 113, 114 and said second pair of fixing surfaces 134, 135 are rectified.
  • each pair of locating surfaces comprises at least one base fixing surface 113, 135 and at least one fixture fixing surface 114, 134.
  • said plurality of member seat 116 are sequentially arranged such that a translating straight line, substantially orthogonal to said first cutting plane X-Y, or substantially orthogonal to said second cutting plane Y-Z, would intersect at most only one of said workpieces 117 at a time, when said workpieces are mounted in respective member seats 116.
  • said member seats 116 are substantially parallel to each other.
  • said machining fixture 112 also comprises a pair of locating surfaces, opposite and substantially parallel to each other and substantially orthogonal to a third cutting plane X-Z.
  • said third pair of locating surfaces comprises at least a guide hole 125, and the EDM wire 115 of said EDM machine is inserted in at least one said guide hole 125, to avoid the EDM wire coming into contact with at least one machining fixture 112, during the cut.
  • said machining fixture 112 also comprises:
  • a plurality of member seats 116 each suitable to receive at least one workpiece 117, said workpiece 117 being suitable to realize at least one portion of said jointed device 70, 170, 270.
  • said machining fixture 112 also comprises at least one reference rod 118, suitable to allow for the cut calibration.
  • said machining fixture 112 comprises at least one fixing element, or fastening element, suitable to firmly connect said at least one workpiece 117 in its respective member seat 116.
  • said at least one fastening element is conductive glue. [0723]. According to an embodiment, said at least one fastening element is a grub screw.
  • said grub screw is suitable to be mounted in a threaded hole supplied in said at least one fastening surface.
  • said fastening grub screw is suitable to penetrate in said threaded hole of said fastening surface.
  • said machining fixture 112 comprises four member seats 116 and a reference rod 118.
  • each member seat 116 is substantially positioned at the same distance from its respective fastening surface.
  • said fastening surfaces are positioned in a stepwise manner, such as to form a stair shape in profile.
  • said fastening surfaces are positioned in a stepwise manner, such as to form a stair shape in profile with respect to at least one cutting plane X-Y, Y-Z, X-Z.
  • said machining fixture 112 has a surface facing towards any cutting plane X-Y, Y-Z, X-Z inferior to 10000 square millimeters.
  • said machining fixture 112 has a surface facing towards any cutting plane X-Y, Y-Z, X-Z inferior to 5000 square millimeters.
  • microsurgical procedures are carried out manually by the surgeon 200, or micro-surgeon 200, by the use of manual instruments, such as forceps, scissors and needle holders used to manipulate very fragile tissues and ducts with an diameter of 1 mm or less.
  • the microsurgical procedure step most commonly performed is anastomosis, in which two small, severed vessels are sutured back together to reestablish blood flow. This procedure is carried out by holding the two adjacent vessel stubs with specific clamps and by using small caliber needles to perform the suture.
  • the micro-surgeon 200 must hence perform very small movements, trying to limit the natural tremor of the hand and to maintain a high level of both concentration and sensitivity in order to delicately manipulate the fragile tissues with which he/she interacts via the instruments. It is apparent that robotics can bring significant improvement to the performance of complex microsurgical procedures.
  • said robotic assembly 100 has the function of supporting the surgeon 200 in the execution of a microsurgical procedure by using jointed devices and robotic devices that guarantee extremely precise movements, that scale down the actual hand movement of the surgeon 200 eliminating any tremor while reproducing the kinematics of the human wrist on a small scale.
  • said surgical robotic assembly 100 comprises a support 104, an articulated macro-positioning arm 30, and a pair of micro-positioning devices 41 , 141 , 241.
  • a medical instrument 60, 160, 260, which comprises a motor box 61 and a sterile jointed device 70, 170, 270 is attached to each micro-positioning device 41 , 141 , 241.
  • Two control devices 20, suitable for the robotic control of the two medical instruments 60, 160, 260 and of the micro-positioning devices 41 , 141 , 241 , are connected to the support 104 by communication cables 109. All the electronic control circuit boards and the power sources of the robotic assembly 100 are integrated in the support 104, while a control panel 108, for switching on and off and the management of user messages from the robotic assembly 100 by an operator, is situated on its surface.
  • a dedicated, external videomicroscope entry allows the integration of any traditional external microscope 103 for microsurgery.
  • a digital microscope 103 is integrated in the system to visualize the substantially overlapping work volume 7 of the two sterile jointed devices 70, 170, 270.
  • a possible configuration of the surgical robotic assembly 100 is specifically dedicated to performing microsurgical procedures at the limb extremities or on free flaps.
  • This is composed of an operating table 102 on which the limb to be operated on, or the free flap, is placed and comprises the use of a pair of jointed devices 70, 170, 270 connected to micro-positioning devices 41 , 141 , 241 and remotely controlled in real time by the microsurgeon 200 by their respective control devices 20.
  • microscope 103 is not part of the surgical robotic assembly 100 but is an independent element, fundamental for the visualization of the work volume 7 during the performance of the procedure.
  • a possible configuration of the surgical robotic assembly 100 is composed of: a support 104 which allows for the support of the surgical robotic assembly 100 and for its transfer into the operating room to a position adjacent to the mobile operating table 102 on which the patient 201 is lying, one passive, articulated macro-positioning arm 30 that extends from the support 104 and allows the active part of the surgical robotic assembly 100 to reach the anatomical site involved in the procedure.
  • the whole procedure is carried out under vision guidance provided by an external, traditional surgical microscope 103.
  • the support 104 has both a structural and transport function for the surgical robotic assembly 100, while the macro-positioning arm 30 connected to it allows the simultaneous positioning of a pair of micro-positioning devices 41 , 141 , 241 and the medical instruments 60, 160, 260 in proximity to the anatomical district which will be operated on.
  • the micro-positioning devices 41 , 141 , 241 and the medical instruments 60, 160, 260 are actively moved and controlled in real time by the control devices 20.
  • each control device 20 is equipped with a support clamp or bracket, which can be independently positioned, for example by connecting it to the operating table 102.
  • Said control devices 20 are connected to the surgical robotic assembly 100 by a power cablel 07, also suitable for the transmission of control data.
  • a retractable handle 106 and a foot platform 105 are positioned on a posterior side.
  • the cart 104 has a control panel 108 on a posterior surface for the management of the parameters of the surgical robotic assembly 100 by the user and for the display of messages or warnings of the machine itself.
  • On/Off switches (power buttons) and an emergency stop button are present on the same side.
  • a power cable 107 supplies electrical current to the entire system, while the video data acquired by the digital microscope are passed to the surgical robotic assembly 100 via a communication cable 109, such as to be able to integrate vision-derived information into the controls.
  • said surgical robotic assembly 100 comprises a foot platform 105, suitable to be used together or alternatively to a retractable handle 106 for the transport of the robotic assembly 100 during its positioning in the operating room, placed on the bottom of the posterior side of the cart.
  • Said foot platform 105 allows the foot of an operator responsible for the movement of said robotic assembly 100 to rest on it, such that the robotic assembly 100 can also be pushed from the base, eliminating the risk of its tipping over while it is moved.
  • the control device 20 has the function of controlling the robotic movement of the micro-positioning devices and of the medical instrument 60, 160, 260.
  • the control device 20 comprises a control instrument 21 , whose position in space is detected in real time by a magnetic tracking sensor.
  • the magnetic tracking sensor is made of a magnetic field generator and of wired markers containing micro-bobbins, such as for example, but not limited to, the product “NDI AURORA V3 tracking system” comprising a “Planar field generator” and sensor “Mini 6DOF” by the company “NDI - Northern Digital Inc., 103 Randall Drive Waterloo, Ontario, Canada N2V1C5”.
  • the control instrument 21 integrates all the markers necessary for the detection of the six spatial coordinates of the control instrument 21 with respect to a base structure 67 and comprises an additional degree of freedom of gripping located in its tip portion 68, whose angle of aperture is measured by a tip sensor 29.
  • Said tip sensor 29 is a position sensor or a proximity sensor.
  • a connection tendon 23 connects the control instrument 21 to a base structure 67 that contains a magnetic field generator, suitable both for powering and data transmission between the control instrument 21 and said base structure 67, particularly, but not necessarily when it comprises a detection device 22.
  • a power and communication tendon 24 connects the magnetic field generator to the external power source at the cart 104 of the robotic assembly, transferring the data relative to the position and orientation of the control instrument as well as the aperture angle of the forceps of the control instrument 21 .
  • a further marker for the detection of the six spatial coordinates of the cart with respect to the base structure 67 is present on the support 104 and connected by the power and communication tendon 24 to the base structure 67.
  • Status signal lights 26 are integrated in the base structure 67 and communicate the activity of the control device to the user.
  • a soft, dedicated, ergonomic operator support 27 is made to allow an ergonomic use of the control device 20, while the control instrument 21 reproduces the geometry of traditional micro-instruments such as the forceps and needle holder to make their handling more intuitive and familiar to the surgeon.
  • the macro-positioning arm 30 allows the anatomical districts involved in the surgical procedure to be reached by the active parts of the robotic assembly 100, such as, for example, the micro-positioning devices 41 , 141 , 241 and the medical instruments 60, 160, 260.
  • Said macro-positioning arm 30 is composed of four members 31 , 32, 33, 34 connected to each other in series by passive rotational joints each having vertical and parallel arm movement axes a-a, b-b, c-c. Inside each rotational joint, electromagnetic brakes allow the position of each single member to be locked in space.
  • a dedicated brake release button 35 positioned below on the bottom side of the fourth arm member 34 to facilitate its grasping and activation, allows all joint brakes to be simultaneously released and thus to reposition each arm member in space as required by the user. The new position can then be frozen by undepressing the release button 35.
  • the first member 31 of the macro-positioning arm 30 is connected to a cart 104 by a rack and pinion mechanism that allows to manually control the movement of said macro-positioning arm 30 within a dedicated linear sliding guide36 along a preferably vertical linear displacement axis, when a manual knob 37 is turned.
  • the fourth member 34 of the macro-positioning arm 30 has a rotational joint at its tip, which is manually activated by a dedicated rotational dial nut 43 that turns around a fourth axis of arm movement d-d, perpendicular to the third axis of arm movement c-c.
  • the macro-positioning arm 30 is connected to the support member 38 via the rotational joint, which is manually activated via the movement of said rotational dial nut 43.
  • a pair of micro-positioning devices 41 , 141 , 241 is connected to the two extremities of said support member 38 that also carries a video camera 45 in its middle section, which can display enlarged images of the work volume 7 in which the microsurgery is carried out.
  • the medical instruments 60, 160, 260 are rigidly attached to a distal portion of the micro-positioning devices 41 , 141 , 241 .
  • the micro-positioning device 41 , 141 , 241 comprises three motorized slides 51 , 52, 53, orthogonally connected to each other and able to each move independently along respective three axes of linear displacement f-f, g-g, h-h, and a motorized rotary joint 46.
  • said motorized slides 51 , 52, 53 are motorized microslides.
  • the medical instrument 60, 160, 260 is rigidly attached to the micro-positioning device 41 , 141 , 241 by a motorized rotary joint 46 that turns it around its longitudinal rotation axis r-r.
  • the medical instrument 60 has a motor box 61 that contains at least one tendon drive system 50 equipped to drive the jointed device 70 of said medical instrument 60 and its terminal device 77.
  • the transmission mechanism integrated inside the mechanical transmission box 62, connected to the motor box 61 transmits the motion to the medical instrument 60 via the shaft 65 to the jointed device 70 and to the terminal device 77.
  • the medical instrument 60 is made of a motor box 61 containing the actuators for driving the medical instrument 60, the associated electronic control boards and motor driver boards.
  • the mechanical transmission box 62 which contains the mechanisms dedicated to transmitting the motor motion via said shaft 65 along the longitudinal shaft direction X-X, to the jointed device and the terminal device 77, is connected to said motor box 61 .
  • the motor box 61 contains six pushing elements 95 associated to three degrees of freedom of the medical instrument 60.
  • said pushing elements are moved by at least one pusher assembly 94, which comprises electric micro-motors with a linear transmission system lead screws.
  • Actuation pistons 95 come out of the wall of motor box 61 facing the transmission box 62 and actuate the transmission mechanism integrated into the mechanical transmission box 62.
  • the motor box 61 and the mechanical transmission box 62 are separated by a sterile barrier 87 and can be integrally connected with each other by connecting features, for example via a bayonet connection, as shown in figure 12.
  • the shaft 65 is hollow, fabricated in metal, extends itself along the longitudinal shaft direction X-X and inserts itself into the mechanical transmission box 62.
  • the jointed device 70, 170, 270 with the terminal device 77 at the tip is inserted at the other shaft end or tip.
  • the six pushing elements 95 implemented as actuation pistons connected to motors, couple with the respective plungers 96 of the mechanical transmission box 62 thus connecting the motor box 61 with the mechanical transmission box 62,
  • said pushing element 95 and said plungers 96 are separated by a sterile barrier 87.
  • the plungers 96 can move linearly along the piston movement axis and are maintained in a proper alignment by means of linear bushings not represented inserted in the first frame section 58, or upper frame 58, and by means of respective shoulder surfaces 88.
  • the actuation of the jointed device 70 is assigned to six tendons 90, or actuation cables 90, which are independent and run from a tendon fastening surface 84 in the mechanical transmission box 62, to the jointed device 70 of the medical instrument 60, via the mechanical transmission box 62, the tendon passage hole and the hollow shaft 65.
  • each tendon 90 winds around each respective four guiding pulleys 97, mounted on said lower frame 59, such as to change its path direction until aligning with the instrument axis X-X.
  • Such guiding pulleys 97 can be a fixed or idle pulleys and in a preferred configuration they are idle pulleys, with the exceptions of the first guiding pulley 197, positioned closest to the first tendon endpoint 91 , which is a fixed guiding pulley 197.
  • a further plunger idle pulley 98 is positioned on each plunger 96 and moves integral with it along the linear piston pulley movement axis.
  • Each actuation tendon 90 also partially winds around the respective plunger idle pulley 98, fastened to the respective plunger 96.
  • Said plunger idle pulley 98 is located between said first guiding pulley 197 and a second guiding pulley 297.
  • the movement of the plunger 96 and hence of the plunger idle pulley 98 induced by the actuation piston 95 pushes the tendon 90 and hence varies its path length between said first guiding pulley 197 and said second guiding pulley 297.
  • This change in length is transmitted by means of said transmission mechanism to the distal articulation of the medical instrument 60, 160, 260, resulting in its actuation.
  • a spring 99 suitable to work by compression, is inserted between the plunger idle pulley 98 and the upper frame 58 around the plunger 96.
  • said spring 99 generates a force directed along the plunger movement direction axis and establishes a variable preload on each plunger 96 sufficient to always keep the tendon 90 under a light tension and avoid its derailing from said guiding elements 97, 98, 197, 297 during changes in its tensile load.
  • a tendon guide element 89 maintains each tendon 90 in position and impedes its derailing, even in cases of anomalies such as a loss of tension in the tendons 90.
  • the jointed device 70 uses six low-friction, low minimum curvature radius and high stiffness polymeric tendons as movement transmission means for actuation of the three degrees of freedom of motion which the jointed device 70, 170, 270 is capable of.
  • Each actuation cable, or tendon, 90 is glued with a low viscosity acrylic glue to tendon fastening surface 84 of the lower frame 59 and changes its direction by passing across four successive guide elements 97, 197, 297, integral to the lower frame 59 until it reaches the center of the transmission box 62 and enters through a central hole in the shaft 65 of the medical instrument 60, 160, 260 running in the direction of the instrument X-X, down to the jointed device 70, 170, 270.
  • the first guiding pulley 197 of each actuation cables 90 is a fixed pulley 197 on which the tendon 90 winds.
  • Successive guide elements are idle pulleys, around which tendon 90 is partly wound.
  • At least one tendon 90 winds around at least four guiding pulleys 197, 297, 397, 497, thus defining a third guide element 397 and a fourth guide element 497.
  • a tendon guide element 89 keeps the tendon 90 in the correct position and avoids derailing of the tendon 90, even in cases such as an anomalous loss of tension.
  • the joint members that form the jointed device 70, 170, 270 and its terminal device 77 reproduce the kinematics of the human wrist adding a grasping degree of freedom of movement at the tip, for a total of three degrees of freedom of movement.
  • a first joint member 71 and a second joint member 72 are connected to each other by a rotational joint 171 around a first axis of rotation P-P, followed by a first portion of the terminal member 177 and a second portion of the terminal member 277, both connected to said second joint member 72, which freely rotate around a second axis of joint movement Y-Y, orthogonal to the first axis of joint movement P-P and providing a terminal device 77 at the tip.
  • the first member 71 locks on or is jointed in a concentric manner with the shaft 65 of the medical instrument 60 and is rigidly attached to it via fastening pins 76.
  • six actuation cables 90 run through the medical instrument shaft arranged respectively two planar groups of three symmetrically arranged with respect to a shaft section plane defined by the axis of the instrument X-X and by its first joint axis of joint P-P.
  • the tendon and opposite tendon 90,190 associated to second joint member 72 are arranged opposite to each other with respect to said section plane, slide over two opposite lateral sliding surfaces 40 of the first member 71 , then both cross said section plane before said first axis of joint movement P-P, then they wind around at least one joint sliding surface 80 of the second member 72 and finally they attach to said second member 72.
  • the tendon and opposite tendon 90 associated to the first portion of the terminal member 177 like the two tendons 90 associated to the second portion of the terminal member 277, both run on the same side of said shaft section plane, they both slide on the same lateral sliding surface 40, 140 of first member 71 , then they both cross said section plane before the first axis of joint movement P-P, then they both wind around at least one same sliding surface 80 of the second member 72 and continue their path to end up winding in opposite directions on the winding surface 86 of the terminal member 77.
  • the tendons 90 associated to said first portion of terminal member 177 and associated to said second portion of terminal member 277 slide along the sliding surface 80 of the second member 72.
  • the movement of the jointed device 70 is realized by polymeric actuation cables 90, or polymeric tendons 90. These tendons 90 run through the mechanical transmission box 62, run along the whole hollow shaft 65 and arrive at jointed device 70 and terminal device 77.
  • the transmission of motion to the joints of the jointed device 70 is a function of the path of the tendons 90 in the jointed device.
  • the members that make up the jointed device 70 are in fact rotationally connected to each other by a axis support feature of the rotational joint 171.
  • Each member has joint sliding surfaces 80, or joint winding surfaces 86 for the tendons 90, both around the joint axis of movement P-P, Y-Y and along its body.
  • a further elbow joint member 75 positioned before a wrist joint member 78, suitable to reproduce the kinematics of the human wrist, can be included by provisioning an elbow joint member 75 characterized by having two distinct parallel axes of joint movement P-P, P-P.
  • the first member 71 is coupled to said elbow member 75 having two distinct and parallel axes of joint movement P-P, P-P, one more proximal and one more distal, that are the first joint and second joint respectively.
  • Said elbow member 75 has two lateral sliding surfaces 40, 140 arranged laterally opposite to each other with respect to a second section plane, defined as the plane that contains the first axis P-P and the second joint movement axis Y-Y.
  • actuation cables 90, 190 there are eight actuation cables 90, 190. Said eight actuation cables, or tendons, run on the lateral sliding surfaces 40, 140 of the first member, arranged in one group of four opposite to another group of four with respect to said first section plane, and they cross said section plane before the first axis of joint movement P-P, hence they run on the first joint sliding surface 80 of the elbow member 75.
  • two actuation cables 90, 190 are terminated on said elbow member 75.
  • the remaining six cables 90, 190 continue along the lateral sliding surfaces 40, 140 of the rotational joint 171 of the elbow, crossing a second section plane before said second joint axis.
  • the following progression of the tendons around the second, third and fourth members 72, 73, 74, to the first portion of terminal member 177 and the second portion of terminal member 277 is analogous to what has been previously described in the presentation of the wrist configuration.
  • all members that form the jointed device 70 and the terminal device 77 are fabricated by a wire EDM performed on two orthogonal work planes X-Y, Y-Z.
  • fabricating the first member 71 starting from a cylindrical piece to be machined 117 said first member presents two circular surfaces that allow its concentric insertion into the shaft 65.
  • said circular surfaces present mating features on a lower portion, such as through-holes, that permit the rigid attachment of said first member of shaft 65 by means of fastening pins 76.
  • Said first member 71 presents on a distal portion two features to support rotational joint 171 , each characterized by a cylindrical seat centered around said first axis of joint movement P-P and a lateral shoulder surface.
  • all holes, being machined by wire EDM such as the pin holes 79, have extra machining grooves 49 resulting from the passage of the cutting wire 115.
  • the first member 71 presents two opposite tendon sliding surfaces 40, 140 each having rounded shapes that are symmetrically opposite i.e. mirrored with respect to said section plane.
  • each sliding surface 80, 180, 40, 140 is resulting from the sweeping motion of parallel straight generatrices that move directly along a cutting profile 110.
  • the actuation cables 90 slide in two groups of three, respectively along the two lateral sliding surfaces 40, 140, one opposite to the other on the first member 71 and they cross said section plane before the first axis of rotation to then continue onto second member 72.
  • said second member 72 has a joint sliding surface 80 proximally, arranged around said first axis of joint movement P-P having a cylindrical portion. [0787].
  • said joint sliding surface 80 is formed by parallel straight generatrices following the wire EDM cutting profile.
  • a pin holding feature 76 and a lateral shoulder surface characterize the joint of the first member 71 around the first axis of joint movement P-P.
  • Two tendon termination features 82 are laterally derived from the second member 72 allowing the fastening of second tendon endpoint 92 of the second member by knot or gluing.
  • two support features for the third and fourth rotational joint are each characterized by a pin hole 79 around the second axis of joint movement Y-Y and a lateral shoulder surface.
  • the second axis of joint movement Y-Y is orthogonal to the first axis of joint movement P-P.
  • the pin hole 79 has machining grooves 49, resulting from the cutting wire 115.
  • the third member 73 is characterized by a pin hole 79 located around the second axis of joint movement Y-Y.
  • the third member 73 is mated to the second member 72 by a seat for a joint pin and an associated lateral shoulder surface.
  • a winding surface 86 of the actuation cables 90, 190 allows the winding of the actuation cables 90, 190 around that winding surface 86 that is concentric to the second axis of joint movement Y-Y.
  • a tendon termination feature 82 and tendon fastening points 82 are derived.
  • the tendon termination feature 82 allows the passage of the tendons 90, and the tendon fastening point 82 holds the second tendon endpoint 92, 192 of the third member 73, defined by knots.
  • the first portion of the terminal member 177 and the second portion of the terminal member 277 are jointed to the second member 72, sharing the same second axis of joint movement Y-Y.
  • the first portion of the terminal member 177 mirrors the shape of the second portion of the terminal member 277.
  • the third member 73 can be individually mated to the second member 72 if the terminal device 77, present on the third member 73, is a medical instrument 60 of a surgical or microsurgical type, similar to, for example to a scalpel blade.
  • a terminal member 77 can be individually jointed to said second member 72, only if the terminal device 77 is itself a medical instrument 60 of a surgical or microsurgical type similar for example to a scalpel blade or to a fiber-optic tendon carrier for laser light treatments.
  • the jointed device 70 will only comprise two degrees of freedom of movement, in particular of pitch and yaw, losing the degree of freedom for grasping.
  • the first portion of terminal member 177 and the second portion of terminal member 277 can mate with each defining different terminal devices 77, such as a micro device for cutting, a terminal micro device providing a straight grasp, a micro device providing angled grasping, a needle holder and other traditional microsurgical instruments as illustrated in figures 25-27.
  • the terminal devices reproduce the form, proportions and functionalities of traditional microsurgical instruments tips, in order to facilitate their recognition and use by the microsurgeon 200.
  • fastening pins 76 are inserted in the pin holes 79 of the members of the jointed device 70.
  • the fastening pins 76 are preferentially made of hard metal, rectified and polished to reduce sliding friction.
  • the fastening pins 76 have interference in mating with the pin holes 79 located in correspondence to the axes of joint movement P-P, Y-Y, of rotational joint 171. [0799]. According to an embodiment, the fastening pins 76 have lee way, or clearance, in the pin holes 79 associated to the winding surfaces 86.
  • connection by fastening pins 76 between the first member 71 and the second member 72 forms a rotational joint, suitable to rotate around the second axis of joint movement P-P, with an associated actuation angle substantially comprised between +90° and -90°.
  • connection by a single fastening pin between the second joint member 72, the first portion of terminal member 177 and the second portion of terminal member 277 creates a rotational joint between said three members 72, 177, 277 with an associated actuation angular range substantially between +90°and -90°.
  • Said joint defines two degrees of freedom, characterizing both the yaw and the grasp of the medical instrument 60.
  • the polymeric tendons 90, 190 can be terminated in several ways, provided that, as a result of strong fastening, they can be tensioned and such a tension is also transmitted to the joint member, or to the part to which they are connected, driving its motion.
  • the tendons 90 run through a tendon termination feature 82 and are locked by a knot formed by the tendon 90 itself, located at said tendon fastening point 82.
  • a second method for fastening the tendon 90 used for example for the actuation of the second member 72, provisions the passage of a loop of the tendon 90 around a tendon fastening point 82 and the application of tension to both the extremities of the tendon 90, such that the two sides of the tendon 90 act as a single tendon 90, halving the loads to which it is subject.
  • a third fastening method of the tendons 90 provisions the insertion of tendon portions in tendon fastening points 82, intended for this use, and the use of glues specific for the polymer of which the tendons 90 are made, such as those used for example for gluing the first endpoint 91 to the lower frame 59 of the mechanical transmission box 62 of the tendon drive system 50.
  • the jointed device 70 is characterized by three degrees of freedom of movement, and in particular by one degree of freedom of pitch between the first member 71 and the second member 72, one degree of freedom of yaw between the second member 72 and the third member 73, one degree of freedom of gripping, or grasping, between the first portion of terminal member 177 and the second portion of terminal member 277.
  • the second joint member 72, the first portion of the terminal member 177 and the second portion of the terminal member 277 can move around respectively said first axis of joint movement P-P and said second axis of joint movement Y-Y independently.
  • the movement of the medical instrument 60 is carried out by the actuation cables 90, which run over the members jointed to each other by rotational joints.
  • a pair of tendons 90, 190 comprises a tendon 90 and an opposite tendon 190, which is suitable to work as a pair of agonistic and antagonistic tendons associated to a first portion of the terminal member 177 and a further pair of tendons 90, 190, comprising a tendon 90 and an opposite tendon 190, suitable to work as a pair of agonistic and antagonistic tendons associated to the second portion of the terminal member 277, and a further pair of tendons 90, 190, comprising a tendon 90 and an opposite tendon 190, suitable to act as a pair of agonistic and antagonistic tendons associated to the second joint member 72.
  • a pair of tendons, 90, 190 comprising a tendon 90 and an opposite tendon 190, suitable to work a a pair of agonistic and antagonistic tendons, transmit a rotational movement to the second portion of the terminal member 277, around said second axis of joint movement Y-Y, running over the lateral sliding surface 40 of the first joint member 71 , crossing said section plane, running on the joint sliding surface 80 of the second joint member 72, and then splitting to wind them respectively in opposite directions around the winding surface 86 of the second portion of terminal member 277 and terminating with a knot.
  • one of the two tendons 90, 190 When one of the two tendons 90, 190 is tensioned or released, it slides on a sliding surface 40 of the first joint member 71 and over sliding surface 80 of the second joint member 72, while it winds itself or unwinds over the winding surface 86 of the fourth joint member like over a fixed pulley.
  • a further tendon pair 90, 190 consisting of a tendon 90 and an opposite tendon 190, actuates the first portion of terminal member 177 in a similar fashion to the way the second portion of terminal member 277 is actuated.
  • a yet further tendon pair 90, 190 consisting of a tendon 90 and an opposite tendon 190, suitable to work as a pair of agonistic and antagonistic tendons, move second joint member 72 around first axis of joint movement P-P, running over the lateral sliding surface 40, 140 of the first member 71 , on one side with respect to said section plane of the medical instrument 60, intersecting said section plane, winding themselves in the opposite directions on the joint sliding surface 80 of the second joint member 72, and terminating at tendon fastening points 82.
  • each actuation tendon 90, 190 of the second joint member 72 is formed in a loop that passes around respective tendon fastening point 82 and comes back doubled up, passing over the winding surface 86, joint sliding surface 80 and lateral sliding surface 40 along a path analogous to that followed by the opposite tendon.
  • both the end of the tendons 90, 190 are subject to tension. Furthermore, differently from the two tendon pairs 90, 190 that actuate the first portion of terminal member 177 and the second portion of terminal member 277 respectively, in the case of tendons 90 of the second joint member 72, the tendons 90, when moving, do not slide over the sliding surface of the second joint member 72, but wrap or unwrap around said joint sliding surface 80, as though it were a pulley.
  • tendons 90 are used for the actuation of the threes degrees of freedom of movement of the jointed device 70, but eight cables intersect on said section plane between the lateral sliding surface 40 of the first joint member and the lateral sliding surface 80 of the second joint member 72, because both loop ends of the actuation cables 90, 190 of the second member 72 are tensioned during the movement in one direction around the first axis of joint movement P-P.
  • the sliding surfaces 80, 180 between the actuation cables 90 and members of the jointed device 70 are reduced to a minimum surface area, such as to reduce friction.
  • the tendons 90, 190 are terminated at their second tendon end points 92 such a way that their tendon path T-T remains parallel to the instrument axis X-X as much as possible, avoiding transversal forces.
  • the intersection of the tendons 90 and their crossing of said section plane between the joint sliding surface 40 and the first axis of rotation P-P prevents the tendon 90 from leaving the joint sliding surface 80 during its movement and guarantees a constant length and angle of the tendons 90, 190.
  • a method for machining tridimensional, assemblable mechanical micro-components by EDM is described below.
  • the main characteristics of a specific machining fixture 112 which is a fundamental element for the set-up of a production process in an economically sustainable fashion and which is capable of guaranteeing the required precision, are described below.
  • EDM is a subtractive fabrication process in which material is removed by a conductive piece with a series of current discharges between the piece itself and an electrode kept at an electrical voltage difference, separated by a dielectric liquid such as water or oil, until the desired shape is obtained.
  • a metal cutting wire 115 made of copper or brass for example, and of a diameter varying between 0.5mm and 0.02mm, continuously runs between two bobbins.
  • the cutting wire 115 is sustained by an upper guide and a lower guide, which being driven by a computer numeric control system in the horizontal plane, carry out two-dimensional cutting profiles.
  • the movement of the guides is very precise, and the overall machining resolution is close to 1 micron (pm), nevertheless, the planar cut substantially limits the fabrication of three-dimensional parts.
  • the ability to produce complex 3D parts has not substantially increased.
  • wire EDM The primary advantages of wire EDM comprise:
  • a machining fixture 112 is provided, which intended specifically for this use. It provides a mechanical support, which allows the simultaneous fastening and machining of all the workpieces 117, simplifying assembly of at least a portion of a jointed device 70 on one or more difference planes, with a single cutting profile 110 and a single calibration step.
  • the frontal plane of the machining fixture 112 has member holes 116, suitable to hold the workpieces 117 with very tight tolerance, that is to say at least H6h5.
  • the frontal plane of the machining fixture 112 has a “stepped” profile to allow threading short through holes on the stepped lateral planes.
  • grub screws M2 fasten the workpieces 117 to the machining fixture 112 and guarantee a perfect electrical conductivity with said machining fixture 112, which fundamental for a successful EDM process.
  • the grub screws disappear under the plane to which they are screwed, i.e. are headless, to avoid limiting securing the fixture along those planes, with a vise of an EDM machine.
  • an alternative to the grub screws and to the threaded holes associated to the grub screws is the use of conductive glue, to fasten the workpieces 117 to the machining fixture 112 and guarantee a perfect electrical conductivity with said machining fixture 112.
  • the arrangement of the workpieces 117 on the machining fixture 112 is such that they do not overlap in the work planes, for example in the X-Y and Y-Z planes, such that different and independent details or profiles can be cut for each plane on each workpiece 117, by providing a single and continuous cutting profile 110 for the wire.
  • the gap, or non-overlapping section, between two adjacent workpieces is minimized such as to keep the dimensions of the machining fixture 112 as compact as possible. In this way it is possible to minimize the distance between the upper and lower guides, improving the machining precision.
  • a metallic reference rod 118 is inserted in the machining fixture 112 and is used for calibration of the EDM machine once the machining fixture 112 and the workpieces 117 are mounted on the machine.
  • a first calibration is provisioned, which is carried out only once for a given machining fixture 112, loaded with all the workpieces 117 and a given EDM machine being used for the machining.
  • Said first calibration is capable to identify and compensate all errors related to the EDM machine and to the geometric errors of the machining fixture 112, such as for example those related to the relative position between the reference rod 118 and the workpieces 117.
  • the cutting profiles 110 are generated, taking into account of any differences of the actual positions with the nominal ones.
  • said first calibration will be repeated only if the EDM machine is changed or a new machining fixture 112 is being used. [0832]. According to one possible operating mode, each time the machining fixture 112, loaded with the workpieces 117, is secured to the vise of the EDM machine before a cut, a second calibration procedure is foreseen, or a cut calibration, performed only on the calibration rod 118. This cut calibration process eliminates geometric offset and errors related to the manual fastening of the fixture and identifies the origin of the machine reference system with respect to the axis of the reference rod.
  • said machining fixture 112 has at least a pair of fastening or fixing surfaces 113, 114, opposite and parallele to each other, and rectified, meant to be gripped by the jaws of the vise, and a flat posterior X-Z surface, rectified and orthogonal to the fixing surfaces 113, 114, meant to be flush with an reference surface of the machine, orthogonal to the vise’s clamp.
  • the cutting wire 115 to be inserted on the inside of the machining fixture and hence avoid the cutting of portions of the machining fixture 112, for example.
  • Several independent cutting profiles must be used however without requiring further calibrations. Nevertheless, at the end of every cutting profile 110 in said plane, the cutting wire 115 must be cut and reinserted in the next opening 125.
  • the fabrication process used for the fabrication of parts of a jointed device 70 provisions the insertion of four workpieces 117 composed of metallic cylinders made of tool steel, into member holes 116 on the front side of said machining fixture 112 and then their fastening with grub screws of M2 size.
  • all three-dimensional micro-part that form the jointed device 70 for micro-medical applications are machined from metallic workpieces 117, in particular steel cylinders of 3 millimeter outer diameter and 12 millimeter length, that are machined by wire EDM on two planes, X-Y and Y-Z.
  • the machining fixture 112 loaded with the workpieces 117 is secured on the vise of the EDM machine by using the fixing surfaces 113, 114 as reference planes for the fastening and then the calibration in the X-Y plane is performed using the axis of the reference rod 118, rigidly attached to the machining fixture 112, as a reference.
  • the first cutting profile 110 is performed, machining all the workpieces 117 fastened to the machining fixture 112, in the X-Y plane.
  • the machining fixture 112 is then removed from the machine and remounted, rotated by 90° to machine along said second plane Y-Z of the machining fixture 112.
  • a second calibration for the second work plane Y-Z is performed and then the cut of the second cut profile 210 is carried out.
  • the components produced are completely detached from the workpiece and can be collected in the EDM machine bath.
  • a robotic assembly having as few moving parts as possible that require a large range of movement during the movement of the terminal portion of the medical instrument, it is possible to provide a microsurgical robotic assembly of low encumbrance, improving the comfort of the microsurgeon, who can, for example, tele-operate while being in the immediate vicinity of the operating table and hence can see and directly access the operating field, as well as improving the overall working conditions of the surgical team, by, for example, avoiding collisions with mobile parts of the robot while accessing the operating field, as well as simplifying the transport of the robotic assembly, or the flow of people or air around the robotic assembly. Equally, it becomes possible to use two or more robotic assemblies simultaneously on one patient.
  • control device Due to the provision of a control device according to one aspect of the invention, it is possible to simplify the teleoperation master interface and make it more intuitive and comfortable, without limiting its functionality. At the same time, the training time required by a surgeon, not necessarily specialized in microsurgical procedures, to achieve a sufficient level of mastery of the control device, is reduced.
  • a microsurgical robotic assembly comprising a control instrument suitable to replicate the shape of a traditional surgical or microsurgical instrument, it is possible to provide a familiar master interface for teleoperation to the surgeon, without compromising the accuracy of the manipulation.
  • control instrument is also suitable to replicate the functionality of traditional surgical or microsurgical instruments, while allowing a complete freedom of movement in the three dimensions of space and allowing easy repositioning of the control device, for example between the operating table and the microscope, still guaranteeing good performance of the robotic system in terms of response time.
  • control device due to the provision of a compact control device and at least one sensor, suitable for relating the robotic assembly and the detection device to a common reference system, it is possible to freely position said control device in a simple manner, for example said control device can be positioned next to the operating table, or on a support table close to the microscope, or in a position deemed ergonomic for the surgeon looking into the microscope.
  • control instrument which replicates the shape of a traditional microsurgical instrument having at least one joint at its tip, such as for example tweezers of forceps, equipped with at least one aperture sensor, it is possible to control the opening and closing, as well as grip movements of a jointed medical device in a familiar and precise manner.
  • a medical instrument comprising a jointed device moved by tendons according to one aspect of the invention, reduces the complexity of its machining, for example by eliminating the provision of channels or sheaths, allowing extreme miniaturization of the medical instrument, without reducing its reliability during use or assembly.
  • a jointed device comprising actuation cables, or tendons, made of non-metallic material, for example polymeric material, it is possible to reduce the curvature radius of said tendons, as well as the friction coefficient of said tendons and consequently miniaturize further the jointed device.
  • a jointed device comprising ruled surfaces with all parallel generatrices for the sliding of said tendons as well as tendon termination features arranged in a specific geometrical relationship to said surfaces, it is possible to do without tendon guide channels or sheaths, still guaranteeing parallelism of the tendons and hence allowing an extreme miniaturization of the jointed device.
  • a tendon drive system Due to the provision of a tendon drive system according to one aspect of the invention, it is possible to guarantee the movement of said tendons exclusively by a pusher assembly, suitable to push the tendons and produce tensile load on at least a portion of said tendon. In this way the drive system avoids pulling on the tendons, for example by clinging to a portion of the tendon or by wrapping a portion of the tendon around a winch.
  • a tendon according to one aspect of the invention, produced of non-metallic material, for example polymeric material, it is possible to reduce the curvature radius of said tendon, as well as the friction coefficient of said tendon, and consequently increase the miniaturization of the medical instrument that comprises said tendon.
  • a tendon 90 comprising a second tendon endpoint 92 as described above, it is possible to obtain a jointed device 70 in which its members do not require tendon guides or channels to facilitate the tendon 90 routing, without said tendons 90 interfering with each other.
  • the geometric location of said tendon endpoints 92 is chosen in a way that said tendons 90 run substantially parallel to each other and parallel to said sliding surface 40, 80.
  • the shaft 65 of said medical instrument can measure 3 millimeter in outer diameter.
  • a tendon drive system 50 comprising at least a pusher assembly 94 suitable to push, while resting on a tendon deflectable portion 93 of a tendon 90, it is possible to actuate said tendons without squeezing them or wrapping them around a capstan.
  • a robotic assembly 100 comprising at least one control instrument that replicates a traditional surgical instrument as well as a control device comprising an ergonomic support element for the operator, it is possible to improve the familiarity and ergonomics of the surgeon, improving the outcome of the surgical operation and patient comfort as a consequence.
  • a robotic assembly comprising a macro-positioning arm having a mechanical structure of arm members, as well as highly rigid joints, it is possible to avoid structural mechanical vibrations at the terminal portion of the instrument, and hence facilitate the surgeon’s work.

Abstract

Robotic surgery assembly (100) comprising a medical instrument (60, 160, 260) comprising: a frame (57), and a jointed device (70) having a degree of freedom with respect of said frame, and at least one tendon (90, 190) made of polymer fibers for actuating said degree of freedom; wherein said at least one tendon (90) comprises a tendon endpoint (92) connected to the medical instrument to exert a tensile load for actuating said degree of freedom; to actuate said degree of freedom, said at least one tendon (90, 190) slides while in contact on at least one portion of said jointed device (70); said at least one tendon (90) is made of braided strands, the strands being composed by said polymeric fibers.

Description

“Surgical tool for robotic surgery and robotic surgical assembly” DESCRIPTION
[001]. Field of Invention
[002]. The present invention relates to a robotic surgery assembly.
[003]. In particular, the robotic surgery assembly according to the present invention comprises at least one tendon-actuated medical instrument.
[004]. State-of-the-Art
[005]. Robotic assemblies for surgery or microsurgery comprising multi-joint robotic arms terminating with surgical instruments are known in the field. For instance, document US- 71553116-B2 discloses a robotic assembly for performing brain microsurgery under MRI (Magnetic Resonance Imaging) guidance comprising an MRI-based image acquisition system and two multi-joint arms, each with three rotary joints with vertical axes to avoid direct gravity loads (as shown for instance in Fig. 7 of said document US-7155316-B2), each connected to its respective end-effector endowed with an internal degree of freedom of motion for gripping.
[006]. Solutions available in the state-of-the-art, although offering partial advantages, require a motion strategy that simultaneously involves a plurality of independent movements even for small motions of the surgical instrument in the operating work-field, which results both in a difficult control of the kinematic accuracy and in a large encumbrance in the operating work-field, that in practice becomes inaccessible to the Surgeon. As a matter of fact, the application field of the majority of robotic assemblies for surgery that are based on the master-slave paradigm are dedicated to use in minimally invasive surgery (or MIS), such as laparoscopic or endoscopic surgery. In both such applications, the kinematics of the robotic assembly is aimed to optimize the access of the surgical instruments to the operating field through the surgical ports or orifices, a feat that requires the coordination of a plurality of degrees of freedom of movement. In contrast, surgical, and microsurgical, applications in open surgery require an accurate kinematic control of translational movements, over a workspace limited by the field of view of the operating microscope, without the limiting kinematic constraints represented by the surgical ports or natural orifices, and thus benefit hugely from the surgeon’s ability to directly access the operating field.
[007]. It is also notable that the execution of the principal surgical primitives, such as tissue tensioning and anastomotic suturing, requires the ability to orient the surgical instrument tip in a large spatial cone of directions and to rotate the instrument around its longitudinal axis (roll), for example to guide the needle through the tissue with the tip of the needle holder instrument, in a similar manner as the human hand is jointed at the wrist and the elbow. [008]. Robotic assemblies for surgery or microsurgery comprising a teleoperated masterslave system are generally known, as described, for example, in document US-6963792-A and, more specifically for the microsurgical application by US-6385509-B2, and US-2014- 0135794-A1 , that describe kinematic solutions for the movement of the surgical instrument tip that require coordination of a plurality of joints in a serial kinematic chain that clutter the operating field. Such encumbrance effect is increasingly pronounced as the joints articulating the tip of the instrument are further away from the tip itself. Moreover, said micro-surgical systems do not allow adequate movement, and more specifically adequate reorientation, of the instrument tip when in an operating site inside a lesion as little as 10 centimeters from the surface of the skin.
[009]. Generally, even a specialized operator requires long training to acquire mastery of the master command devices adopted in known master-slave systems. In fact, known master devices have a long learning curve, primarily because they are mechanically linked to motion recording stations, which necessarily limit their movement in an unfamiliar way and often are of large dimensions. Hence, know master devices are intrinsically unfit to replicate the function of traditional open surgery instruments and lack the ability to carry out a large spectrum of linear as well as angular movements in three dimensional space.
[010]. For example, document US-8521331 -B2 discloses a robotic device for laparoscopic surgery, where the master command device has a shape that allows the surgeon to wear it as a glove on his-her fingers. According to another embodiment shown in figure 2B of said patent, the master command device has a joystick shape, attached on one part to the surgeon’s wrist and extends so that it is held with just one hand, comprising a cylindrical stem having a pair of lateral wings that can register the grip movement. A surgeon makes use of a laparoscopic display device integral to said command device.
[011]. The above solution, although partly advantageous for laparoscopic surgery, does not entirely solve the issue, making long training still necessary for the surgeon before becoming proficient at handling said command devices instead of the familiar open surgery instruments.
[012]. As is well known, the practice of microsurgery requires the use of either an optical microscope or magnifying loupes, demands a high level of dexterity and experience of the surgeon, who works at the limits of physiological tremor and the accuracy that human hand motions can reach at such dimensional scale.
[013]. The adoption of robotic technologies can bring about great benefits, allowing both a high degree of miniaturization of the instruments and scaling the size of the movements in the operating field, hence eliminating the effect of physiological tremor and easing the manual task. For example, microsurgical procedures are carried out in several phases of the reconstruction of biological tissues, such as for example in the execution of blood vessel anastomosis, comprising small diameter vessels, and nerves. Such procedures are carried out to reconstruct anatomy after the occurrence of traumatic lesions or of lesions produced by surgical removal of tissue, to reattach limbs and to revascularize tissues, all performed in an open surgery set-up given the pre-existence of a superficial lesion.
[014]. Other examples of application of microsurgical techniques are found in transplant surgery, neurosurgery or in vascular surgery, as well as in surgery around and inside the eye, and in the inner ear, as in the case of cochlear implants. Also, the prominent surgical procedure of cardiac by-pass comprises the critical step of anastomosis of the coronary arteries. The need for instrument miniaturization is also felt in other surgical techniques, for example in minimal invasive surgery, such as laparoscopy and endoscopy, that are aimed at limiting the invasiveness of surgical instruments on biological tissue. With reference to laparoscopy, the technical solutions known in the art do not allow a satisfactory miniaturization of the diameter of the laparoscopic instruments employed in Single Incision Laparoscopic Surgery or Single Port Surgery. Moreover, it is worth noticing that the endoscopes typically employed in MIS have an instrument channel with a diameter between 1 mm and 3.2mm. Such dimensions limit the functionality of current surgical instrumentation available through the endoscope instrument channel, which at present is typically just capable of gripping action.
[015]. Medical instruments comprising a jointed device suitable to work on the patient, are generally known in the art. For example, document WO-2010-009221 -A2 shows a robotic surgical instrument comprising a distally jointed device, capable of providing three degrees of freedom of motion, respectively pitch, yaw and grip, employing just four actuation cables. Such cables slide inside guiding channels, or sheaths, present inside the body of the articulating device.
[016]. Said technical solution limits the miniaturization of the robotic articulating device, because friction between the guiding channels surfaces and the cables that slide inside them limits the positioning precision achievable by the articulating device. As it is known in the art, as the physical dimensions of a medical instruments are reduced, difficulties arise which are related to the increase of relevance of superficial forces, such as friction, that become dominant over volume forces. Such a phenomenon requires to resort to solutions that minimize friction forces, and at the same time reduce lost motions of mechanics to a minimum. The loss of positioning precision of an articulating device is a fundamental technological obstacle to further miniaturization of articulating instrument, since, with miniaturization, also the stiffness of the driving members (tendons) goes down with the second power of their diameter, making it even more difficult to overcome friction for the precise positioning of the instrument tip. Moreover, such a solution requires a tendon guiding system comprising channels and guiding surfaces that surround the cables that make the pitch and yaw links, as well as the instrument shaft, very difficult to miniaturize using known fabrication methods, such as for example injection molding and machining, and would be prone to have several locations of mechanical weakness.
[017]. In order to simplify the miniaturization of a surgical instrument, the said document W 0-2010-009221 -A2 indicates the advantageous opportunity of reducing the number of actuation tendon terminations, associated to three degrees of freedom, from six to four, exploiting for actuation the torque that cables terminated on the yaw link apply on the pitch link (see Fig. 4-A of cited document) and requires to such purpose to pull and release selectively such cables, thanks to a kinematic mechanism comprising a number of gears. Moreover, the driving system described requires that each end of an actuation tendon is attached to a winch, that selectively winds the tendon inducing the pull. The presence of mechanical aspects such as said winch and said teeth, which are notoriously subject to lost motion, creates a difficult to drive a miniature articulation, because lost motion in the drive system is translated into an angular play at the joint, that increase as the articulating device gets smaller. Said driving system is also unsuited to keep a low preload on the actuation cables to further limit friction and wear.
[018]. Moreover, the solutions described for tendon termination comprise tortuous paths meant to trap the tendon in some sections. Such solutions require the use of cables that are sufficiently resistant to survive such trapping, such as steel cables or cables with larger diameter than otherwise required.
[019]. Further examples of actuation cables for surgical instruments suited to slide, when pulled or pushed, inside sheaths or guiding channels, for example obtained on the lateral surfaces of pulleys, are disclosed in documents US-6371952-B1 , US6394998-B1 and WO- 2010-005657- A2. Specifically, the latter document discloses a solution where actuation cables follow trajectories that cross as they go around pulleys that comprise guiding channels to avoid that such cables interfere with one another, a condition that limits their efficacy in transmitting motion to the articulating device, such as for instance in case of bundling up or sliding of one tendon onto another one. The provision of idle pulleys, necessarily with a diameter close to half of the instrument diameter (as shown in figure 4 of cited document WO-2010-005657-A2) and attached to the links, for example to links integral with the instrument shaft, or to the pitch link, to guide the tendon to cross, is a considerable obstacle to miniaturization. Moreover, the provision of grooves and walls to realize the channels for the actuation cables is a further obstacle to the miniaturization of the shaft or cannula diameter of a medical, or surgical, instrument.
[020]. The document US-2003-0034748-A discloses a solution suitable for reducing the diameter of the surgical instrument to 5.1 mm. This instrument foresees the use of a series of disks that function as vertebra, providing some flexibility.
[021]. Nevertheless, this solution is not appropriate for achieving a compact joint that can extend for approximately one instrument diameter, or in other words, has a radius of curvature similar to its diameter. This is instead achievable by those articulations described in the documents cited above which are based on a pivot-type joint, comprised of a pure axis of rotation.
[022]. A further obstacle to the miniaturization of jointed or articulated devices is the challenge of fabricating and assembling three dimensional micromechanical parts with sufficient precision at a reasonable process cost. The need to develop relatively high forces at the tip in devices with a sub-millimeter size suggests the use extremely rigid metals for such components, such as for example tool steel.
[023]. It is known that biomedical devices are generally fabricated using fabrication techniques derived from the microelectronic industry. For example, laser or water-jet cutting is not appropriate for fast machining in three dimensions. Injection molding does not currently produce sufficiently high tolerance parts. In contrast, electrical discharge machining (EDM) are capable of producing satisfactory performance both in terms of surface finishing and with respect to the geometric tolerance required by the mechanical designs. EDM generally entails a slow and expensive process. For example, the document US-6768076-B2 discloses a fixture for EDM able to support pieces to be cut in a single plane.
[024]. Nevertheless, the fixture is not suitable for repeated placement of the piece, for example it is not possible to rotate the fixture while it is being machined in a way that the EDM can work in multiple cutting planes, resulting in a laborious fabrication process that necessitates complex operations of recalibration every time a cut is carried out in a different plane. This results in a loss of precision and hence less precise dimensional and geometric tolerances.
[025]. There is a felt need for a surgical robotic assembly able to carry out precise motions and simply control a wristed medical instrument within the surgical workspace, for example an anatomical district of a patient. At the same time, there is a need to develop a reliable robotic assembly characterized by a simple driving method without compromising its precision. Furthermore, there is a need for a robotic assembly that is more versatile than known assemblies and is able to carry out a wider variety of surgical procedures.
[026]. Hence there is a felt need to provide a driver device for microsurgery, suitable to form a master interface in a robotic assembly for microsurgery that comprises a master-slave type teleoperation system which is simpler and more intuitive to manipulate for the microsurgeon than known solutions, without limiting its functionality. Equally, there is a felt need to provide a master interface, which can be mastered more quickly and easily by the surgeon. Furthermore, there is a felt need to provide a command device that is more versatile than the known solutions and can be applied to different types of microsurgical procedures.
[027]. Hence there is a felt need to provide a jointed or articulated medical instrument, or an assembly comprising a jointed or articulated device, which is structurally and functionally suitable for extreme miniaturization without compromising its reliability and safety. There is also a felt need to provide a jointed or articulated medical instrument, or an assembly comprising a jointed device, suitable for carrying out a wide variety of medical-surgical therapies. Finally, there is a felt need to provide a jointed or articulated medical instrument, or an assembly comprising a jointed or articulated device, that is durable and able to undergo periodic maintenance without compromising its sterility or reliability.
[028]. There is a felt need to provide a jointed or articulated medical instrument, or an assembly comprising a jointed device, that requires simplified manufacturing compared to known solutions.
[029]. There is a felt need to provide a fabrication method of said medical instrument that is more efficient with respect to known solutions and that guarantees the required level of precision for the assembly.
[030]. There is a felt need to provide a manufacturing method for a medical instrument that guarantees a faster machining process, without compromising precision in production.
[031]. Furthermore, there is a felt need to provide a method of fabrication suitable for producing parts subject to extreme miniaturization without reducing neither the precision of detailed manufacturing nor the ease of assembly of the parts produced.
[032]. Hence, there is a felt need to provide a driver device based on tendons, or actuation cables, for a medical instrument suitable to be subject to extreme miniaturization, without compromising its precision or reliability in use.
[033]. Furthermore, there is a felt need to provide a driver device based on tendons, or actuation cables, for a medical instrument that guarantees said tendons, a predetermined preload, even if light, and in which the force of the preload can be independently defined for each of said tendons.
[034]. Furthermore, there is a felt need to provide a drive system based on tendons, or actuation cables, for a medical instrument that can guarantee an adequate level of sterility to the medical instrument itself, particularly to the portion of the medical instrument that is meant to come into contact with the patient anatomy.
[035]. Furthermore, there is a felt need to provide a drive system based on tendons without backlash.
[036]. Furthermore, there is a felt need to provide a drive system based on tendons that can replicate the drive precision achieved by precision micrometric slitters or piezoelectric drive systems, for example.
[037]. Hence, there is a felt need to provide a tendon, or actuation cable, for a medical instrument with characteristics that render it suitable for extreme miniaturization without compromising its resistance or reliability in use.
[038]. Furthermore, there is a felt need to provide a tendon for a medical instrument that is suitable for gliding over at least one portion of said instrument with improved performance in terms of friction with respect to known solutions.
[039]. Furthermore, there is a felt need to provide a tendon for a medical instrument exclusively meant to work under tensile load applied at its endpoints, without comprising solutions that might result in deflecting the path of the tendon, that would diminish its resistance.
[040]. Furthermore, there is a felt need to provide a tendon for a medical instrument, as well as a method for replacing the tendon, which is suitable for increasing the lifespan of the medical instrument, with respect to known solutions, without compromising its performance in terms of sterility and reliability.
[041]. The need is felt to miniaturize medical instruments.
[042]. The need is felt to reduce the known dimensions of medical instruments.
[043]. For example, document WO-2014-151952-A1 shows a medical instrument comprising a plurality of links forming a joined device, said medical instrument having actuation cables wrapping around a plurality of pulleys rotatably supported on shaft provided cantilevered on the links of the medical instrument. This solution is characterized by a high number of parts, and the layout of said pulleys provided on said shafts forces to machining said shaft to resist to the stresses arising from the use of the medical instrument, therefore this solution results unsuitable for miniaturization, in fact this device could not measure less than 10 millimeters in diameter. Similar solutions are shown, for example, in documents US- 6676684-A, US-2009-0112230-A and US-2003-135204-A1 .
[044]. It is therefore felt the need of reducing the number of parts which forms the medical instrument. [045]. For example, document WO-03-001986-A1 shows a medical instrument comprising a plurality of disc-shaped links forming a joined device, wherein each of said links comprises a plurality of holes for guiding the actuation cables. Therefore, this solution is unsuitable for miniaturization as it is highly unsatisfactory performing micrometric holes in such links, and at the same time, it is unsatisfactory providing actuation cables which slide inside such holes without damaging.
[046]. It is therefore felt the need of obtaining an accurate guiding of the actuation cables without providing micrometric holes in the links and at the same time to reduce the number of parts which forms the medical instrument.
[047]. For example, document US-2008-177285-A1 discloses a medical instrument comprising a plurality of links, wherein some links comprise two protruding pins suitable to guide the deflection of the actuation cables. Although satisfactory under some points of views, such solution is also unsuitable for miniaturizing, as the protruding pins dimension cannot be reduced without compromise the integrity of the links composing the medical instrument. Therefore, the need is felt to provide a miniaturized medical instrument, having a plurality of links actuated by means of actuation cables, without compromise the structural resistance, and thus the safety when in use, of the medical instrument.
[048]. Miniaturization of surgical articulated instruments require miniaturization of all the parts including actuation means such as tendons in case of cable-driven mechanisms. Metallic multistranded cables are commonly used to actuate articulated end effector of robotic wristed instruments, endoscopes, or catheters; however together with all the parts composing surgical articulated instruments, the metal cables or tendons are difficult to be miniaturized and bring several functional drawbacks.
[049]. In particular, friction between micro metal tendons and other miniaturized parts is very high, it requires a very high pulling force and it even results in a substantial wear of metal tendon and instrument parts thus drastically reducing instrumentation reliability, life and limiting performance.
[050]. Moreover, the bending radius of known metal multistranded tendons is extremely limited impacting the possibility of a miniaturized instrument design.
[051]. Solution
[052]. One of the goals of the invention described here is to overcome the limitations of known solutions described above and to provide a solution to the needs mentioned with reference to the state of the art.
[053]. This and other goals are achieved with an assembly according to claim 1.
[054]. Some advantageous embodiments are object of the dependent claims. [055]. A robotic surgery assembly comprises a medical instrument comprising a frame, and a jointed device having a degree of freedom with respect of said frame, and at least one tendon made of polymer fibers designed for actuating said degree of freedom, wherein said at least one tendon comprises a tendon endpoint connected to the medical instrument to exert a tensile load for actuating said degree of freedom. Preferably, the at least one tendon actuating said degree of freedom are a pair of tendons. Said at least one tendon is designed to slide while in contact on at least one portion of said jointed device to actuate said degree of freedom and said degree of freedom is preferably a rotational joint. Said degree of freedom can be a “snake” joint and/or a vertebra joint. The jointed device may comprise a plurality of degrees of freedom. To actuate said degree of freedom, said at least one tendon slides while in contact on at least one portion of said jointed device.
[056]. According to an embodiment, said at least one portion of the jointed device on which said at least one tendon slide while in contact is formed by a convex, ruled surface formed by a plurality of straight generator lines parallel to the axis of said rotational joint. According to an embodiment, said at least one portion of the jointed device on which said at least one tendon slide while in contact is formed by a convex, ruled surface formed by a plurality of straight generator lines orthogonal to the axis of said rotational joint.
[057]. According to an embodiment, said at least one tendon is made of strands, for example strands raveled together. The strands may be composed by said polymeric fibers. The strands, also called yarns, may have a rounded cross-section, for example a circular or oval cross-section, and/or a flattened cross-section with rounded edges. The strands may have different dimensions/sizes, for example different transverse dimensions such as the diameter. All the strands can be substantially identical according to an embodiment.
[058]. According to an embodiment, said at least one tendon is braided with a pick-per-inch (PPI) generally in range 3-100. A local relative high PPI may increase the local stiffness of the braided tendon. Various portions of the braided tendon may have different PPI resulting in localized stiffness variations.
[059]. According to an embodiment, the at least one tendon is braided with PPI in range 20- 60. In other words, the tendon is made up by braiding polymer fibers with a PPI of 20-60.
[060]. Preferably, the PPI of said at least one tendon is higher at a distal portion of the at least one tendon, wherein said distal portion is located near said tendon endpoint along the tendon length and more preferably the distal portion of the tendon comprises the distal endpoint. According to an embodiment, said distal portion having higher PPI has length which is equal or inferior to 1/3 of the tendon length, and preferably equal or inferior to 1/10 of the tendon length, and more preferably equal or inferior to 1/20 of the tendon length. [061]. Preferably, said at least one tendon have an elastic module between 50 GPa and 100 GPa. The tendon stiffness may vary along the tendon length resulting in localized stiffness variations.
[062]. According to an embodiment, the jointed device comprises a tendon fastening point where a tendon endpoint of a respective tendon is connected to, and wherein the frame comprises a shaft, and wherein said at least one tendon is more flexible close to or at the tendon fastening point, and said at least one tendon is stiffer close to or inside said shaft. The distal portion of said at least one tendon is preferably braided with PPI in range 25 - 100, and more preferably with PPI in range 50-100. According to an embodiment, the at least one tendon comprises further a proximal endpoint, and a longitudinal portion between said endpoints. The tendon longitudinal portion may be braided with PPI in range 3-30.
[063]. Preferably, said at least one tendon has a curvature radius inferior or equal to one millimeter.
[064]. According to an embodiment, said at least one tendon has transverse dimension, for example its diameter, variable in different portions of the tendon. According to an embodiment, the at least one tendon is thinner at said tendon endpoint, wherein the at least one tendon is thicker in said longitudinal portion.
[065]. According to an embodiment, said at least one tendon has diameter between 0.05mm and 0.3mm.
[066]. According to an embodiment, said at least one tendon has composition variable in different portions thereof.
[067]. According to an embodiment, said at least one tendon has a core and a jacket. Said jacket may be made of braided polymeric strands. According to an embodiment, also said core is made of braided polymeric strands. The polymer used for making up the braid may be poly-ethylene (PE). The polymer used for making up the braid may be ultra-high-molecular- weight-poly-ethylene (UHMWPE). According to an embodiment the core is not braided, and the jacket is braided. According to an embodiment, the jacket is not braided, and the core is braided, and the jacket is in form of a coating, preferably a chemical coating, made of poly- dimethyl-siloxane (PDMS) and/or poly-tetrafluoroethylene, (PTFE). Said braided jacket may have a PPI in range 25-100. According to an embodiment, said braided core has PPI in range 3-30. According to an embodiment, the strands of the braided jacket have transverse dimension, for example the diameter, inferior to the transverse dimension, for example the diameter, of the strands of the braided core. According to an embodiment, the strands of the braided jacket have linear density inferior to the linear density of the strands of the braided core. According to an embodiment, said jacket is braided and comprises further a coating, preferably a chemical coating, made of PDMS and/or PTFE, and the core may be braided.
[068]. Preferably said convex, ruled surface is made in single piece with a link of the jointed device. Said jointed device preferably does not comprise any sheath, groove or channel to guide said at least one tendon. Thereby said tendon as per being not received within a sheath does not form a Bowden cable, conversely the tendon slides over one or more convex, ruled surface of the links of the jointed device to actuate the degree of freedom of the jointed device.
[069]. The tendon endpoint is preferably locked by a knot formed by the tendon itself, the knot is located at said tendon fastening point of the jointed device. When a link of the jointed device comprises a winding surface, the tendon winds around said winding surface, and the knot may be located on said winding surface, for example the knot rests on said winding surface. The knot may be subject to heating to locally melt the material of the surface portions of the tendon that are in relative contact at the knot, and thereby promoting adhesion of said surface portions in relative contact of the tendon at the knot.
[070]. Said at least one tendon may be made of a material which is less hard, in other words softer, than the material of the jointed device.
[071]. The solution reported in the invention is an articulated medical instrument including tendons made by polymeric fibers allowing minimal bending radius together with very low friction and making possible extreme miniaturization.
[072]. Together with the benefit of really miniaturized tendons in size and diameter, polymeric tendons may have drawbacks of creep, low stiffness, limited wear resistance and poor termination strength.
[073]. The invention reports a list of fibers and materials such as PE, UHMWPE, PBO or Zylon®, Vectran, suitable for low friction, low bending radius and high stiffness polymeric tendons.
[074]. In particular, the invention presents different design of multistrands polymeric tendons resulting in maximization of stiffness, reduction of creep effect together with a very good wear resistance and without impacting on low friction properties and flexibility and thus resulting optimal for articulated medical instruments miniaturization.
[075]. Figures
[076]. Further characteristics and advantages of the invention will appear from the description reported below of preferred embodiments, which are given as examples and are not meant to be limiting, which makes reference to the attached Figures, in which:
[077]. -the figure 1A is a perspective view, which shows the surgical robotic assembly according to one aspect of the invention; [078]. -the figure 1 B is a perspective view, which shows the surgical robotic assembly according to one aspect of the invention;
[079]. -the figure 1C is a perspective view, which shows a surgical robotic assembly according to one aspect of the invention;
[080]. -the figure 2A is a perspective view, which shows a surgical robotic assembly according to one aspect of the invention associated with other elements of the operating room;
[081]. -the figure 2B is a frontal view, which shows a surgical robotic assembly according to one aspect of the invention associated with other elements of the operating room;
[082]. -the figure 3A is a perspective view, which shows a portion of a couple of jointed or articulated devices according to one aspect of the invention;
[083]. -the figure 4A is a view from above, which shows a portion of a surgical robotic assembly according to one aspect of the invention associated with other elements of the operating room and a patient;
[084]. -the figure 4B is a top view, which shows a portion of a surgical robotic assembly according to one aspect of the invention associated with other elements of the operating room and a patient;
[085]. -the figure 5 is a perspective view, which shows a portion of a surgical robotic assembly according to one aspect of the invention associated with other elements of the operating room and a patient;
[086]. -the figure 6 is a perspective view, which shows a portion of a surgical robotic assembly according to one aspect of the invention associated with other elements of the operating room, the surgeon and a patient;
[087]. -the figure 7 is a perspective view, which shows a control device according to one aspect of the invention;
[088]. -the figure 8 is a perspective view, which shows a macro-positioning arm according to one aspect of the invention;
[089]. -the figure 9A is a perspective view, which shows a portion of a robotic assembly according to one aspect of the invention;
[090]. -the figure 9B is a perspective view, which shows a portion of a robotic assembly according to one aspect of the invention;
[091]. -the figure 9C is a perspective view, which shows a portion of a robotic assembly according to one aspect of the invention, associated with a microscope;
[092]. -the figure 9D is a perspective view, which shows a portion of a robotic assembly according to one aspect of the invention, associated with an endoscope; [093]. -the figure 9E is an enlarged view of the detail indicated with the arrow E-E of figure 9C;
[094]. -the figure 10 is a perspective view, which shows a portion of a robotic assembly according to one aspect of the invention;
[095]. -the figure 11 is a perspective view, which shows a medical instrument according to one aspect of the invention;
[096]. -the figure 12 is a perspective view, and a depiction of separate parts, which shows a medical instrument according to one aspect of the invention;
[097]. -the figure 13A and 13B show, in a perspective view, portions of a driving system according to one aspect of the invention;
[098]. -the figure 14A is a schematic section view of a portion of a driving system according to one aspect of the invention;
[099]. -the figure 14B is a schematic section view of a portion of a driving system according to one aspect of the invention;
[0100]. -the figure 15A is a perspective view that shows a medical instrument according to one aspect of the invention;
[0101]. -the figure 15B is a perspective view that shows a medical instrument according to one aspect of the invention;
[0102].- the figure 15C is a sketch in perspective view that shows a medical instrument according to one aspect of the invention;
[0103].- the figure 15D is a sketch in perspective view that shows a medical instrument according to one aspect of the invention;
[0104]. - the figure 15E shows a portion of a medical instrument for robotic surgery, according to an embodiment;
[0105]. - the figure 15F shows a portion of a medical instrument for robotic surgery, according to an embodiment;
[0106]. -the figure 16 is a schematic drawing, viewed from top and with partially transparent parts, which shows a tendon path of two tendons according to one aspect of the invention;
[0107]. -the figure 17 is a perspective view of an articulated device according to an aspect of the invention;
[0108]. -the figures 18 to 20 are perspective views with isolated parts of some embodiments of an articulated device, according to several aspects of the invention;
[0109]. -the figure 21 shows a profile of an articulated device according to one aspect of the invention;
[0110]. -the figures 22 to 24 show several poses of some embodiments of an articulated device according to some aspects of the invention;
[0111] .-the figures 25 to 27 shows several embodiments of a terminal tool according to some aspects of the invention;
[0112]. -the figure 28 shows a perspective view of a detail of a tendon according to one aspect of the invention;
[0113]. -the figure 29 shows a perspective view of a detail of a tendon according to one aspect of the invention;
[0114]. -the figure 30 shows a perspective view of a detail of a tendon according to one aspect of the invention;
[0115]. -the figures 31 to 36 are schematics, which show a path of the tendon according to some aspects of the invention;
[0116]. -the figure 37 is a schematic in perspective view, which shows a machining fixture according to one aspect of the invention;
[0117] .-the figure 38 is a schematic, which shows the profile of a machining cut according to one aspect of the invention;
[0118]. -the figure 39 is a schematic in perspective, which shows a phase of a fabrication method according to one aspect of the invention;
[0119]. -the figure 40A is a planar view, which shows a detail of a machining fixture according to one aspect of the invention;
[0120]. -the figure 40B is a perspective view, which shows a detail of a machining fixture according to one aspect of the invention;
[0121]. -the figure 41 is a schematic in perspective view, which shows a phase of a fabrication method according to one aspect of the invention;
[0122].- the figure 42 is a frontal view of a tool according to one aspect of the invention;
[0123].- the figure 43 is a perspective diagrammatic view of a tendon having a jacket and a core, according to an embodiment;
[0124].- the figure 44 is a diagrammatic view of a tendon, according to an embodiment;
[0125].- the figure 45 is a diagrammatic view of a tendon distal endpoint, according to an embodiment.
[01261. Detailed description
[0127]. According to an embodiment, the term “tendon”, or “actuation cable”, refers to an element which presents a prevalently longitudinal extension and is suitable to work under tensile loads applied at its endpoints. According to an embodiment, the term “opposite tendon” or “opposite actuation cable” refers to a further tendon suitable to work in an antagonistic way with respect to said tendon. According to an embodiment, in the attached figures, said tendon will generally be indicated by the numeric reference “90” and said opposite tendon will be indicated by the numeric reference increased by one hundred, that is “190”. Nonetheless, in figures in which distinguishing between said tendon and said opposite tendon is irrelevant, said tendon and said opposite tendon will both be indicated by the numeric reference 90. According to an embodiment, the concept of “opposite” extends itself to multiple elements and/or parts of elements, such as referred to for said “tendon” above. According to an embodiment, the tendons comprised in a first pair of tendons will be indicated with references “90, 190”, and the tendons belonging to a second pair of tendons will be indicated with the references “191 , 192”.
[0128]. According to an embodiment, the terms “master-slave”, “master” and “slave” refer to the known system of teleoperation.
[0129]. According to an embodiment, the term “terminal tool” refers to a portion suitable to perform an assigned task, such as for example form the interface with at least on portion of the patient. For example, in a teleoperation system of the master-slave type, said terminal tool, or terminal portion, or terminal member, is at least one portion of an “end-effector”.
[0130]. According to an embodiment, the term “jointed or articulated device” refers to a wrist joint , an elbow joint or a shoulder joint of a robotic or mechatronic structure, in other words, an interconnected assembly of members and articulations suitable to support and/or orient and/or position and/or influence the position of said terminal tool.
[0131]. According to an embodiment, the members of a jointed or articulated device will be indicated by the progressive annotation “first member”, “second member”, and so on, to indicate their position within the kinematic chain, in which the “first member” indicates the most proximal member; in other words “first member” indicates the member furthest from the terminal organ. According to an embodiment, the members of the jointed device will be indicated with the terms “wrist member”, “elbow member” or “terminal member” to indicate the function exercised by said members. For example, the same member could be simultaneously a “second member” and a “wrist member”.
[0132]. According to an embodiment, the term “work volume”, or “work space”, or “work field”, or “workspace volume” refers to the set of Cartesian poses accessible to the terminal portion of a jointed or articulated device. According to an embodiment, said volume is of a substantially parallelepiped form. According to an embodiment, said work volume is of a substantially cylindrical form.
[0133]. According to an embodiment, the term “macro-positioning” refers to an initial operation of positioning of at least one portion of the medical instrument from any position to a work position within or adjacent to the operating field; in other words, “macro-positioning” refers to the operation of making the work volume coincide with the operating field.
[0134]. According to an embodiment, the term “micro-positioning” refers to an operation of positioning at least one portion of a medical instrument in a finer manner than the “macropositioning”. According to an embodiment the micro-positioning takes place in a more limited space, in real time and under the direct control of the control device (master).
[0135]. According to an embodiment, the prefix “micro-" before a certain object indicates that said object is primarily, but not exclusively, meant to operate on a sub-millimeter scale.
[0136]. According to an embodiment, the term “rotational joint” refers to a junction between two elements suitable to permit a relative moment of rotation between said two elements around an axis of joint movement.
[0137]. According to an embodiment, the term “medical instrument” refers to an instrument suitable to be used during at least one phase of a medical surgical and/or cosmetic therapy. According to an embodiment, the term “surgical instrument” refers to a medical instrument specifically suited to be generally used in at least one phase of a surgical therapy. According to an embodiment, the term “microsurgical instrument” or “surgical micro-instrument” refers to a medical instrument specifically suited to be used in at least one phase of a microsurgical therapy.
[0138]. According to an embodiment, the term “frame” refers to a portion of a medical instrument primarily suited to have a structural holding function. According to an embodiment, the “frame” can comprise at least one shaft, that is a long rigid or flexible element that presents a primarily longitudinal extension. According to an embodiment, said shaft, for example can be of a hollow and/or tubular form.
[0139]. According to an embodiment, the term “ruled surface” refers to a surface achieved by the union of multiple straight lines. According to an embodiment, if not otherwise explicitly stated, the term “ruled surface” refers to a surface achieved by the union of multiple straight lines substantially parallel to each other, or in other words, a ruled surface of substantially parallel generatrices (also called “generators”).
[0140]. Below, when reference is made to a device, or an assembly, or a method, for microsurgery, it is meant a device, assembly or method, suitable to be applied in microsurgery, i.e. with the simultaneous use of means of optical enlargement such as loupes or microscopes, but also suitable for applications in other surgical therapies, such as general surgery, laparoscopic surgery or endoscopic surgery.
[0141]. According to an embodiment, to not burden the text or figures, when reference is made to a “first” or “second” element (for example a “first micro-positioning device” and a “second micro-positioning device”), they will be indicated with the same numeric reference, as long as they are functionally indistinguishable (for example “41” above); sometimes, due to a need for clarity, the numerical reference will be specified incremented by one hundred (for example “141” above and “241”); hence, for example, the numerical reference “41 ” will indicate both said “first micro-positioning device” and said “second micro-positioning device”, as well as a “third” micro-positioning device. While when the specific reference, for example “141”, is used, it will refer to the specific element, in this case the “first micro-positioning device”. Analogously, to not burden the text excessively, the numeric reference relating to an “opposite” element will be omitted, if an element is functionally indistinguishable from its opposite.
[0142]. According to a general embodiment, a medical instrument 60, 160, 260, 360 for surgery comprises at least one frame 57 and at least one jointed device 70, 170, 270.
[0143]. Said jointed device 70, 170, 270 comprising: at least one first joint member 71 , or first link 71 , adapted to connect to at least one portion of said frame 57; at least one second joint member 72, or second link 72.
[0144]. Said first joint member 71 is connected by means of a rotational joint 171 to said second joint member 72.
[0145]. Said medical instrument 60, 160, 260, 360 further comprising at least a pair of tendons 90, 190, adapted to move said second joint member 72 with respect to said first joint member 71 , pulling it. Said tendons acts as actuation cables suitable for working only in traction.
[0146]. Each of said first joint member 71 and said second joint member 72 comprises a main structural body comprising in a single piece one or more convex contact surfaces 40, 80, 86, 140, 180,
[0147]. Each of said convex contact surfaces 40, 80, 86, 140, 180 is a ruled surface formed by a plurality of straight line portions all parallel to each other and substantially parallel to a joint movement axis P-P, Y-Y.
[0148]. According to an embodiment, all said convex contact surfaces 40, 80, 86, 140, 180 defining with their prolongations thereof at least partially a single convex volume In other words, the prolongations of said convex contact surfaces 40, 80, 86, 140, 180 of a single main structural body define, together with said contact surfaces 40, 80, 86, 140, 180, a convex volume. According to an embodiment, the wording “convex volume” means that given a pair of points chosen inside said convex volume, the shorter straight conjunction between them is inside the convex volume in its entirety. This avoids providing grooves or channels on pulleys for guiding the tendons, allowing to miniaturize the dimensions of the main structural bodies and of the jointed device. According to an embodiment, all said convex contact surfaces 40, 80, 86, 140, 180 of said main structural body define with their prolongations thereof the convex hull of said main structural body.
[0149]. According to an embodiment, wherein two tendons of said pair of tendons 90, 190 are parallel to each other and in contact with the same convex contact surface 40, 80, 86, 140, 180.
[0150]. According to an embodiment, each tendon of said pair of tendons 90, 190 comprises: a first tendon termination 91 , associated to said frame 57, a second tendon termination 92, secured to said second member 72, and a main portion, extending between said first tendon termination 91 and said second termination 92.
[0151]. and wherein the main portion of each tendon of pair of tendons 90, 190 is in contact with said jointed device 70, 170, 270 only on said convex contact surfaces 40, 80, 86, 140, 180.
[0152]. According to an embodiment, said contact surface 40, 80, 86, 140, 180 is a ruled surface formed by a plurality of straight line portions all parallel to each other and substantially parallel to a joint movement axis P-P, Y-Y of the rotational joint 171 closer to said contact surface 40, 80, 86, 140, 180.
[0153]. According to an embodiment, said contact surface 40, 80, 86, 140, 180 is a sliding surface 40, 80, 140, 180 or a winding surface 86.
[0154]. According to an embodiment, said sliding surface 40, 80, 140, 180 is a side sliding surface 40, 140, adapted to extend from said jointed device 70, 170, 270 so as to make at least one tendon portion slide in the air or slide off the contact with said jointed device 70, or said sliding surface 40, 80, 140, 180 is a joint sliding surface 80, 180, which surrounds at least partially a joint movement axis.
[0155]. According to an embodiment, on said joint sliding surface 80, 180 said two or more tendons 90, 190 overlap at least partially on a plane orthogonal to the direction of said joint movement axis of the closer rotational joint 171.
[0156]. According to an embodiment, at least two tendons of said at least two pairs of tendons 90, 190, 191 , 192 are in contact with a same convex contact surface 40, 80, 86, 140, 180 and are parallel to each other. According to an embodiment, the two tendons of a said pair of tendons are parallel to each other over a length of their tendon path in which they both are in contact with a said same convex contact surface 40, 80, 140, 180 of said first joint member 71 and said second joint member 72.
[0157]. According to an embodiment, said pair of tendons connected with a same joint member is in contact with a same convex contact surface 40, 80, 86, 140, 180. [0158]. According to an embodiment, said main structural body is a rigid body.
[0159]. According to an embodiment, said medical instrument 60, 160, 260, 360 comprises a further pair of tendons so as to comprise at least a third pair of tendons.
[0160]. According to an embodiment, said convex contact surface 40, 80, 86, 140, 180 is a sliding surface 40, 80, 140, 180 on which a said tendon substantially slides. Alternatively, said convex contact surface 40, 80, 86, 140, 180 is winding surface 86 on which a said tendon substantially winds itself without sliding.
[0161]. According to an embodiment, the projection of the tendon path T-T of a first tendon of a said two pairs of tendons 90, 190, 191 , 192 and the projection of the tendon path T-T of a second tendon of same said pairs of tendons 90, 190 on a plane orthogonal to the direction of a said joint movement axis 171 crosses each other.
[0162]. According to an embodiment, said medical instrument 60, 160, 260, 360 comprising a pair of tendons 90, 190 for each joint member 71 or 72 or 77.
[0163]. According to an embodiment, said contact surface 40, 80, 86, 140, 180 defines at least partially the convex hull of the joint member 71 or 72 or 77 or 78;
[0164]. According to an embodiment, each tendon 90, 190 defines a tendon path T-T which remains stationary with respect to the joint member 71 or 72 or 77 or 78 closer thereto.
[0165]. According to a general embodiment, a medical instrument 60, 160, 260, 360 includes: -at least a joint member 71 , 72, 73, 74 of a jointed device 70,
- a frame57 including a shaft 65
- a tendon 90,190 suitable to move said joint member 71 , 72, 73, 74 with respect to said frame 57
- a plunger 96 mobile along a degree of freedom with respect to said frame57, in contact with said tendon 90,190 and suitable to actuate said tendon 90,190
- a pushing element 95 mobile along a linear trajectory and including an actuator
-a sterile barrier 87 suitable to substantially impede mutual bacteria contamination of the two environments it separates, placed between said pushing element 95 and said plunger96, wherein said plunger 96 is free to move away from said sterile barrier 87 and/or pushing element 95 and said pushing element 95 pushes on said sterile barrier 87 bringing it in contact with said plunger 96 and thus moves said plunger 96.
[0166]. According to an embodiment, said pushing element 95 pushes on a plunger 96 in a pushing direction directed towards the inside of said frame 57, to move said plunger 96 along its degree of freedom with respect to said frame 57.
[0167]. According to an embodiment, said pushing element 95 exchanges with said plunger 96 a force that is always directed in said pushing direction. In other words, said pushing element 95 is not suitable to exchange with said plunger 96 a pulling force, in other words said pushing element 95 cannot pull said plunger 96.
[0168]. According to an embodiment, said pushing element 95 includes a lead screw and nut type actuator.
[0169]. According to an embodiment, said actuator includes a ball screw.
[0170]. According to an embodiment, said pushing element 95 includes a piston.
[0171]. According to an embodiment, said plunger 96 has two portions one first portion of plunger 145 suitable to be in contact with said pushing element 95 and one second portion of plunger 146 to suitable to be in contact with said tendon 90, 190.
[0172]. According to an embodiment, said first portion of plunger 145 is exposed from the frame 57 to be pushed by said pushing element 95.
[0173]. According to an embodiment, said first portion of plunger 145 extends outside of frame 57 to be accessible by said pushing element 95.
[0174]. According to an embodiment, said first portion of plunger 145 is flush with said frame 57 to be accessible by said pushing element 95.
[0175]. According to an embodiment, said first portion of plunger 145 includes a pushing surface 147 suitable to be engaged with said pushing element 95.
[0176]. According to an embodiment, said pushing elements 95 has a reciprocal pushing surface 148
[0177]. According to an embodiment, said pushing element 95 pushes said plunger 96 transmitting a linear force through said a reciprocal pushing surface 148.
[0178]. According to an embodiment, said pushing element 95 includes at least one pushing element idle pulley not represented, suitable to push on said pushing surface 147.
[0179]. According to an embodiment, said pushing element 95 pushes said plunger 96 transmitting a linear force through said one pushing element idle pulley.
[0180]. According to an embodiment, said pushing surface 147 and reciprocal pushing surface 148 are flat.
[0181]. According to an embodiment, said pushing surface 147 and reciprocal pushing surface 148 are curved surface that mate with each other.
[0182]. According to an embodiment, said pushing surface 147 and reciprocal pushing surface 148 are sliding surfaces that slide with respect to each other as said pushing element
95 moves along a linear trajectory.
[0183]. According to an embodiment, said second portion of plunger 96 in contact with said tendon 90,190.
[0184]. According to an embodiment, said medical instrument 60, 160, 260, 360 includes at least one tensioning element 99, suitable for impose a preload on said tendon 90.
[0185]. According to an embodiment, said tensioning element 99 is a spring.
[0186]. According to an embodiment, said tensioning element 99 is suitable to apply a force between the frame 57 and the plunger 96, in the direction of moving said plunger 96 so as to impose a preload on said tendon 90.
[0187]. According to an embodiment, said tensioning element 99 is suitable to apply a force between the frame 57 and the plunger 96, in the direction of moving said plunger 96 away from said pushing element 95.
[0188]. According to an embodiment, said tensioning element 99 is suitable to apply a force between the frame 57 and the plunger 96, in the direction of moving said plunger 96 towards the inside of said frame 57.
[0189]. According to an embodiment, said preload is substantially proportional to the compression movement of said spring 99.
[0190]. According to an embodiment, said second portion of plunger 146 pushes on at least one tendon deflectable portion 93 of said tendon 90.
[0191]. According to an embodiment, said tendon deflectable portion 93 of said tendon 90 extends from a first guiding pulley 197 and second guiding pulley 297.
[0192]. According to an embodiment, said second portion of plunger 146 moves in a space provided between said a first guiding pulley 197 and said second guiding pulley 297.
[0193]. According to an embodiment, said plunger 96 changes the length of tendon 90 path between said a first guiding pulley 197 and said second guiding pulley 297 of an amount linearly proportional to the plunger 96 motion along said degree of freedom of plunger 96 with respect to said frame 57.
[0194]. According to an embodiment, said second portion of plunger 146 includes at least one plunger idle pulley 98, suitable to push on said tendon deflectable portion 93,
[0195]. According to an embodiment, said tendon 90 has a first tendon endpoint 91 fastened to said joint member 71 , 72, 73, 74.
[0196]. According to an embodiment, said tendon 90 has a second tendon endpoint 91 fastened to said frame 57.
[0197]. According to an embodiment, said first tendon endpoint 91 , is fastened to said second portion of plunger 146, instead than to said frame 57.
[0198]. According to an embodiment, said frame 57 includes an upper frame portion 58 and a lower frame portion 59 the latter including a shaft 65.
[0199]. According to an embodiment, said plunger 96 is mobile along a degree of freedom with respect to said frame57. [0200]. According to an embodiment, said plunger 96 is jointed to said upper frame portion 58 with a linear joint.
[0201]. According to an embodiment, said plunger 96 is jointed to said lower frame portion 58 with a rotational joint not represented.
[0202]. According to an embodiment, said plunger 96 moves linearly along a degree of freedom with respect to said frame57.
[0203]. According to an embodiment, said plunger 96 is maintained in a proper alignment by means of linear bushings not represented inserted in the first frame section 58.
[0204]. According to an embodiment, said plunger 96 is maintained in a proper alignment with upper frame 58 by means of respective shoulder surfaces 88.
[0205]. According to an embodiment, said plungers 96 is a rocker that rotates around a pivot of said frame 57.
[0206]. According to an embodiment, said sterile barrier 87 is of a form and material suitable to transmit the push of said pushing element 95 to said plunger 96.
[0207]. According to an embodiment, said sterile barrier 87 is a flexible continuous layer of material.
[0208]. According to an embodiment, said sterile barrier 87 lays in between said pushing element 95.
[0209]. According to an embodiment, said sterile barrier 87 is trapped between said pushing surface 147 and said reciprocal pushing surface 148.
[0210]. According to an embodiment, said medical instrument 60, 160, 260, 360 includes a plurality of tendons 90 and of pairs of plungers 96 and associated pushing element 95.
[0211]. According to an embodiment, said sterile barrier 87 is a flexible continuous layer of material.
[0212]. According to an embodiment, said sterile barrier 87 is trapped between each plunger 96 and associated pushing element 95.
[0213]. According to an embodiment, said sterile barrier 8 is made of a stretchable material that stretches as said plungers 96 move with respect to said frame 57 exerting forces that do not substantially impede the motion of said plungers 96.
[0214]. According to an embodiment, said sterile barrier 87 is a drape.
[0215]. According to an embodiment, said sterile barrier 87 is a loose-fitting drape that stretches as said plungers 96 move with respect to said frame 57 exerting forces that do not substantially impede the motion of said plungers 96.
[0216]. Due to the provision of a pushing element 95 of a medical instrument 60, 160, 260, 360 according to one aspect of the invention, suitable to move a jointed device across a sterile barrier allows the production of a medical instrument, which is highly reliable and sterile.
[0217]. Due to the provision of a plunger 96 of a medical instrument 60, 160, 260, 360 according to one aspect of the invention, it is possible to employ a simple sterile barrier in a shape of a drape or continuous flexible sheet of material.
[0218]. Due to the provision of a plunger 96 of a medical instrument 60, 160, 260, 360 according to one aspect of the invention, it is possible to increase the precision of the commanded motion using pushing elements with high precision linear actuators.
[0219]. Due to the provision of a plunger 96 of a medical instrument 60, 160, 260, 360 according to one aspect of the invention, it is possible to protect the tendons 90 inside said frame 57 while allowing sterile barrier 87 to be external to said frame.
[0220]. Due to the provision of a plunger 96 of a medical instrument 60, 160, 260, 360 according to one aspect of the invention, it is possible to provide tensioning to said tendons 90,190 for any joint member 71 position of said jointed device 70.
[0221]. Due to the provision of a plunger 96 of a medical instrument 60, 160, 260, 360 according to one aspect of the invention, it is possible to avoid lost motion and backlash effects associated to changes of direction of motion of which are altogether avoided making use of a continued pushing action of said pushing element on said plunger.
[0222]. Due to the provision of a sterile barrier 87 of a medical instrument 60, 160, 260, 360 according to one aspect of the invention, it is possible to provide a sterile barrier that is not attached to pushing element and so it is easier to deploy for the surgical staff.
[0223]. According to an embodiment, said pushing element 95 includes a sensor 150.
[0224]. According to an embodiment, said pushing element 95 includes a sensor 150 suitable to detect contact between said pushing element 95 and said plunger 96 through said sterile barrier 87.
[0225]. According to an embodiment, said pushing element 95 includes a force sensor 151 suitable to measure the pushing force exchanged between said pushing element 95 and plunger 96 through said sterile barrier 87.
[0226]. According to an embodiment, said force sensor 151 is a mono-axial load sensor measuring a component of pushing force along the linear trajectory of motion of said pushing element 95.
[0227]. According to an embodiment, said pushing element 95 includes a pressure sensor 152 suitable to measure the pressure exchanged between said pushing element 95 and plunger 96 through said sterile barrier 87.
[0228]. According to an embodiment, said pressure sensor 152 is a thin film pressure sensor glued to said reciprocal pushing surface 148 of said pushing element 95.
[0229]. According to an embodiment, said pushing element 95 includes a non-contact proximity sensor 153 suitable to measure the distance between said reciprocal pushing surface 148 and pushing surface 147 through said sterile barrier 87.
[0230]. Due to the provision of a pushing element 95 of a medical instrument 60, 160, 260, 360 according to one aspect of the invention, suitable to move a jointed device across a sterile barrier allows the production of a medical instrument, which is highly reliable and sterile.
[0231]. Due to the provision of a sensor 150 of a medical instrument 60, 160, 260, 360 according to one aspect of the invention, it is possible to sense through a sterile barrier a sensed quantity related to the interaction between said jointed device 70 and patient 201 anatomy.
[0232]. Due to the provision of a sensor 150 of a medical instrument 60, 160, 260, 360 according to one aspect of the invention, it is possible to detect contact between said pushing element 95 and plunger 96 through a sterile barrier.
[0233]. Due to the provision of a sensor 150 of a medical instrument 60, 160, 260, 360 according to one aspect of the invention, it is possible to sense a pushing force through a sterile barrier related to tension of tendon 90,190.
[0234]. According to a general embodiment, a robotic surgery assembly 100 comprises at least one medical instrument 60, 160, 260, 360 according to any one of the embodiments as previously described.
[0235]. According to one aspect of the invention, a surgical robotic assembly 100 comprises: -at least one micro-positioning device 41 , 141 , 241 , 341 having multiple degrees of freedom at least of translation.
-at least one medical instrument 60, comprising one jointed device 70, or articulated device 70, having multiple rotational degrees of freedom.
[0236]. Said medical instrument 60 is connected in series, to said micro-positioning device 41 such that said articulated device 70 reaches a predefined position in a work volume 7 with its terminal portion 77.
[0237]. According to an embodiment, said robotic assembly 100 comprises a support 104 and at least one macro-positioning arm 30, connected to said support 104, with respect to which said macro-positioning arm 30 provides multiple degrees of freedom of macro positioning.
[0238]. According to an embodiment, said micro-positioning device 41 , 141 , 241 and 341 is connected in cascade, that is in series, to said macro-positioning arm 30. [0239]. The provision of a kinematic chain comprising a macro-positioning arm 30 connected in series to at least one micro-positioning device 41 comprising multiple degrees of freedom at least in translation, connected in series with a medical instrument 60, allows to decouple the positioning movements in translation of the terminal portion 77 of said medical instrument 60 within said work volume 7, and the positioning movements in orientation of the terminal portion 77 of said medical instrument 60 within said work volume 7.
[0240]. According to an embodiment, said micro-positioning device 41 comprises degrees of freedom exclusively of translation.
[0241]. According to an embodiment, said micro-positioning device 41 is a cartesian kinematic mechanism, suitable to determine translational movements along at least two mutually orthogonal directions. According to an embodiment, said micro-positioning device 41 is a cartesian kinematic mechanism, suitable to determine translational movements along at least three mutually orthogonal directions.
[0242]. According to an embodiment, said micro-positioning device 41 comprises a X-Y-Z cartesian kinematic mechanism and a further rotational degree of freedom, around a rotational axis which substantially coincides with the longitudinal direction in which the medical instrument develops.
[0243]. According to an embodiment, said at least one medical instrument 60 comprising one jointed device 70, has multiple degrees of freedom that are exclusively rotational.
[0244]. According to an embodiment, a robotic surgical assembly 100 comprises a further micro-positioning device 41 , such that it comprises at least a first micro-positioning device 141 and a second micro-positioning device 241.
[0245]. According to an embodiment, said at least two micro-positioning devices 141 , 241 are placed parallel to each other. According to an embodiment, said at least two micropositioning devices are placed side-by-side to move one medical instrument on the right and one medical instrument on the left.
[0246]. According to an embodiment, a surgical robotic assembly 100 comprises a further medical instrument 60 such as to comprise at least a first medical instrument 160, connected in cascade, or in series, to said first micro-positioning device 141 and at least a second medical instrument 260, connected in cascade, or in series, to said second micro-positioning device 241 .
[0247]. According to an embodiment, said first medical instrument 160 comprises one jointed device 170 and said second medical instrument comprises a second jointed device 270.
[0248]. According to an embodiment, said first micro-positioning device 141 and said second micro-positioning device 241 are placed in such a way that the respective terminal portions 77 of each jointed device 70 reach respective work volumes 7 which must at least partially overlap.
[0249]. The provision of work volumes 7 that at least partially overlap permits an operation in context using at least two medical instruments on one single portion of the patient.
[0250]. According to an embodiment, said at least two medical instruments 160, 260 are placed parallel to each other.
[0251]. According to an embodiment, said respective work volumes 7 substantially coincide.
[0252]. According to an embodiment, said macro-positioning arm 30 comprises at least one support member 38, comprising at least one attachment feature 39, suited to hold at least one portion of at least one micro-positioning device 41 .
[0253]. According to an embodiment, said support member 38 is suited to simultaneously carry/receive at least one portion of said first micro-positioning device 141 and at least one portion of said second micro-positioning device 241 .
[0254]. According to an embodiment, said support member 38 comprises at least one other attachment feature 39, such that it comprises at least three attachment features 39, said further attachment feature 39 being suitable to hold at least one portion of a further micropositioning device 41 .
[0255]. According to an embodiment, said robotic assembly 100 comprises at least three micro-positioning devices 41 , 141 , 241 , 341 .
[0256]. According to an embodiment, said robotic assembly 100 comprises at least three medical instruments 60, 160, 260, 360.
[0257]. According to an embodiment, said three medical instruments 60, 160, 260, 360 are positioned in cascade, or in series, with a co-respective micro-positioning device 41 , 141 , 241 , 341 , of said at least three micro-positioning devices 41 , 141 , 241 , 341 .
[0258]. According to an embodiment, said first micro-positioning device 141 , said second micro-positioning device 241 and said third micro-positioning device 341 are located such that the terminal positions 77 of each jointed device 70 reach respective work volumes that are at least partially overlapping.
[0259]. According to an embodiment, said support member 38 comprises at least three attachment features 39, each suited to hold at least one portion of a micro-positioning device 41.
[0260]. According to an embodiment, said macro-positioning arm 30 has three degrees of freedom.
[0261]. According to an embodiment, said macro-positioning arm 30 has five degrees of freedom, and in which said five degrees of freedom are both of rotation as of translation. [0262]. According to an embodiment, said five degrees of freedom of said macro-positioning arm 30 are a translational movement which is substantially vertical, three movements which are substantially rotational around said first, second and third axis of movement of the arm a- a, b-b, c-c and at least one rotational movement around said fourth axis of movement of the arm d-d.
[0263]. According to an embodiment, said axes of movement of the arm can be fixed or mobile with respect to a common reference system.
[0264]. According to an embodiment, said macro-positioning arm 30 is a passive mechanism. In other words, according to an embodiment, said macro-positioning arm 30 is meant to be manually moved by an operator.
[0265]. According to an embodiment, said macro-positioning arm 30 has six degrees of freedom, of which at least one of rotation. The provision of this characteristic allows the formation of an active anthropomorphic robot, as shown in a non-limiting example in figure 1 C. According to an embodiment, said macro-positioning arm 30 is an active anthropomorphic robot. In other words, according to an embodiment, said macro-positioning arm is moved by a motorized system comprising a stepper motor or a servomotor.
[0266]. According to an alternative embodiment, said macro-positioning arm 30 is a passive anthropomorphic robot.
[0267]. According to an embodiment, said macro-positioning arm 30 has a radius of extension of movement of 650mm.
[0268]. According to an embodiment, said macro-positioning arm 30 comprises:
[0269].- one first arm member 31 , connected to said support 104 and mobile with respect to said support 104 along a linear sliding guide 36,
[0270].- a second arm member 32, connected to said first arm member 31 around a first axis of movement a-a.
[0271]. The provision that said first member of the arm 31 is mobile with respect to said support 104 along a linear sliding guide 36, allows for a up and down movement to get closer or further from the operating field.
[0272]. According to an embodiment, said macro-positioning arm 30 further comprises a third arm member 33 connected to a second arm member 32 and mobile with respect to said second arm member 32 around a second axis of movement of the arm b-b.
[0273]. According to an embodiment, said macro-positioning arm 30 further comprises a fourth arm member 34 connected to said third arm member 33 and mobile with respect to said third arm member 33 around a third axis of movement of the arm c-c.
[0274]. According to an embodiment, said macro-positioning arm 30 further comprises at least one rotational dial nut 43, which is mobile around a fourth axis of movement of the arm d-d, and is suitable to be manipulated to move said support member 38 around said fourth axis of movement of the arm d-d.
[0275]. According to an embodiment, said five degrees of freedom of said macro-positioning arm 30 are a translational movement which is substantially vertical, three substantially rotational movements around said first, second and third axis of movement of arm a-a, b-b, c-c and at least one rotational movement around said fourth axis of movement of the arm d- d.
[0276]. According to an embodiment, said rotational dial nut 43 comprises a click or non- continuous movement mechanism defining pre-established displacements.
[0277]. According to an embodiment, there is a reduction in the transmission of rotational movement between said rotational dial nut 43 and said support member 38. In other words, big angular movements of said rotational dial nut correspond to small angular movements of said support member 38, in a similar manner to an objective of a camera.
[0278]. Provisioning said support member 38 to be mobile by a rotational movement around said fourth axis of movement of the arm d-d allows the positioning of said terminal portion 77 of said at least one medical instrument 60, associated to said macro-positioning arm 30, in proximity of a predetermined portion of the patient 201 with a favourable angle between the instrument shaft and the anatomy plane, steeper or shallower to facilitate suturing on different anatomical planes.
[0279]. According to an embodiment, said rotational dial nut 43 comprises at least one milled handle This provides for finer control.
[0280]. According to an embodiment, said first axis of movement of the arm a-a, said second axis of movement of the arm b-b and said third axis of movement of the arm c-c are substantially parallel to each other.
[0281]. According to an embodiment, said fourth axis of movement of the arm d-d is substantially orthogonal to said third axis of movement of the arm c-c.
[0282]. According to an embodiment, a manual knob 37 moving a rack and pinion mechanism controls the movement of said first member of the arm 31 in said linear sliding guide 36 by its rotational movement.
[0283]. According to an embodiment, said macro-positioning arm 30 comprises at least one braking system, suitable for blocking the relative movement of at least two of said support 104, said first member of the arm 31 , said second member of the arm 32, said third member of the arm 33, said fourth member of the arm 34.
[0284]. According to an embodiment, said braking system comprises at least one electromagnetic brake device.
[0285]. According to an embodiment, said macro-positioning arm 30 comprises at least one release button 35, or unlocking button, which can be switched between a brake (or lock) and a release (or unlock) position.
[0286]. According to an embodiment, said braking system can be released by a release button 35.
[0287]. According to an embodiment, said release button 35 can be switched between a brake position and a release position.
[0288]. According to an embodiment, said release button 35, when in the release position, allows the operator to move, by carrying it around, at least one of the degrees of freedom of said macro-positioning arm 30.
[0289]. According to an embodiment, when it is in its release position, said release button 35 is able to release the braking system, allowing the simultaneous relative movement of at least two of said support 104 and said first member of the arm 31 , said second member of the arm 32, said third member of the arm 33 and said fourth member of the arm 34.
[0290]. According to an embodiment, when it is in the release position, said release button 35 is suitable to inactivate said arrest system, allowing the simultaneous relative movement of said first member of the arm 31 , said second member of the arm 32, said third member of the arm 33 and said fourth member of the arm 34.
[0291]. According to an embodiment, said release button 35 is suitable to work by pressure, when it is depressed, it is in said release position, and when it is raised or undepressed it is in said arrest position.
[0292]. According to an embodiment, said robotic assembly 100 comprises:
[0293]. -said macro-positioning arm 30, passively mobile by releasing said release system, [0294]. -said at least one micro-positioning device 41 and said at least one articulated device 70, actively controlled by master slave teleoperation, from the movement of said control instrument 21 as performed by the surgeon 200.
[0295]. According to an embodiment, said micro-positioning device 41 , 141 , 241 has three degrees of freedom of translation.
[0296]. According to an embodiment, said micro-positioning device 41 , 141 , 241 has four degrees of freedom, of which three are of translation.
[0297]. According to an embodiment, each micro-positioning device 41 comprises a spherical joint 173, said spherical joint 173 is positioned in cascade, or in series, upstream of each micro-positioning device 41 .
[0298]. According to an embodiment, for example shown in figure 2B, each micro-positioning device 41 , 141 , 241 comprises a spherical joint 173, suitable to change the orientation of the medical instrument 60, 160, 260 by moving the micro-positioning device 41 , 141 , 241 , from its base, i.e. most proximal portion. According to an embodiment, said spherical joint 173 is a universal joint that can be blocked.
[0299]. According to an embodiment, said micro-positioning device 41 comprises a first motorized slide 51 , mobile along a first sliding rail 54 along a first sliding direction f-f.
[0300]. According to an embodiment, said micro-positioning device 41 comprises a second motorized slide 52, mobile along a second sliding rail 55 along a second sliding direction g-g.
[0301]. According to an embodiment, said micro-positioning device 41 comprises a third motorized slide 53, mobile along a third sliding rail 56 along a third sliding direction h-h.
[0302]. According to an embodiment, said first sliding direction f-f is substantially rectilinear.
[0303]. According to an embodiment, said second sliding direction g-g is substantially rectilinear.
[0304]. According to an embodiment, said second sliding direction g-g is substantially orthogonal with respect to said first sliding direction f-f.
[0305]. According to an embodiment, said third sliding direction h-h is substantially rectilinear. [0306]. According to an embodiment, said third sliding direction h-h is substantially orthogonal with respect to both said first sliding direction f-f and said second sliding direction g-g. According to an embodiment, the third sliding direction h-h is aligned with the shaft 65.
[0307]. According to an embodiment, said micro-positioning device 41 is suitable for working with a stepper motor or a servomotor. According to an embodiment, said micro-positioning device 41 is suitable to work with a piezoelectric motor or an ultrasonic motor.
[0308]. According to an embodiment, at least one motorized slide 51 , 52, 53 of said first, second and third motorized slides, is connected to a motor via a transmission mechanism comprising a ball screw which rotates with respect to the respective slide rail 54, 55, 56 and is held by a nut. According to an embodiment, said nut is solidal (i.e. integral) to at least one motorized slide 51 , 52, 53 of said first, second and third motorized slides.
[0309]. The provision of a transmission mechanism comprising a coupling of a preloaded ball or lead screw-nut type confers an improved control of movement to the motorized slide as well as decreased backlash.
[0310]. According to an embodiment, at least one motorized slide 51 , 52, 53 of said first, second, third motorized slides, is connected to a motor by a transmission mechanism comprising a cogged belt.
[0311]. According to an embodiment, said motorized slides 51 , 52, 53 are precision microslides having a stroke between 1cm and 10cm, and having precision in the 0.1 micron and 25micron range.
[0312]. According to an embodiment, said motor is a servomotor. According to an embodiment, said motor is a stepper motor.
[0313]. According to an embodiment, said medical instrument 60 comprises a motorized rotary joint 46, suitable for moving said medical instrument 60 around a longitudinal axis of rotation r-r.
[0314]. According to an embodiment, said micro-positioning device 41 also comprises a motorized rotary joint 46, suitable for moving said medical instrument 60 around a longitudinal axis of rotation r-r.
[0315]. According to an embodiment, said axis of longitudinal rotation r-r substantially coincides with its longitudinal axis of development, or axis of the instrument X-X, or longitudinal axis of the shaft X-X, of said medical instrument 60. According to an embodiment, a shaft angle 0 is defined as the angle between the shaft direction X-X of the shaft 65 of said first medical instrument 160 and the shaft direction X-X of the shaft 65 of said second medical instrument 260.
[0316]. According to an embodiment, said medical instrument 60 comprises one articulated device 70 with two degrees of freedom of rotation. According to an embodiment, said medical instrument 60 comprises one articulated device 70 with two degrees of freedom of rotation orthogonal to each other to form a jointed wrist.
[0317]. According to an embodiment, said medical instrument 60 comprises a jointed device 70 with at least three degrees of freedom. According to an embodiment, said jointed device 70 has three degrees of freedom of rotation, of which two degrees of freedom of rotation around axes parallel to each other and a third degree of freedom of rotation around said longitudinal axis of rotation r-r.
[0318]. According to an embodiment, said jointed device 70 has three degrees of freedom of rotation, of which one first degree of freedom of rotation, around a first axis of rotation orthogonal to the axis of the instrument X-X, one second degree of freedom of rotation parallel to the first axis of rotation and a third degree of freedom of rotation orthogonal to the second axis of rotation, such that said second and third degrees of freedom of rotation are close to each other and form a sub-articulation of the wrist.
[0319]. According to an embodiment, said medical instrument 60 comprises a jointed device 70, which has a further degree of freedom in its terminal portion 77, said further degree of freedom allows an opening and/or closing movement of said terminal portion 77. According to an embodiment, said jointed device 70 comprises a terminal device 77 in said distal portion, in which said terminal device 77 comprises said further degree of freedom of opening and/or closing. For example, said further degree of freedom determines the opening and/or closing of forceps or of a cutting instrument, such as scissors.
[0320]. According to an embodiment, said at least one medical instrument 60 is connected in a detachable fashion to said robotic assembly 100.
[0321]. According to an embodiment, said medical instrument 60 comprises at least a shaft 65, suitable to connect said frame 57 with said jointed device 70.
[0322]. According to an embodiment, said medical instrument 60 comprises at least one shaft 65 such as to position its jointed device 70 at a predefined distance from said micropositioning device 41. According to an embodiment, said shaft 65 is suitable for distancing said jointed device 70 from said micro-positioning device 41 by a predefined distance.
[0323]. According to an embodiment, said predefined distance is a multiple of the longitudinal extension of said jointed device 70. According to an embodiment, said predefined distance is equal to at least five times the longitudinal extension of said jointed device 70. According to an embodiment, said predefined distance is equal to at least twenty-five times the longitudinal extension of said jointed device 70. According to an embodiment, said predefined distance is equal to substantially twenty times the longitudinal extension of said jointed device 70. According to an embodiment said predefined distance is measured along the longitudinal direction of the shaft X-X. According to an embodiment, said predefined distance is equal to substantially fifty times the longitudinal extension of said jointed device 70.
[0324]. The provision of said shaft 65 which distances said micro-positioning device 41 and said jointed device 70 allows for the fabrication of said micro-positioning device 41 , as well as said jointed device 70 to be of dimensions that are appropriate for them to fulfill their functions when in operating conditions. When said robotic assembly 100 comprises a plurality of medical instruments 60, 160, 260, 360, the provision of said shaft 65 in each medical instrument 60, 160, 260, 360 which distances the respective micro-positioning devices 41 , 141 , 241 , 341 from the associated jointed devices, allows for the terminal portions 77 of each medical device to reach their own work volumes, while keeping their ability to move independently.
[0325]. According to an embodiment, said shaft 65 is suitable to connect to said frame with said terminal device 77 at a predefined distance from said frame 57.
[0326]. According to an embodiment, said shaft 65 is rigid.
[0327]. According to an embodiment, said shaft 65 has a longitudinal extension between 30mm and 250mm, and preferably between 60mm and 150mm.
[0328]. According to an embodiment, said shaft 65 has a longitudinal internal hole. According to an embodiment, said shaft 65 has a hollow tubular form.
[0329]. According to an embodiment, said medical instrument 60 comprises a motor box 61 suitable to house at least one driving system of at least said jointed device 70, of said medical instrument 60. In this way, the actuation of said jointed device 70 happens internally to said medical instrument 60.
[0330]. According to an embodiment, a robotic assembly 100 comprises at least one control device 20, suitable to determine the movement of at least one portion of said medical instrument 60, 160, 260, by a master-slave type communication system.
[0331]. According to an embodiment, said assembly comprises a further control device 20, such that it comprises at least two input devices 20. According to an embodiment, said control device 20 is suitable to determine the motion of said jointed device 70 of said medical instrument 60. According to an embodiment, said control device 20 is suitable to determine the movement of said micro-positioning device 41 . The provision of said characteristic allows a translational movement of said control instrument 21 as registered by said detection device 22 to be associated to a translational movement of said terminal device 77 within its workspace 7, 17.
[0332]. According to an embodiment, said control device 20 is suitable to determine the motion of said micro-positioning device 41 and said medical instrument 60.
[0333]. The provision of this characteristic allows to move at least a portion of said micropositioning device 41 and at least a portion of said medical instrument 60 by means of said control instrument 21 , such as to determine both rotational and translational movements of said terminal device 77 in said work volume 7.
[0334]. According to one alternative embodiment, said micro-positioning device 41 comprises a plurality of passive degrees of freedom that can be braked or otherwise blocked. According to an embodiment, said plurality of degrees of freedom is placed immediately upstream and in series to said micro-positioning device 41 .
[0335]. According to an embodiment, said robotic assembly 100 is suitable to cooperate with a vision system 103 associable to said robotic assembly 100.
[0336]. According to an embodiment, said vision system 103 is a microscope 103.
[0337]. The provision of a microscope 103 associable to said robotic assembly allows for retrofitting with pre-existing microscopes, making said robotic assembly 100 more versatile. For example, said robotic assembly 100 can be used in cooperation with microscopes that have a focusing distance between 100mm and 500mm, depending on the focal length of the objective lens used. Furthermore, it allows the swept volume of the robotic assembly 100 to be reduced, during the surgical operation given that it lacks as many parts as possible that require relatively large movements during the movement of the terminal portion of the instrument.
[0338]. According to an embodiment, said microscope 103 is an optical microscope 103.
[0339]. According to an embodiment, said microscope 103 is suitable to frame in its field of view said terminal portion 77 of said first medical instrument 160 and /or said terminal portion 77 of said second medical instrument 260 and/or said terminal portion of said third medical instrument 360.
[0340]. According to an embodiment, said microscope 103 is suitable for framing the work volume 7.
[0341]. According to an embodiment, at least one video-camera 45, is connected to said support member 38.
[0342]. According to an embodiment, said video-camera 45 is suitable for framing said terminal portion 77 of said first medical instrument 160 and said terminal portion 77 of said second medical instrument 260.
[0343]. According to an embodiment, said support 104 comprises at least one display 111 , suitable to form a machine input interface.
[0344]. According to an embodiment, said display 111 is suitable to visualize the images acquired by said video-camera 45.
[0345]. According to an embodiment, said video-camera 45 is suitable to cooperate with said macro-positioning arm 30 to permit the correct positioning of said at least one medical instrument 60. The provision of this characteristic facilitates the positioning process of at least one portion of said at least one medical instrument 60 within the work volume 7.
[0346]. According to an embodiment, said first medical instrument 160, said second medical instrument 260 and said support member 38 are disposed in such a way that they substantially form a triangle. Such provision allows to reproduce of the same triangulation existing between the eyes and the arms of the surgeon by means of said robotic assembly 100.
[0347]. According to an embodiment, said support 104 is at least one of: a mobile cart, a support structure of a microscope, an operating bed, an operating table.
[0348]. According to one aspect of the invention, a control device 20 for microsurgery for a robotic assembly for microsurgery 100, in which said control device 20 is suitable to at least partially form the master interface of a master-slave pair for a robotic assembly for microsurgery 100, comprises:
[0349]. at least one control instrument 21 , mobile in space, of a shape and size which lends it to being held and handled like a traditional surgical instrument, that is to say a surgical instrument suitable to operate directly on at least one portion of the patient anatomy 201 , [0350]. at least one detection device 22, suitable to detect the position of said control instrument 21 in at least on portion of space.
[0351]. Said control instrument 21 comprises at least one position sensor 28, which cooperates with said detection device 22, to sense at least the position of said control instrument 21 .
[0352]. According to an embodiment, said detection device 22 generates an electromagnetic field such as to detect at least the position of said control instrument 21 by detecting the position of said at least one position sensor 28. According to an embodiment, said detection device 22 detects at least the position of said control instrument 21 by detecting the position of said position sensor 28 by measuring at least inertial accelerations components. According to an embodiment, said position sensor 28 comprises accelerometers.
[0353]. According to an embodiment, said detection device 22 is positioned in a base structure 67 of said control device 20.
[0354]. According to an embodiment, said control instrument 21 is connected to said detection device 22 by at least an electromagnetic communication system.
[0355]. According to an embodiment, said control instrument 21 comprises at least one forceps articulation 69, effective in a tip portion 68 of said control instrument 21 , such as to allow said tip portion 68 a grasping or cutting movement.
[0356]. According to an embodiment, at least one tip sensor 29 measures an opening angle of said forceps articulation 69.
[0357]. According to an embodiment, said control instrument 21 has a shape that substantially replicates the shape of a traditional surgical instrument.
[0358]. According to an embodiment, said control instrument 21 has the shape of surgical forceps.
[0359]. According to an embodiment, said control instrument 21 has the shape of a surgical scalpel.
[0360]. According to an embodiment, said control instrument 21 has the shape of a surgical needle holder.
[0361]. According to an embodiment, said control instrument 21 has the shape of surgical scissors.
[0362]. According to an embodiment, said control instrument 21 has the shape of a surgical blade.
[0363]. According to an embodiment, said control device 20 comprises at least one ergonomic support element for the operator 27, comprising at least one support surface for the operator 25, suitable to support at least one portion of the forearm of the micro-surgeon 200, at least when in operating conditions, such as to provide ergonomic support for the micro-surgeon 200. The provision of such a characteristic allows for improved comfort of the micro-surgeon, determining an improved operating efficiency.
[0364]. According to an embodiment, said ergonomic support element 27 comprises at least one portion made of soft material or foam.
[0365]. According to an embodiment, said control instrument 21 is connected to said detection device 22 by at least one system of electromagnetic communication. According to an embodiment, said position sensor is an electromagnetic position sensor with microbobbins and said sensor device comprises a generator of a magnetic field and an electric circuit that reads the circuit induced in said micro-bobbins by said magnetic field. The provision of this characteristic allows the control instrument 21 to preserve its functioning as a traditional surgical instrument, without affecting a response time for said detection device 22.
[0366]. According to an embodiment, said control instrument 21 is connected to said detection device 22 by a wired connection, or cable.
[0367]. According to an embodiment, said control instrument 21 is connected to said detection device 22 by a wireless connection.
[0368]. According to an embodiment, said detection device 22 is suitable to measure the position in space, this position measure being either by induced current, or it is an optic measure, or an ultrasound measure, or a measure by ionizing radiation.
[0369]. According to an embodiment, said control device 20 comprises an on-off type switch, either implemented as a pedal or as a button, selectively suitable to activate or disactivate input from said control device 20.
[0370]. According to an embodiment, a robotic assembly 100, comprises:
[0371]. -at least one control device 20, as described by one of the embodiments described above,
[0372]. -at least one surgical micro-instrument 60, 160, 260, 360 comprising at least one terminal portion 77.
[0373]. According to an embodiment, said terminal portion 77 is suitable to operate on at least one portion of the patient 201 .
[0374]. According to an embodiment, said terminal portion 77 is suitable to handle a surgical needle 202, as shown for example in figure 3A-3B.
[0375]. According to an embodiment, said control instrument 21 has the same dimensions and offers the same handling experience of a traditional surgical instrument, that is to say a surgical instrument that can be used to operate directly on at least one portion of a patient 201 , and said surgical micro-instrument 60 is suitable to replicate the same entire movement capability of said control instrument 21 .
[0376]. According to an embodiment, said robotic assembly 100 is suitable to decouple the movements of said control instrument 21 and said surgical micro-instrument 60 in such a way that when the movements of said control instrument 21 are large and comprise vibrations, while the movements of said surgical micro-instrument 60 are filtered of vibrations and reduce the movement to a millimeter or to a micron scale. The provision of scaled movement introduced between the master interface and the slave interface allows for the reduction of tremor as well as an improvement of precision of said surgical micro-instrument without decreasing the ease of operation of the surgeon 200.
[0377]. According to an embodiment, said control instrument 21 is suitable to cooperate with said surgical micro-instrument 60 in such a way that, when in operating conditions, at a first 3D movement of said control instrument 21 with respect to said detection device, corresponds to a second 3D movement of said surgical micro-instrument 60.
[0378]. According to an embodiment, said control instrument 21 is suitable to cooperate with said surgical micro-instrument 60, 160, 260, in such a way that, when in operating conditions, a first translational movement of said control instrument 21 corresponds to a second translational movement of said surgical micro-instrument 60, 160, 260 equal to a fraction of the amplitude of said first movement of said control instrument 21. In this way, it is possible to limit the transmission of tremor or vibration of the control instrument 21 to the surgical micro-instrument 60.
[0379]. According to an embodiment, said control instrument 21 is suitable to cooperate with said surgical micro-instrument 60, 160, 260 in such a way that, when in operating conditions, a first translational movement of said control instrument 21 corresponds to a second translational movement of said surgical micro-instrument 60, 160, 260 of an amplitude that is substantially equal to one tenth of the amplitude of said first movement of said control instrument 21 .
[0380]. According to an embodiment, said control instrument 21 is suitable to cooperate with said surgical micro-instrument 60, 160, 260 such that, when in operating conditions, a first translational movement of said control instrument 21 corresponds to a second translational movement of said surgical microinstrument 60, 160, 260 of an amplitude substantially equal to one thirtieth of the amplitude of said first movement of said control instrument 21 .
[0381]. According to an embodiment, said control instrument 21 is suitable to cooperate with said surgical micro-instrument 60, 160, 260 in such a way that, when in operating conditions, a first angular movement of said control instrument 21 corresponds to a second angular movement of said surgical micro-instrument 60, 160, 260, said second angular movement of the micro-instrument being of an amplitude that is substantially equal to the amplitude of said first movement of the control instrument 21. The provision of such a characteristic renders the use of said control instrument 21 familiar to a surgeon 200.
[0382]. According to an embodiment, said control instrument 21 is suitable to cooperate with said surgical micro-instrument 60, such that, when in operating conditions, a first angular movement of said forceps articulation 69 of said control instrument 21 corresponds to a second angular movement of an articulation, situated on said terminal portion 77 of said surgical micro-instrument 60, the amplitude of said second movement being substantially equal to said first angular movement of said forceps articulation of said control instrument 21 . [0383]. According to an embodiment, said a portion of control instrument 21 is of a shape that substantially reproduces the shape of said terminal portion 77 of said surgical microinstrument 60, 160, 260.
[0384]. According to an embodiment, said surgical micro-instrument 60, 160, 260 comprises at least one jointed device 70 and said control instrument 21 is suitable to cooperate with said jointed device 70, 170, 270 so that, when in operating conditions, a first movement of said control instrument 21 with respect to said detection device 22, corresponds to a second movement of said jointed device 70, 170, 270.
[0385]. According to an embodiment, a robotic assembly 100 also comprises
[0386]. a support 104,
[0387]. at least one macro-positioning arm 30, connected to said support 104, said macropositioning arm having a plurality of degrees of freedom,
[0388]. at least one micro-positioning device 41 , 141 , 241 having a plurality of degrees of freedom of translation.
[0389]. According to an embodiment, said at least one control device 20 is connected to at least one portion of said microsurgical robotic assembly 100.
[0390]. According to an embodiment, said at least one control device 20 is freely positionable with respect to said support 104.
[0391]. According to an embodiment, said surgical micro-instrument 60, 160, 260 comprises at least one micro-instrument sensor, suitable to cooperate with said detection device 22, such that the position in space of at least one portion of the surgical micro-instrument 60, 160, 260 can be detected with respect to said detection device 22.
[0392]. According to an embodiment, said micro-positioning device 41 , 141 , 241 comprises at least one micro-manipulator sensor, suitable to cooperate with a detection device 22, such as to detect the position in space of at least one portion of said micro-positioning device 41 , 141 , 241 with respect to said detection device 22.
[0393]. According to an embodiment, said macro-positioning arm 30 comprises at least one macro-positioning arm sensor, suitable to cooperate with said detection device 22, such as to detect the position in space of at least one portion of said macro-positioning arm 30 with respect to said detection device 22.
[0394]. According to an embodiment, said microsurgical robotic assembly 100 is suitable to cooperate with a sensor, suitable to detect the position in space with respect to a single reference system of at least one of: said position sensor 28, said tip sensor 29, said macropositioning arm sensor, said micro-positioning device sensor, said micro-instrument sensor. According to an embodiment, said microsurgical robotic assembly 100 is suitable to cooperate with a sensor, suitable to detect the position in space with respect to a single reference system of at least two of: said position sensor 28, said tip sensor 29, said macropositioning arm sensor, said micro-positioning device sensor, said micro-instrument sensor. The provision of this characteristic allows for a teleoperation master-slave system to function adequately independently of the exact position of said detection device 22, said support 104, said macro-positioning arm 30 and said micro-positioning device 41. In other words, said medical instrument 60 is able to follow the movement of control instrument 21 with respect to a same common reference system of coordinates.
[0395]. According to an embodiment, said at least one surgical micro-instrument 60, 160, 260 is connected to said robotic assembly 100 in a detachable fashion.
[0396]. According to an embodiment, a microsurgical robotic assembly 100 also comprises: [0397]. -a further control instrument 21 , such as to comprise a first control instrument [0398].121 and a second control instrument 221 ;
[0399]. -a further surgical micro-instrument 60, 160, 260 such as to comprise a first surgical micro-instrument 160 and a second surgical micro-instrument 260.
[0400]. According to an embodiment, said first control instrument 121 is suitable to cooperate with said first surgical micro-instrument 160, in such a way that, when in operating condition, a first movement of said first control instrument 121 with respect to said detection device 22, corresponds to a second movement of said first surgical microinstrument 160.
[0401]. According to an embodiment, said second control instrument 221 is suitable to cooperate with said second surgical micro-instrument 260, such that, when in operating conditions, a first movement of said second control instrument 221 with respect to said detection device 22, corresponds to a second movement of said surgical micro-instrument 260. [0402]. According to an embodiment, said first control instrument 121 is suitable to form the master interface of said robotic assembly 100 for one first hand of the surgeon 200.
[0403]. According to an embodiment, said second control instrument 221 is suitable to for the master interface of said robotic assembly 100 for one second hand of the surgeon 200, different from said first hand.
[0404]. According to an embodiment, said first and second control instruments 121 , 221 are of substantially mirrored in shapes and location, such as to form the master interface of said robotic assembly 100 for both hands of the surgeon. In this way, the interface has improved ergonomics and is more familiar to the surgeon.
[0405]. According to an embodiment, said control device 20 comprises at least two control instruments 21 , 121 , 221.
[0406]. According to an embodiment, said microsurgical robotic assembly 100 comprises a further detection device 22 such as to comprise at least two detection devices.
[0407]. According to an embodiment, said control device 20 comprises at least two detection devices 22.
[0408]. According to an embodiment, said microsurgical robotic assembly 100 comprises at least one further control device 20, such as to comprise a first control device 120 and a second control device 220.
[0409]. According to an embodiment, said first control device 120 is suitable to form the master interface of said robotic assembly 100 for the first hand of the surgeon 200.
[0410]. According to an embodiment, said second control device 220 is suitable to form the master interface of said robotic assembly 100 for the second hand of the surgeon 200, different from said first hand.
[0411]. According to an embodiment, said first and second control devices 120, 220 are of substantially mirrored shapes, such as to form the master interface of said robotic assembly 100 for both hands of the surgeon. In this way, the interface has improved ergonomics and is more familiar to the surgeon.
[0412]. According to one aspect of the invention, a medical instrument 60, 160, 260, 360 comprises at least one frame 57 and one jointed device 70.
[0413]. Said jointed device 70 comprises at least one first joint member 71 , or first link 71 , suitable to connect to at least one portion of said frame 57, and at least a second joint member 72, or second link 72.
[0414]. Said first link 71 is connected via a rotational joint 171 to said second link 72.
[0415]. Said medical instrument 60 also comprises at least one tendon 90, 190, suitable for moving at least said second link 72 with respect to said first link 71 , by pulling it. [0416]. At least one of said first link 71 , said second link 72 comprises at least a sliding surface 40, 80, 140, 180, suitable to allow the sliding of at least one portion of said tendon 90, 190 over it.
[0417]. Said sliding surface 40, 80, 140, 180 is a ruled surface 40, 80,140, 180, specifically a ruled surface formed by a plurality of portions of straight lines all parallel to each other and substantially parallel to a joint axis of movement P-P, Y-Y.
[0418]. According to an embodiment, said sliding surface 40, 80, 140, 180 is a ruled surface 40, 80,140, 180 formed by a plurality of portions of straight lines all parallel to each other and substantially parallel to the joint axis of movement P-P of the rotational joint 171 connecting said first link 71 to said second link 72.
[0419]. According to an embodiment, said sliding surface 40, 80, 140, 180 is a ruled surface 40, 80,140, 180 formed by a plurality of portions of straight lines all parallel to each other and substantially orthogonal to the joint axis of movement Y-Y of the rotational joint 171 connecting said first link 71 to said second link 72. In this case, the rotational joint may also be a rotational joint connecting said second link 72 and said third link 73 and/or between said second link 72 and a terminal member 77. The second link 72 is preferably a wrist member 78 defining two orthogonal axis P-P and Y-Y.
[0420]. According to an embodiment, said sliding surface 40, 80, 140, 180 is a ruled surface 40, 80, 140, 180, specifically a ruled surface formed by a plurality of portions of straight lines all parallel to each other and substantially parallel to a joint axis of movement P-P, Y-Y of the rotational joint 171 closest to said sliding surface 40, 80, 140, 180. According to an embodiment, the closest rotational joint 171 is defined by measuring along the direction of the tendon path T-T.
[0421]. According to an embodiment, said axes of joint movement can be fixed or mobile with respect to a base reference system.
[0422]. According to an embodiment, said at least one second link 72 is a wrist member 78, and said wrist member 78 comprises at least one sliding surface 40, 80, 140, 180, formed by a plurality of portions of straight lines parallel to each other and substantially parallel to a first joint axis of movement.
[0423]. According to an embodiment, said wrist member 78 comprises at least one jointing portion 172, suitable to form at least one portion of a second rotational joint 171 having a second joint axis of movement, not parallel to said first joint axis of movement.
[0424]. According to an embodiment, said first joint axis of movement and said second joint axis of movement are substantially orthogonal to each other.
[0425]. According to an embodiment, said first joint axis of movement is a pitch axis P-P. [0426]. According to an embodiment, said second joint axis of joint movement is a yaw axis Y-Y.
[0427]. According to an embodiment, said medical instrument 60, 160, 260 has at least one terminal member 77.
[0428]. According to an embodiment, said terminal member 77 is suitable to contact with one portion with a patient 201 , when in operating conditions.
[0429]. According to an embodiment, said terminal member 77 is suitable to handle a surgical needle 202.
[0430]. According to an embodiment, said terminal member 77 comprises a cutting surface or blade and can act as a scalpel.
[0431]. According to an embodiment, said terminal member 77 comprises at least one winding surface 86, made of a plurality of portions of straight lines all parallel to each other and substantially parallel to a joint axis of movement. According to an embodiment, said winding surface 86 is suitable to allow at least one portion of said tendon 90, 190 to be wound up around it.
[0432]. According to an embodiment, said second joint member 72 is a terminal member 77.
[0433]. According to an embodiment, said jointed device 70, 170, 270 comprises a third joint member 73, suitable to connect to at least said second joint member 72 by a rotational joint 171.
[0434]. According to an embodiment, said third joint member 73 is a terminal member 77.
[0435]. According to an embodiment, said terminal member 77 is connected to said wrist member 78 by a rotational joint 171 .
[0436]. According to an embodiment, said at least one joint member 72 is an elbow member 75, and said elbow member 75 comprises a plurality of sliding surfaces 40, 80, 140, 180 formed by a plurality of portions of straight lines all parallel to each other and substantially parallel to a single joint axis of movement.
[0437]. According to an embodiment, said elbow member 75 comprises at least one jointing portion 172, suitable to form at least one portion of a rotational joint 171.
[0438]. According to an embodiment, said jointed device 70 comprises a third joint member 73, suitable to be connected to at least said second joint member 72 by a rotational joint 171 , in which said second joint member 72 is an elbow member 75 and said third joint member 73 is a wrist member 78.
[0439]. According to an embodiment, said elbow member 75 is connected by a rotational joint 171 to said first joint member 71 , and in which said wrist member 78 is connected via a rotational joint 171 to said elbow joint member 75. [0440]. According to an embodiment, said jointed device 70 comprises a fourth joint member 74, suitable to connect to at least said third joint member 73 via a rotational joint 171 .
[0441]. According to an embodiment, said fourth joint member 74 is a terminal member 77.
[0442]. According to an embodiment, said terminal member 77 comprises at least one winding surface 86, formed by a plurality of portions of straight lines all parallel to each other and substantially parallel to a joint axis of movement, wherein said winding surface 86 is suitable to allow the winding of at least one portion of said tendon 90, 190 around it.
[0443]. According to an embodiment, said jointed device 70 comprises said first member 71 , connected to said wrist member 78 via a rotational joint 171 , connected to said terminal member 77 via a rotational joint 171.
[0444]. According to an embodiment, said jointed device 70 comprises said first member 71 , connected to said elbow member 75 by a rotational joint 171 , connected to said wrist member 78 by a rotation joint 171 , itself connected to said terminal member 77 by a rotational joint 171. It should be apparent to those skilled in the art that making use of joint members similar to 71 ,72,73, a jointed device 70 can be assembled to include a serial sequence of members, of which from zero to a plurality of elbow joint members 75, a plurality of, preferably orthogonal, pairs of wrist joint members 78 and at least one terminal joint member 77.
[0445]. According to an embodiment, said winding surface 86 is a ruled surface.
[0446]. According to an embodiment, said winding surface is substantially unsuitable for said tendon 90, 190 to slide over it. This is because said tendon 90, 190 terminates close to said winding surface 86, on the joint member which comprises said winding surface 86.
[0447]. According to an embodiment, said medical instrument 60 comprises at least one pair of tendons comprising one tendon 90 and one opposite tendon 190, and said tendon 90 and said opposite tendon 190 are suitable to connect their second termination endpoints 92, or second tendon termination 92, to respective tendon fastening points 82, or point of tendon termination 82, of said second joint member 72, such as to move said second joint member 72 around its joint axis in opposite directions.
[0448]. According to an embodiment, said medical instrument 60 which comprises at least one pair of tendons comprising one tendon 90 and one opposite tendon 190, and said tendon 90 and said opposite tendon 190 are suitable to connect in their second termination endpoints 92 to respective tendon fastening points 82, or tendon termination features 82, of said terminal member 77, such as to move it around its joint axis in opposite directions.
[0449]. The provision of such a feature makes sure that said tendon 90 and said opposite tendon 190 can work in an antagonistic fashion, for example both said tendon 90 and said opposite tendon 190 move said terminal member around the yaw axis Y-Y. Hence no passive or free joint movement can occur, and instead there are only positively guided and controlled movements.
[0450]. According to an embodiment, said tendon 90 and opposite tendon 190 are suitable to connect by means of their second termination endpoints 92 to respective tendon fastening points 82, or tendon termination features 82, of at least one of said first, second, third and fourth joint members 71 , 72, 73, 74.
[0451]. According to an embodiment, said tendon 90 and opposite tendon 190 are suitable to connect by means of their second termination endpoints 92 in respective tendon fastening points 82, or tendon termination feature 82, of at least one of said elbow member 75, wrist member 78 and terminal member 77.
[0452]. According to an embodiment, said medical instrument 60 comprises at least one shaft 65, suitable to guide said at least one tendon 90, 190. Said shaft 65 is a shaft according to one of any of the previously described embodiments.
[0453]. According to an embodiment, said shaft 65 has a substantially circular section and has a diameter smaller than 4 millimeters. This allows extreme miniaturization of the medical instrument.
[0454]. According to an embodiment, said shaft 65 comprises a longitudinal hole such as to allow the passage of said at least one tendon 90, 190 inside it.
[0455]. According to an embodiment, said shaft 65 is integral to said frame 57.
[0456]. According to an embodiment, said jointed device 70 has a longitudinal extension smaller than 10 millimeters.
[0457]. According to an embodiment, said jointed device 70 has a volume inferior to 10 cubic millimeters.
[0458]. According to an embodiment, said terminal member 77 comprises at least one first portion of terminal member 177 and at least a second portion of terminal member 277. According to an embodiment, said first portion of terminal member 177 and said second portion of terminal member 277, are mobile with respect to each other around a joint axis of movement such as to determine a grasping or cutting movement. According to an embodiment, said joint axis of movement is said yaw axis Y-Y.
[0459]. According to an embodiment, said medical instrument 60, which comprises at least one pair of tendons, comprises a tendon 90 and an opposite tendon 190, in which one of said tendon 90 and said opposite tendon 190 is suitable to connect by means of its second endpoint 92 to a respective tendon fastening point 82, or tendon termination feature 82, p on said first terminal member 177, and in which the other one of said tendon 90 and said opposite tendon 190 is suitable to connect by means of its second endpoint 92 to a respective tendon fastening point 82, or tendon termination feature 82, on said second terminal member 277, such as to move said first portion of terminal member 177 and said second portion of terminal member 277 with movements in opposite directions.
[0460]. According to an embodiment, each of said first portion of terminal member 177 and said second portion of terminal member 277 comprise at least one winding surface 86.
[0461]. According to an embodiment, said medical instrument 60 comprises at least one pair of tendons comprising one tendon 90 and one opposite tendon 190, in which said tendon 90 and said opposite tendon 190 are suitable to connect by means of their second endpoints 92 in respective tendon fastening points 82, or tendon termination feature 82, of said terminal member 77, such as to move said third joint member 73 with respect to said fourth joint member 74 such as to determine a grasping or cutting movement.
[0462]. According to an embodiment, said tendon 90 and said opposite tendon 190 wind their distal portions around at least one portion of said at least one winding surface 86 of terminal member 77.
[0463]. According to an embodiment, said sliding surface 40, 80, 140, 180 is a lateral sliding surface 40, 140 suitable to extend away from the center volume of said jointed device 70, 170, 270 such as to determine that at least one portion of tendon is deflected away and runs not in contact with said jointed device 70.
[0464]. According to an embodiment, said lateral sliding surface 40, 140 joins a surface of the member on which it is built, with at least a continuity surface 64, sharing a local tangent plane. According to an embodiment, said lateral sliding surface 40, 140 forms at least one sharp edge 63 with the member on which it is built.
[0465]. According to an embodiment, said lateral sliding surface 40, 140 joins a surface of the member on which it is built with a continuity surface 64 on one side and on the other side forms one sharp edge 63 with the member on which it is built.
[0466]. According to an embodiment, said sliding surface 40, 80, 140, 180 is a joint sliding surface 80, 180 that at least partially surrounds an axis of joint movement. According to an embodiment, said sliding surface 40, 80, 140, 180 is a joint sliding surface 80, 180 that at least partially surrounds at least one of said pitch axis P-P and said yaw axis Y-Y, and in which said joint sliding surface 80, 180 is oriented opposite with respect to at least one of said pitch axis P-P and said yaw axis Y-Y, such as to allow at least one intersection between the tendon path T-T of said tendon 90 and the tendon path T-T of said opposite tendon 190. In other words, said joint sliding surface 80, 180 is not suitable to face towards said joint axis of movement of the closest rotational joint 171 , when in operating conditions. [0467]. According to an embodiment, said joint sliding surface is convex and partially surrounds at least one of said pitch axis P-P or yaw axis Y-Y, such as to permit at least one intersection of two opposite tendons on itself.
[0468]. According to an embodiment, the term “closest joint” refers to the rotational joint 141 which is closest in distance to the sliding surface 40, 80, 140, 180 along the tendon path T-T. [0469]. According to an embodiment, on said joint sliding surface 80, 180 the tendon path T-T of said tendon 90 and the tendon path T-T of said opposite tendon 190, although they do not intersect, they at least partially overlap in a projection plane orthogonal to the direction of said axis of joint movement of the closest rotational joint 171 .
[0470]. According to an embodiment, on said joint sliding surface 80, 180 the tendon path T-T of said tendon 90 and the tendon path T-T of said opposite tendon 190 are distinct from each other and parallel on a projection plane parallel to the joint axis of movement of the closest rotational joint 171.
[0471]. According to an embodiment, the tendon path T-T of said tendon 90 overlaps with the tendon path T-T of said opposite tendon 190 at least on a projection plane orthogonal to the direction of said joint axis of movement of the closest joint. According to an embodiment, the tendon path T-T of said tendon 90 is substantially parallel to the tendon path T-T of said opposite tendon 190 on a projection plane parallel to said joint axis of movement of the closest rotational joint.
[0472]. According to an embodiment, the tendon path T-T of each tendon 90 are substantially parallel to each other, on a projection plane parallel to the said joint axis of movement of the closest rotational joint 171 .
[0473]. According to an embodiment, each tendon path T-T is substantially stationary over the joint member which it contacts. In other words, even when the tendon 90 is sliding, the overall tendon path T-T is substantially always in the same position with respect to the joint member of said medical instrument 60, which it contacts.
[0474]. Such a feature is uniquely realized by provisioning that said sliding surface 40, 80, 140, 180 of said winding surfaces 86 has a cooperative geometrical relationship with said tendon termination feature 82, which is in turn fittingly positioned on a portion of said medical instrument.
[0475]. According to an embodiment, said tendon path T-T remains substantially stationary over the joint member which it contacts for both tendon 90 and opposite tendon 190 that determines opposite joint movements.
[0476]. According to an embodiment, the tendon path T-T of each tendon 90 is substantially stationary in its section over said frame 57, except for said deflectable portion 93. Said deflectable portion 93 is in fact suitable to be deflected by the pusher assembly 94, not unlike a guitar string.
[0477]. According to an embodiment, said at least one tendon 90, 190 , when in operating conditions, follows a tendon path T-T that is entirely composed of successive straight in-flight sections 9, which are not in contact with any sliding surface 40, 80 or winding surfaces 86 , and curved sections which are in contact with sliding surfaces 40, 80 or winding surfaces 86 of the joint members 71 , 72, 73, 74, 75, 77, 78.
[0478]. According to an embodiment, said at least one tendon 90, 190 describes a path around said first joint member 71 , such as to wind at least partially itself over said joint sliding surface 40, 140 of said first joint member 71 .
[0479]. According to an embodiment, said at least one tendon 90, 190 describes a path around said distal second joint member 72, such as to wind at least partially itself over said joint sliding surface 80, 180 of said second joint member 72.
[0480]. According to an embodiment, said medical instrument 60 comprises a plurality of tendons.
[0481]. According to an embodiment, the projections of said tendon path T-T of said tendon 90 and of said tendon path T-T of said opposite tendon 190 on a plane orthogonal to said joint axis of movement of the closest rotational joint 171 overlap at least at a point of intersection 16,
[0482]. According to an embodiment, a said in-flight segment 9 of said tendon path T-T of said tendon 90 is substantially parallel to at least one said in-flight segment 9 of said opposite tendon 190.
[0483]. According to an embodiment, the tendon paths T-T of each tendon 90 are substantially parallel to each other, on a projection plane parallel to the direction of said joint axis of joint movement of the closest rotational joint 171.
[0484]. According to an embodiment, each said tendon termination feature 82 is positioned such as to support each tendon 90, 190 so as to keep its tendon path T-T substantially orthogonal to the joint axis of movement of the closest rotational joint 171 , such as to allow said tendon 90 to slide on said at least one sliding surface 40, 80 following a tendon path T-T substantially parallel to the tendon path T-T of any other tendon.
[0485]. According to an embodiment, each tendon termination feature 82 is positioned such as to support each tendon 90, 190 such that its tendon path T-T is stationary with respect to the joint member closest to it.
[0486]. According to an embodiment, said tendon termination feature 82 is positioned such as to maintain its tendon path T-T of each tendon 90 substantially always in contact with said winding surface 86, when in operating conditions.
[0487]. According to an embodiment, said tendon termination feature 82 is positioned such that the tendon path T-T of each tendon 90, 190 does not enter in contact with the tendon path T-T of any other tendon 90, 190, when in operating conditions.
[0488]. According to an embodiment, said tendon termination feature 82 is positioned such that each tendon 90, when in operating conditions, slides on at least one sliding surface 40, 80, describing a curved section of the tendon path T-T substantially parallel to the curved section of the tendon path T-T described by any other tendon 90, 190 when it slides on the same sliding surface 40, 80.
[0489]. According to an embodiment, said medical instrument 60 is a surgical instrument, suitable to be applied in at least one of the following fields: microsurgery, minimally invasive surgery and laparoscopic surgery.
[0490]. According to an embodiment, said medical instrument 60 is suitable for being used for a biopsy. According to an embodiment, said medical instrument 60 is suitable to be used for an endoscopic procedure.
[0491]. According to an embodiment, said tendon 90, 190 has a substantially circular cross section. According to an embodiment, the diameter of said tendon 90, 190 is variable in different portions of said tendon 90, 190. According to an embodiment, the mechanical properties of said tendon 90, 190 are variable in different portions of said tendon 90, 190. According to an embodiment, said tendon 90, 190 is obtained by joining portions of tendons with different characteristics. According to an embodiment, the composition of said tendon 90, 190 is variable in different portions of said tendon 90, 190.
[0492]. According to an embodiment, said tendon path T-T in at least one portion of the tendon is substantially locally orthogonal to the generatrices of the sliding surface 40, 80, 140, 180 on which the tendon slides, in every operating condition, that is for any rotational angle of the rotational joints 171. These characteristics contribute to avoiding that said tendon path T-T of each of said tendons is ever deflected, that is to say that it never bends in a direction parallel to the axis of joint movement of the closest rotational joint 171 .
[0493]. According to an embodiment, said tendon path T-T is substantially locally orthogonal to the generatrices of the sliding surfaces 40, 80, 140, 180 on which it slides.
[0494]. According to an embodiment, said jointed device 70 is primarily fabricated from metallic materials.
[0495]. According to an embodiment, said joint members are suitable to be polished with the aim of further reducing the friction generated by the sliding of said at least one tendon, when said tendon slides over it. [0496]. According to one aspect of the invention, a tendon drive system 50 for a medical instrument 60, 160, 260 comprises at least one pusher assembly 94.
[0497]. Said medical instrument 60, 160, 260 comprises a frame 57 and at least one tendon
90, 190, exclusively suitable to work under tensile loads applied at its endpoints, in which a tendon direction T-T is defined, or a tendon path T-T, substantially coinciding with the direction of longitudinal development of said tendon 90, and in which said tendon 90 is fastened at its first endpoint 91 , or proximal tendon endpoint 91 , or first tendon termination
91 , to said frame 57.
[0498]. Said pusher assembly 94 is suitable to apply a force over at least one portion of said deflectable portion 93 of said tendon 90 along a pushing direction transversal to the tendon path T-T such as to deflect the tendon path T-T and induce an increased tensile load in said tendon 90.
[0499]. When said pusher assembly pushes in said pushing direction, transversal to the tendon path T-T, it tends to lengthen locally, only locally, said tendon path. Such a localized path lengthening, which create a larger, local tendon loop is directly related to the amount of advancement of the pusher assembly. The creation of such a larger local tendon loop results at the opposite end of the tendon, in a proportional moving back of the distal endpoint of the tendon 92 which is fastened to the tendon termination feature 82 on the joint member and hence results in a movement of the joint member.
[0500]. According to an embodiment, said pusher assembly 94 acts as a unilateral constraint for said tendon 90.
[0501]. According to an embodiment, said pusher assembly 94 lengthens or shortens said tendon path T-T in at least one section of said tendon path T-T, which is substantially straight.
[0502]. According to an embodiment, said pusher assembly 94 is suitable to retrieve a determined length of said tendon 90. According to an embodiment, said pusher assembly 94 is suitable to release a determined length of said tendon 90.
[0503]. According to an embodiment, said pusher assembly 94 is suitable to retreat on said tendon deflectable portion 93 of said tendon 90, in a direction transversal to the tendon path T-T such that the deflection of said tendon path T-T is decreased and the strain in said tendon 90 is decreased. In this way, a controlled movement of at least one portion of said jointed device 70 of said medical instrument 60 is allowed.
[0504]. The terms “retreat” and “retrieve” mean that the pusher assembly, when pushing in said pushing direction, which is transversal to the tendon path T-T, locally and only locally, shortens the tendon path. Such a local shortening creates an increasingly smaller local loop, which is directly related to the amount of pulling back of the pusher assembly, and at the opposite end of the tendon, where it is fastened at its distal endpoint 92 to the joint member on which it acts, it allows a moving away of said distal endpoint, and hence enables the movement of said joint member.
[0505]. According to an embodiment, said tendon 90 and opposite tendon 190 have lengths that result in said jointed device 70 of said medical instrument 60 being held in a reference position when said tendon 90 and said opposite tendon 90 are tensioned by the respective tensioning elements 99, 199.
[0506]. According to an embodiment, said frame 57 comprises at least one shaft 65, in which a longitudinal shaft direction X-X is defined, said direction coinciding or being parallel to the axis of longitudinal development of said shaft 65.
[0507]. According to an embodiment, said tendon 90 comprises at least one longitudinal tendon portion 19, in which the tendon path T-T is substantially parallel to the longitudinal direction of the shaft X-X, determining a movement of at least said longitudinal portion of tendon 19 with respect to said shaft 65, at least along the shaft direction X-X.
[0508]. According to an embodiment, said pushing direction is parallel to the longitudinal direction of the shaft X-X.
[0509]. According to an embodiment, said pushing direction is orthogonal to the longitudinal direction of the shaft X-X.
[0510]. According to an embodiment, said tendon 90 is pretensioned. In this way, when said pusher assembly 90 stops exercising its pushing action on said tendon deflectable portion 93, said tendon 90 remains substantially under tension. The provision of a pretensioned tendon allows a simple calibration of said tendon drive system 50, making it possible to arbitrarily decide in which pose of the jointed device to position a zero pushing action pose.
[0511]. According to an embodiment, said pusher assembly 94 always applies a minimum positive tension on tendon 90. In this way, as said pusher assembly contacts said tendon deflectable portion 93, said tendon 90 remain substantially always under tension. Provisioning a pretensioned tendon allows for the efficient control of the tendon path within the medical instrument 60, under any operating conditions.
[0512]. According to an embodiment, said tendon 90 also comprises a second tendon endpoint 92, or distal tendon endpoint 92, suitable to pull a mobile element, which can be connected to said second distal tendon endpoint 92.
[0513]. According to an embodiment, following said tendon along its tendon path T-T one first encounters said first tendon endpoint 91 , then said at least tendon deflectable portion 93, and then said second tendon endpoint 92. [0514]. According to an embodiment, said mobile element is at least one portion of said medical instrument 60, 160, 260, which is mobile with respect to said frame 57.
[0515]. According to an embodiment, when said tendon deflectable portion 93 is deflected by said pusher assembly 94, said tendon 90 determines the movement of at least one portion of said jointed device 70 with respect to said frame 57.
[0516]. According to an embodiment, said pusher assembly 94 comprises at least one pushing element 95, mobile with respect to said frame 57 and suitable to push a plunger 96, such that said plunger 96 pushes on at least one tendon deflectable portion 93 of said tendon 90.
[0517]. According to an embodiment, at least one body is placed between said pushing element 95 and said plunger 96. According to an embodiment, said pushing element 95 is in contact with said plunger. In other words, said at least one pushing element 95 is suitable to push directly or indirectly on said plunger 96.
[0518]. According to an embodiment, said pushing element 95 is mobile with respect to said plunger 96 within a contacting position, in which said pushing element 95 is suitable to exercise a pushing action on said plunger 96, and a non-contacting position, in which said pushing element 95 is disconnected from said plunger 96, and it is not suitable to exercise any pushing action on said plunger 96. According to an embodiment, in said contacting position said pushing element 95 is not necessarily in contact with said plunger 96. In other words, according to an embodiment, said pushing element 95 exercises a pushing action via at least one intermediate body placed between said pushing element 95 and said plunger 96. [0519]. According to an embodiment, said pusher assembly 94 also comprises at least one sterile barrier 87, suitable to substantially impede mutual bacterial contamination of the two environments it separates.
[0520]. According to an embodiment, said sterile barrier 87 is placed between said pushing element 95 and said plunger 96.
[0521]. According to an embodiment, said sterile barrier is of a form and material suitable to transmit the push of said pushing element 95 to said plunger 96.
[0522]. According to an embodiment, said pushing element 95 is mobile with respect to said frame 57 along a substantially linear trajectory.
[0523]. According to an embodiment, said pushing element 95 is a piston.
[0524]. According to an embodiment, said drive system 50 comprises at least two tendon guiding elements 97, or guiding pulleys, positioned along said tendon direction T-T such that when said pusher assembly determines a deflection of said tendon path T-T, said at least said two tendon guiding elements 97 cooperate to confine the deflection of said tendon path T-T to the tendon path section between said two guiding elements 97.
[0525]. According to an embodiment, said plunger 96 comprises at least one plunger idle pulley 98, suitable to push on said tendon deflectable portion 93, and in which said plunger idle pulley 98 is suitable to freely turn around its axis, and in this way to reduce the sliding friction over said tendon deflectable portion 93 at least when pushed by said plunger 96.
[0526]. According to an embodiment, said plunger idle pulley 98 is a ball bearing.
[0527]. According to an embodiment, said second tendon endpoint 92 is a boss or a loop or a knot.
[0528]. According to an embodiment, said tendon 90 is suitable to be pretensioned.
[0529]. According to an embodiment, said tendon drive system 50 comprises at least one pretensioning element 99, suitable for maintaining said tendon 90 pretensioned.
[0530]. According to an embodiment, said pretensioning element 99 is a spring, suitable to apply a force between the frame 57 and the plunger 96, to impose a preload on said tendon 90 that is substantially proportional to the compression movement of said spring 99.
[0531]. According to an embodiment, said pusher assembly 94 comprises an electric motor, suitable to move said pushing element 95.
[0532]. According to an embodiment, said pusher assembly 94 comprises a lead screw and nut type actuator. According to an embodiment, said actuator comprises a ball screw.
[0533]. According to an embodiment, said tendon 90 is at least partially made of a material that is softer than the materials of the surfaces over which it slides. In other words, said tendon 90 is at least partially made of material that is less hard than the surface over which it slides.
[0534]. According to an embodiment, said tendon 90 is at least partially made of polymeric material. The provision of a tendon made at least partially of polymeric material allows a reduction in wear of the surfaces over which it slides, with respect to a tendon made of metal, for example.
[0535]. According to one variant of an embodiment, said first tendon endpoint 91 , is fastened to said plunger 96, instead than to said frame 57.
[0536]. According to an embodiment, said tendon drive system 50 comprises at least one further tendon 190, or opposite tendon 190, opposed to said tendon 90 and fastened or constrained in its first endpoint 91 , or proximal endpoint, to said frame 57, said tendon 190 extending along the tendon direction T-T, or tendon path T-T.
[0537]. According to an embodiment, said tendon drive system 50 comprises at least one further pusher assembly 94, or opposite pusher assembly 194, opposed to said pusher assembly 94 and suitable to push on at least one portion of tendon deflectable portion 93 of said opposite tendon 190, along a transversal pushing direction of tendon T-T such as to deflect the tendon path T-T and to induce an increased tensile load in said opposite tendon 190 and said tendon 90. In other words, said tendon 90 and said opposite tendon are suitable to work opposed to each other like antagonistic muscles of the human body that cooperate to determine the adduction and abduction movements of a joint.
[0538]. According to an embodiment, said opposite pusher assembly 194 pushes on said tendon deflectable portion 93 of said opposite tendon 190 along a pushing direction transversal to said tendon path T-T, deflecting said tendon path T-T, inducing tensile load in said opposite tendon 190, from its proximal portion 18 and inducing tensile load in said tendon 90, from its distal portion 19.
[0539]. According to an embodiment, said tendon 90 and said tendon 190 are distally structurally connected by a junction between said tendon and said opposite tendon. According to an embodiment, said tendon and said opposite tendon are both distally structurally connected to a common junction element, such that the transmission of the force by said tendon to said opposite tendon is guaranteed.
[0540]. According to an embodiment, said opposite tendon 190 comprises a second endpoint 92, or distal endpoint 92, suitable to pull a mobile element associable to said second tendon endpoint 92 of said opposite tendon 190.
[0541]. According to an embodiment, said opposite tendon 190 comprises a second endpoint 92, or distal endpoint suitable to pull a common, single mobile element, associable to both said second tendon endpoint 92 of said tendon 90 and said second tendon endpoint 92 of said opposite tendon 190. According to an embodiment, said tendon 90 and said opposite tendon 190 have lengths such that said common, single mobile element is in a reference position when said tendon 90 and said opposite tendon 190 are pretensioned by their respective pretensioning elements.
[0542]. According to an embodiment, said tendon 90 and said opposite tendon 190 are two portions of a single tendon 90.
[0543]. According to an embodiment, said second tendon endpoint 92 of said tendon 90 and said second endpoint 92 of said opposite tendon 190 coincide and are suitable for pulling a common mobile element, which can be associated both to said second endpoint 92 of said tendon 90 and to said second tendon endpoint 92 of said opposite tendon 190.
[0544]. According to an embodiment, said opposite tendon 190 comprises at least a longitudinal portion 19, in which the tendon path T-T is substantially parallel to the longitudinal direction of the shaft X-X, such as to move at least said longitudinal portion 19 of said opposite tendon 190 with respect to said shaft 65, at least along the longitudinal direction of the shaft X-X.
[0545]. According to an embodiment, said tendon drive system 50 comprises at least a pair of tendons 90, 190 for each degree of freedom, in which said tendon pair comprises a tendon 90 and an opposite tendon 190.
[0546]. According to an embodiment, said tendon 90 and said opposite tendon 190 are suitable to be pulled simultaneously, such that the force transmitted to the common mobile element by both said tendon 90 and said opposite tendon 190 is the sum of the force transmitted by said tendon 90 and said opposite tendon 190.
[0547]. According to an embodiment, said tendon 90 and said opposite tendon 190 are suitable to be simultaneously pulled with substantially the same amount of force.
[0548]. According to an embodiment, said tendon 90 and said opposite tendon 190 are suitable to be pulled with a force on one of them higher than on the other.
[0549]. According to an embodiment, said tendon 90 and said opposite tendon 190 are suitable to be simultaneously pulled, retrieving substantially the same tendon length from their proximal portion.
[0550]. According to an embodiment, said tendon 90 is suitable to be pulled, retrieving a first tendon length from its proximal section and simultaneously said opposite tendon 190 is suitable to be released by its proximal portion, releasing a second tendon length from the opposite tendon, substantially equal to said first tendon length.
According to an embodiment, said tendon drive system 50 comprises an opposite pretensioning element 199, suitable for maintaining said opposite tendon 190 pretensioned. [0551]. According to an embodiment, said opposite pretensioning element 199 is a spring 99. [0552]. According to an embodiment, said pretensioning element 99 and said opposite pretensioning element 199 are suitable to cooperate to simultaneously maintain said tendon 90 and said opposite tendon 190 pretensioned, so that the pusher assembly 94 and said opposite pusher assembly 194 can work at the same time.
[0553]. The provision that said pretensioning element 99 and said opposite pretensioning element 199 allows said tendon 90 and said opposite tendon 190 to be kept in their pretensioned state, with a pretension value suitable to counterbalance the weight of said common mobile element attached to them. In this way, the gravitational force has no role in the drive system.
[0554]. According to an embodiment, said tendon 90 and said opposite tendon 190 are suitable to connect their second endpoints 92 to their respective tendon fastening points 82, or tendon termination features 82, to one of: said second joint member 72 and said terminal member 77, such as to move it in opposite directions. The cooperation between said characteristic and the provision of said pretensioning element 99 and said opposite pretensioning element 199 allows for all movements to be positively guided and controlled, avoiding any passive or free joint movements, such as from return springs.
[0555]. According to an embodiment, said tendon drive system 50 comprises a plurality of tendons 90 and a plurality of opposite tendons 190.
[0556]. According to an embodiment, said tendon drive system 50 comprises a plurality of pusher assemblies 94 and a plurality of opposite pusher assemblies 194.
[0557]. According to an embodiment, said plurality of tendons 90 and said plurality of opposite tendons 190 are positioned on a portion of a drum 59, or drum 59, of said frame 57 such that the tendon path T-T of each tendon 90, 190 runs separate with respect to the path of all other tendons 90, 190.
[0558]. According to an embodiment, said plurality of tendons 90 and said plurality of tendons 190 are positioned substantially radially, or as rays, on said drum 59. According to an embodiment, said plurality of tendons 90 and said plurality of opposite tendons 190 are configured one said drum 59 like a cylinder of a radial engine, and in which the paths of said tendon 90 and said opposite tendon 190 do not cross each other on said drum 59.
[0559]. According to an embodiment, each tendon 90 of said plurality of tendons 90 is suitable to be engaged by its respective pusher assembly 94 independently of other tendons 90.
[0560]. According to an embodiment, said tendon 90 of said plurality of tendons 90 is suitable to be engaged by its respective pusher assembly 94 independently of an associated opposite tendon 190.
[0561]. According to an embodiment, a drive system assembly for a medical instrument 60, 160, 260 comprises:
[0562]. at least one tendon drive system 50 according to one of any embodiments previously described,
[0563]. at least one medical instrument 60, 160, 260 comprising at least one jointed device 70, 170, 270 in which said jointed device 70, 170, 270 comprises at least one rotational joint.
[0564]. According to an embodiment, said tendon 90, 190 is fastened or constrained at its second endpoint 92 to at least a portion of said jointed device 70, 170, 270 mobile with respect to said frame 57, such that said tendon 90, 190 is suitable to pull on at least a portion of said jointed device 70, 170, 270, moving it with respect to said frame 57.
[0565]. According to an embodiment, said tendon 90 and said opposite tendon 190 are both fastened to a same portion of said jointed device 70, 170, 270, mobile with respect to said frame 57, in their respective second endpoints 92, such that said opposite tendon 190 is suitable to pull at least a portion of said jointed device 70, 170, 270, moving it with respect to said frame 57 by a movement which is opposite to the movement determined by said tendon 90.
[0566]. According to an embodiment, said drive system assembly comprises a tendon pair 90, 190, and said tendon pair comprises a tendon 90 and an opposite tendon 190, for every degree of freedom of movement of said jointed device 70, 170, 270.
[0567]. According to an embodiment, when said tendon 90 and said opposite tendon 190 are pulled simultaneously and with substantially the same amount of force, the movement of at least a portion of said jointed device 70, 170, 270 of said medical instrument 60, 160, 260 is impeded.
[0568]. According to an embodiment, when said tendon 90 and said opposite tendon 190 are simultaneously pulled with different amounts of force, where one amount of force is greater than the other, a controlled movement of at least a portion of said jointed device 70, 170, 270 of said medical instrument 60, 160, 260 results.
[0569]. According to an embodiment, said medical instrument 60, 160, 260 is at least one of: a surgical instrument, a microsurgical instrument, an instrument for laparoscopic surgery, an endoscopic instrument, an instrument for biopsies.
[0570]. According to one aspect of the invention, a tendon 90, 190 for a medical instrument 60, said medical instrument 60 comprising at least one jointed device 70 and one frame 57, is suitable to move at least a portion of said jointed device 70 with respect to said frame 57.
[0571]. Said jointed device 70 has at least on degree of freedom of movement with respect to said frame 57.
[0572]. Said tendon 90 is exclusively suitable for working under tensile load.
[0573]. Said tendon 90 is fabricated in a material that is less hard than the material of said jointed device 70.
[0574]. The provision of this characteristic allows the fabrication of a medical instrument 60 comprising a jointed device 70 with greater resistance to wear, caused by the sliding of tendon 90 over at least a portion of said jointed device 70. Furthermore, this characteristic avoids any wear and loss of material of the surface of the jointed device 70 over which the tendon slides. In other words, the provision of this characteristic avoids said jointed device 70 from becoming scratched due to the effects of the tendon 90 sliding over it, when in operating conditions.
[0575]. According to an embodiment, said tendon 90 slides over at least one portion of said jointed device 70, when in operating conditions.
[0576]. According to an embodiment, said jointed device 70 comprises at least two articulating links 71 , 72, 73, 74, 75, 77, 78, 177, 277 and wherein said at least one tendon
90, 190 slides on both said at least two articulating links. Said at least two articulating links may define the degree of freedom, for example a rotational joint, that is actuated by said at least one tendon 90, 190. Alternatively, said at least two articulating links may define a further degree of freedom, for example a rotational joint, which is not actuated by said at least one tendon 90, 190 and for example is actuated by a further tendon.
[0577]. Sliding of said at least one tendon occurs preferably onto convex, ruled surfaces 40, 80, 140, 180 of the jointed device 70.
[0578]. According to an embodiment, said at least two articulating links are in contact to each other. Said at least two articulating links may define a snake-type jointed device. Said at least two articulating links may define a wristed jointed device.
[0579]. According to an embodiment, said tendon 90 is made of a construction that is not suitable for transmitting pushing.
[0580]. According to an embodiment, said tendon 90 is fabricated of a softer material than the material of said jointed device 70.
[0581]. According to an embodiment, said tendon 90 is fabricated in a polymeric material. The provision of a tendon that is at least partially fabricated in a polymeric material allows the wear of the surface over which it slides to be reduced, with respect to a tendon made of metal for example, and helps to preserve the geometric tolerances established during the design phase and subsequently prolongs the life of said tendon 90, 190 as well as the life of said medical instrument 60, 160, 260.
[0582]. According to an embodiment, said tendon 90, 190 is made of polyethylene. According to an embodiment, said tendon 90, 190 is made of high molecular weight polyethylene, or UHMWPE. According to an embodiment, said tendon 90, 190 is made of Kevlar. According to an embodiment, said tendon 90, 190 is made of Vectran. According to an embodiment, said tendon 90, 190 is made of Zylon, or PBO. According to an embodiment, said tendon 90, 190 is made of a combination of the above materials.
[0583]. According to an embodiment, said tendon 90, 190 is made of polymer fibers.
[0584]. According to an embodiment, said jointed device 70 is made of a metallic material.
[0585]. According to an embodiment, said jointed device 70 is made of at least one of: INOX steel or stainless steel; super-fast steel; widia; hardened steel; tempered steel; titanium.
[0586]. According to an embodiment, said jointed device 70 is made of a ceramic conductive material.
[0587]. According to an embodiment, said tendon 90 comprises at least one tendon endpoint
91 , suitable to be glued to said frame 57. [0588]. According to an embodiment, said tendon 90 is unraveled into strands around its first tendon endpoint 91 such as to maximize the glued surface.
[0589]. According to an embodiment, said tendon 90 comprises at least a second tendon endpoint 92, suitable to connect to at least a portion of said jointed device 70.
[0590]. According to an embodiment, said second endpoint 92 is a boss. According to an embodiment, said second tendon endpoint is a loop. According to an embodiment, said second tendon endpoint 92 is a knot, as shown for example in Figure 28.
[0591]. According to an embodiment, said second tendon endpoint 92 is glued to at least one portion of said jointed device 70.
[0592]. According to an embodiment, said first tendon endpoint 91 is terminated by wrapping said tendon around a portion of said medical instrument 60 multiple times. According to an embodiment, said second endpoint 92 is terminated by wrapping said tendon around a portion of said medical instrument 60 multiple times. According to an embodiment said tendon is wrapped around with a curvature radius that is substantially equal to its diameter.
[0593]. According to an embodiment, said tendon 90, 190 has a diameter between 0.05mm and 0.3mm.
[0594]. According to an embodiment, said tendon 90, 190 has an elastic module between 50GPa and 100Gpa.
[0595]. According to an embodiment, said tendon 90, 190 is fabricated such as to have a curvature radius inferior or substantially equal to one millimeter.
[0596]. According to an embodiment, said tendon 90 is exclusively suitable to work under tensile load applied at the endpoints, avoiding said tendon to be pinched, to be laterally guided in a channel or to comprise a sheath.
[0597]. According to an embodiment, said tendon 90, 190 is suitable to be pre-lengthened with a load cycle comprising at least two loads of an entity equal to at least half of the tensile breaking strength of said tendon 90, 190.
[0598]. According to an embodiment, said tendon 90 has a transverse dimension, that is a dimension that is substantially orthogonal with respect to said tendon path T-T, variable in different tendon portions.
[0599]. According to an embodiment, said tendon 90, 190 has a substantially circular cross section.
[0600]. According to an embodiment, the diameter of said tendon 90 is variable in different portions of said tendon 90.
[0601]. According to an embodiment, said tendon 90 is thinner at said second tendon endpoint 92. According to an embodiment, said tendon 90 is thinner at said distal portion 92’ thereof. According to an embodiment, said tendon 90 is thicker in said longitudinal portion 19. This way, the tendon 90, 190 is suitable to be more flexible close to or at the tendon fastening point 82, as well as being stiffer close to or on the inside of said shaft 65.
[0602]. According to an embodiment, the mechanical properties of said tendon 90 are variable in different portions of said tendon 90.
[0603]. According to an embodiment, said tendon 90, 190 is obtained by joining or juxtaposing tendon portions with different characteristics.
[0604]. According to an embodiment, the composition of said tendon 90, 190 is variable in different portions of said tendon 90, 190.
[0605]. According to an embodiment, said tendon 90, 190 has a diameter between 0.1 mm and 0.3mm.
[0606]. According to an embodiment, said tendon 90 is suitable to cooperate with an opposite tendon 190 to move at least a portion of said jointed device 70, 170, 270.
[0607]. According to an embodiment, when said tendon 90 and said opposite tendon 190 are suitable to be simultaneously pulled with one force being larger than the other, a controlled movement of at least a portion of said jointed device 70, 170, 270 or said medical instrument 60, 160, 260 results.
[0608]. According to an embodiment, when said tendon 90 and said opposite tendon 190 are simultaneously pulled with the same force, the movement of at least a portion of said jointed device 70 of said medical instrument 60 is impeded.
[0609]. According to an embodiment, a tendon pair 90, 190, in which every pair comprises a tendon 90 and an opposite tendon 190 is foreseen for every degree of freedom of movement for said jointed device 70.
[0610]. According to an embodiment, a tendon 90, 190, 191 , 192 of a medical instrument 60, 160, 260, 360 of a robotic surgical assembly 100 is made of braided strands, preferably braided polymeric strands. The strands, also called yarns, may have different sizes. Each strand, or yarn, may be formed of polymeric fibers forming the strand or yarn. Preferably the polymer of the fibers is UHMWPE. According to an embodiment the polymer of the fiber is poly-ethylene (PE). The tendon as well as the strands, may be made of fibers of: PE, UHMWPE, Kevlar, Vectran. Zylon, or PBO, combination of the above. The fibers forming said strand may have an elastic modulus up to 150 Gpa each fiber. As the fibers are gathered forming said strands and the strands are braided together forming said tendon 90, 190, 191 , 192, the tendon may have an elastic modulus equal to or inferior to 130 Gpa, or commonly between 50Gpa and 100 Gpa. Braiding of the polymeric strands may be achieved by use of a braiding equipment (see for example: H.A.McKenna et al., (2004), “Handbook of fibre rope technology”, Woodhead Publishing, ISBN 978-1-85573-606-1), such as for example a braiding machine comprising a mandrel for the braided tendon and a plurality of bobbins each for a strand/yarn.
[0611]. According to an embodiment, the tendon 90, 190, 191 , 192 comprises a jacket 90’ and a core 90”, wherein the jacket 90’ is braided. The core 90” may be braided. According to an embodiment the core 90” is not braided.
[0612]. When both the jacket 90’ and the core 90” are braided, as shown for example in Figure 43, the strands or yarns forming the jacket 90’ are braided together avoiding being braided with the strands forming the core 90”. Thereby, the jacket 90’ and the core 90” are not inter-braided, and are braided independently from each other. That may allow a local relative movement of the jacket 90’ and the core 90”. Preferably, the number of strands forming the jacket 90’ is greater than the number of strands forming the core 90”, when the core 90” is formed by braided strands.
[0613]. According to an embodiment, the jacket 90’ is primarily designed to obtain a desired sliding friction, as the jacket 90’ of the tendon 90, 190, 191 , 192 is designed to slide over a portion of the jointed device 70, 170, 270, and preferably over one or more convex, ruled surface 40, 80 ,140, 180 of the links 71 , 72 of the jointed device 70, 170 ,270. According to an embodiment, the core 90” is primarily designed to bear tensile loads. Preferably, also the braided jacket 90’ contributes to bear tensile loads, thereby cooperating with the core 90” either braided or not braided. The braid pitch may differ from jacket 90’ and core 90”. According to an embodiment, the braided jacket pitch is greater than the braided core pitch. According to an embodiment, the braided jacket pitch is inferior to the braided core pitch.
[0614]. The jacket is preferably coated with poly-dimethylsiloxane (PDMS), and/or polytetrafluoroethylene, (PTFE), and/or other suitable material, such as a resin, to improve wear resistance without impact sliding friction. PDMS and/or PTFE coating 90’” may for example also reduce the roughness of the braided tendon, where the roughness results from the presence of strands braided together and thus increasing tendon wear resistance during sliding.
[0615]. According to an embodiment, the at least one tendon 90, 190, 191 , 192 is routed around at least some of the links 71 , 72, 73, 74, 75, 77, 78, 177, 277 of the jointed device 70, 170, 270 and describes a tortuous path at its distal portion 92’, and said distal portion 92’ is in contact with and slides on one or more convex, ruled surfaces of said links, while the main longitudinal portion 19 of the tendon 90, 190, 191 , 192 received within the instrument shaft 65 has a substantially straight path. Preferably, the distal portion 92’ of the at least one tendon 90, 190, 191 , 192 describing said tortuous path while sliding and winding around the one or more convex, contact surfaces 40, 80, 86, 140 ,180 of the links is braided with a higher pick-per-inch (PPI) than the longitudinal portion 19 of the same tendon 90, 190, 191 , 192.
[0616]. As it is known, “PPI” refers to the number of picks-per-inch of a braid (see for example: A.Biking et aL, (2012), “Variables and Methods for Aesthetic Braid Design”, Journal of Textile and Apparel (JTATM), Technology and Management, Vol.7 Issue 4). The pick count (PPI) is generally expressed in the count of picks per unit of length (inch) of the braid in a line parallel to the braid axis, which represents the number of times the strand crosses for every inch of braided tendon length. This parameter PPI may also be related to the “pitch” of the braid, as well as to the “cycle length” of the braid (see for example: H.A.McKenna et aL, (2004) “Handbook of fibre rope technology”, Woodhead Publishing, ISBN 978-1-85573-606- 1 ). This parameter PPI may also be related to the “braid angle”.
[0617]. The higher the PPI, the smoother the braid, but according to analysis carried out by the inventors, too high pic count will generally reduce tendon stiffness.
[0618]. Having higher PPI allows for grater resistance to the flattening, i.e., transverse squeezing. According to a preferred embodiment, the distal portion 92’ of each tendon describes said tortuous path has a high PPI in range 25-100. According to an embodiment, the longitudinal main portion 19 of each tendon, describes a substantially straight path, has a PPI in range 3-25. Preferably, the distal portion 92’ of each tendon describing said tortuous path has greater resistance to flattening, i.e., transverse squeezing, compared to the tendon main longitudinal portion 19, in order to better manage to describe a tortuous path and to slide on while in contact with said jointed device 70.
[0619]. The distal portion 92’ of the tendon 90, 190, 191 ,192 may have a length of 3-5 millimeters. The distal portion 92’ of the tendon 90, 190, 191 ,192 may have a length which is in range 5%-10% (1/20 - 1/10) of the entire length of the tendon (i.e. from the proximal endpoint 91 to the distal endpoint 92). According to an embodiment, the tendon is about 20 centimeters long. The distal portion 92’ of the tendon 90, 190, 191 ,192 may have a length which is about one third (1/3) of the tendon length.
[0620]. The linear density of the strands forming said tendon 90, 190, 191 ,192 may be in range 10-55 dTex (i.e., “deciTex”: grams / 10 kilometers ratio) and preferably 10-25 dTex. Procedures for measuring linear density are given for example in: H.A.McKenna et aL, (2004), “Handbook of fibre rope technology”, Woodhead Publishing, ISBN 978-1-85573-606- 1.
[0621]. The tendon 90, 190, 191 ,192 may not comprise any braided jacket, and therefore may comprise a braided core 90”, for example a poly-ethylene braided core, formed by 6-12 braided line strands with PPI in range 10-60.
[0622]. The stiffness of a tendon 90, 190, 191 , 192 may vary along its longitudinal extension. The local PPI and/or the local linear density and/or the number of braided strands of the jacket and/or of the core may influence the local stiffness of the tendon. Thereby, by means of tuning the local PPI and/or the local linear density and/or the number of braided strands of the jacket and/or of the core it is possible to obtain a tendon 90, 190, 191 ,192 with the desired localized mechanical properties. For example, the local PPI should not be too high because it would compromise the tensile stiffness of the braided tendon, and should not be too low because it would reduce the resistance to flattening (squeezing) and wear resistance. Flattening may alter the properties of the tendon, inter alia sliding friction, because it would cause the cross-section of a circular tendon 90, 190, 191 ,192 to become oblong and/or oval, increasing thereby the contact area with the jointed device 70. According to the inventors, a good compromise is to get the tendon flattening of an amount which causes the transversal dimension thereof not exceed twice the circular tendon outer diameter. The jacket may be therefore suitably braided to mechanically contain the tendency towards flattening of the core.
[0623]. As shown for example in Figures 15E and 15F, the tendon main longitudinal portion 19 of each tendon 90, 190, 191 , 192 may have reduced PPI (depicted in light grey) compared to the tendon distal portion 92’ (depicted in black) near and at the tendon termination 92. The tendon distal portion 92’ near and at the tendon termination 92 is designed to describe a tortuous path and to slide while in contact with one or more convex, ruled surfaces of the jointed device, at least one of said one or more convex ruled surfaces being preferably made in single piece with a link 71 , 72, 73 ,74, 75, 77, 78, 177, 277 of the jointed device 70.
[0624]. As shown for example in Figure 44, the tendon main longitudinal portion 19 may have reduced PPI compared to the tendon distal portion 92’ near and at the tendon termination 92 designed to have a tortuous path which slide on a portion of the jointed device 70.
[0625]. The outer size (diameter) of the braided tendon 90, 190, 191 ,192 may be inferior to 0,5 millimeters, and preferably inferior to 0,4, and more preferably equal or inferior to 0,3.
[0626]. The distal termination 92 of the tendon 90, 190, 191 ,192 is designed to transfer load to the link for actuating the degree of freedom of the jointed device 70. Preferably, said distal termination 92 forms a knot formed by the tendon itself and the distal termination is preferably heated (i.e., thermal treatment) to strengthen the knot. The knot may be a stopper knot. Heating may cause local melt of the tendon segments that together form the knot. Therefore, the distal endpoint 92 of the polymeric tendon 90, 190, i.e., at the knot, may present segments that are melted together because of such a thermal treatment (heating).
[0627]. According to an embodiment, the distal termination 92 is heated upon the knot has been realized. According to an embodiment, the distal termination 92 is heated upon the knot has been realized and before or while cutting off a tendon segment further distal to the knot. Heating may be obtained with any conventional method, such as laser heating, torch heating or oven, etc.
[0628]. Preferably, where the tendon comprises a jacket and/or a coating, heating determines local melt of the jacket 90’ and/or the jacket coating 90”’ so that at the knot the jacket 90’ and/or the coating 90’” of different tendon segments melt together thereby reducing relative sliding of the tendon segments forming the knot, thus strengthening the tensile resistance of the knot and therefore the ultimate tensile strength of the tendon 90, 190, 191 , 192 as a whole.
[0629]. The knot at the distal endpoint 92 acts as a transmission element of the actuation force to the link to which the distal endpoint 92 is connected to, for example any of the second link 72, the third link 73, a terminal member 177, 277, a wrist member 78, as the case may require, as discussed in the present disclosure.
[0630]. The knot may represent a point of weakness for the ultimate tensile strength of the tendon 90. The type of knot may be chosen to balance the requirements to be as small as possible and at the same time to ensure the least weakness to the tendon 90, 190. Heating of the knot at the distal endpoint 92 causing local melt of the tendon segments forming the knot itself increases the strength of the knot. After having tied the knot at the distal endpoint 92 of the tendon 90, a segment of the tendon distal to the knot may still exist, and in such a case heating of the knot and of said segment of the tendon distal to the knot melts the tendon material and the segment distal to the knot melt together with the knot, further improving adhesion at the knot and shortening or cutting-off the segment distal to the knot.
[0631]. When a link of the jointed device 70 comprises a winding surface 86 where the tendon distal portion 92’ wraps/unwraps without sliding over it, the tendon 90 winds around said winding surface, and the knot may be located on said winding surface 86, for example the knot rests on said winding surface 86, as shown for example in Figure 28.
[0632]. Preferably, the braided tendon jacket 90’ has variable PPI, wherein the distal portion 92’ of the tendon 92 has PPI in range 50-100, while the longitudinal portion 19 of the same tendon has a lower PPI in the range of about 10-20. According to analysis carried out by the inventors, that allows to reduce overall tendons elongation reaching a desired overall axial stiffness and an acceptable axial non elastic elongation
[0633]. A braided tendon may generally undergo to non-elastic assessment when a tensile load is applied, therefore this tendon 90, 190, 191 ,192 is preferably pre-loaded with load pre-stretch cycles, with the aim to make predictable the non-elastic deformation of the tendon when in operative conditions thus simplifying the control, i.e., numerical control, of the robotic surgical assembly 100. The pre-stretch load may be of about half of the ultimate tensile strength of the tendon 90, 190, 191 ,192.
[0634]. A relatively high PPI of the jacket allows to compress the core where the tendon 90, 190, 191 ,192 bends (i.e. at distal portion 92’ of the tendon 90, 190, 191 ,192) and that allows the tendon 90, 190, 191 ,192 for having substantially circular cross-section avoiding to have an oblong oval cross-section in operative conditions. The term “circular cross-section” used herein is obviously a simplification because the tendon, as per being composed of braided yarns, will have irregular contours in a given cross-section, and with the term “circular” as used herein it is indicated also this peculiar contour shape. Preferably, the term “diameter” used herein also means a cross-section profile of the braided tendon which is not perfectly circular because the cross-section of the braid may locally depart from an ideal circle.
[0635]. Preferably, the tendon core 90” may be formed by a single strand of higher linear density or multiple strands with lower linear density, and the jacket 90’ may have strands with lower linear density compared to the tendon core 90”, but in higher number and said strands of the tendon jacket 90’ may be braided with higher PPI. A relatively high PPI of the jacket 90’ allows to compress the core 90” where the tendon 90, 190, 191 , 192 bends (i.e., at the distal portion 92’ thereof) and at the same time allows to satisfactory cover the core 90” avoiding exposing the core 90” thus avoiding forcing the core 90” to slide over the medical instrument 60, 160, 260, 360. According to an embodiment, each of the strands composing the braided jacket 90’ has linear density in range 10 to 25 dTex.
[0636]. In the following a method for connecting a polymeric tendon 90 to a link 72, 73, 74, 75, 77, 78, 177, 277 of the jointed device 70 to actuate the link (degree of freedom of the jointed device 70). The tendon may be formed by braided, polymeric fibers and/or braided polymeric strands formed by polymeric fibers.
[0637]. The method comprises the steps of providing at least one tendon 90, 190 made of polymer fibers designed for actuating said degree of freedom; and connecting a tendon distal endpoint 92 to the jointed device 70 of the medical instrument to exert a tensile load for actuating said degree of freedom.
[0638]. The step of connecting may comprise connecting the distal endpoint 92 of the polymeric tendon 90, 190 to a fastening point 82 (i.e, termination feature 82) of the link of the jointed device 70 which the tendon is to be connected to.
[0639]. The step of connecting comprises making a knot at the tendon distal endpoint 92. At this stage ax extra segment distal to the knot may be present because of the knot tying process.
[0640]. The step of connecting also comprises heating the knot. This step of heating may be carried out after having tied the knot.
[0641]. Heating determines the local melt of the tendon segments forming the knot, thereby reducing the local relative sliding of the tendon portions forming the knot. Heating determines the local melt of the tendon segments forming the knot, strengthening the knot.
[0642]. Heating may be carried out while cutting off the segment of the tendon distal to the knot. Said segment of the tendon distal to the knot may be also subject to thermal treatment (heating), to melt said segment distal to the knot, which may melt together with the knot. This way, the knot is further strengthened and at the same time the extra distal segment is cut-off. [0643]. Heating may be done with a laser heating, torch heating, oven, any combination of the above.
[0644]. Where the tendon 90 comprise a jacket 90’, then the heating may cause heating determines local melt of the jacket 90’ so that at the knot the jacket 90’ of different tendon segments melt together.
[0645]. Where the tendon 90 comprise a coating 90’”, then the heating may cause heating determines local melt of the coating 90’” so that at the knot the coating 90’” of different tendon segments melt together.
[0646]. In the following a driving method for a robotic assembly 100 is described.
[0647]. A driving method of a surgical robotic assembly comprises the following phases:
- provide a robotic assembly 100 according to one of any of the embodiments previously described.
-employ at least a vision system associable to the robotic assembly 100 for the visualization of at least a portion of the patient 201 .
-position said macro-positioning arm 30, such that the work volume 7, reached by at least a portion of said terminal portion 77 is within the field of view of said at least one vision system 103 associable to said robotic assembly 100;
- drive at least one micro-positioning device 41 , 141 ,241 , 341 ;
- drive at least one jointed device 70, 170, 270 of a medical instrument 60, 160, 260, 360.
[0648]. According to one possible operating mode, a driving method of a surgical robotic assembly comprises at least one of the following further phases, listed in a preferred, but not necessary order:
-release said macro-positioning arm 30 so as to be able to drag it.
[0649].-position said macro-positioning arm 30, so that the work volume 7 reached by said at least one terminal portion 77 is within the vision field of said at least one vision system 103, associable to said robotic assembly 100;
-lock said macro-positioning arm 30;
-drive said at least one micro-positioning device 41 , 141 , 241 by means of said at least one control device 20;
-drive said at least one jointed device 70, 170, 270 of the medical instruments 60, 160, 260 by means of said control device 20.
[0650]. A control method for a control device for microsurgery for a microsurgical robotic assembly is described below.
[0651]. A control method for a control device for microsurgery for a microsurgical robotic assembly comprises the following phase, listed in a preferred but not necessary order.
- provide at least one microsurgical control device 20 according to one of any of the embodiments previously described;
- manipulate said control instrument 21 ;
- move at least on portion of said control instrument 21 with respect to said detection device 22.
[0652]. According to one possible operating mode, one method comprises at least one of the following further phases:
- provide a microsurgical robotic assembly 100 according to one of the embodiments previously described;
- move said surgical micro-instrument 60, 160, 260 by means of said control instrument 21 ;
- move said micro-positioning device 41 , 141 , 241 by means of said control instrument 21 ;
- use a microscope 103 associable to said robotic assembly 100 to visualize at least one portion of a patient 201 ;
- activate a teleoperation condition, or mode, according to which a movement of the control instrument 21 in a first direction, with respect to a coordinate system associated to at least one of said detection device 22 and said microscope 103, corresponds to a movement of said surgical micro-instrument 60, 160,260 in the same direction with respect to said coordinate system.
[0653]. According to an embodiment, said portion of the patient 201 is comprised in said work volume 7.
[0654]. According to one possible operating mode, a method comprises the following further phases:
- provide a further control device 20 such as to comprise a first control device 120 and a second control device 220; - manipulate said first control device 120 with one first hand;
- manipulate said second control device 220 with a second hand.
[0655]. According to one possible operating mode, one method comprises the following further phases:
-provide a further control instrument 21 , such as to comprise a first control instrument 121 and a second control instrument 221 ;
-manipulate said first control instrument 121 with one hand;
-manipulate said second control instrument 221 with the other hand.
[0656]. According to an embodiment, said joint members 71 , 72, 73, 74 are obtained by wire electro-discharge machining.
[0657]. According to an embodiment, said joint members 71 , 72, 73, 74 are obtained by micro-injection moulding.
[0658]. According to an embodiment, said joint members 71 , 72, 73, 74 are obtained by 3D printing.
[0659]. A method for the fabrication of said medical instrument 60, 160, 260 is described below.
[0660]. According to one possible operating mode, a fabrication method for the medical instrument 60, 160, 260 comprises a phase of fabrication of a medical instrument 60, 160, 260 according to one of any embodiments previously described by at least one additive manufacturing technique.
[0661]. According to one possible operating mode, a fabrication method of a medical instrument 60, 160, 260 comprises a phase of fabrication a medical instrument by microinjection molding. In other words, a fabrication method for the medical instrument 60, 160, 260 comprises a phase of fabrication of a medical instrument by means of micromolding.
[0662]. A driving method of a tendon 90, 190 for a medical instrument 60, 160, 260 is described below.
[0663]. A driving method of a tendon 90 for a medical instrument 60, 160, 260 comprises the following phases, listed in a preferred, but not necessary order of execution:
-A’) provide a tendon drive system 50 according to one of any of the previously described embodiments;
-B’) push at least on a portion of said tendon 90, 190 such as to deflect its tendon path T-T ;
-C’) generate a tensile load in said tendon 90, 190.
[0664]. According to one possible operating mode, a method comprises the further phase of providing a drive system assembly according to one of any of the embodiments previously described. [0665]. According to one possible operating mode, one method comprises at least one of the following further phases:
-D’) pretension said tendon 90 before phase B;
- E’) drive said pusher assembly 94 before phase B and after phase D;
-F’) after phase C, move at least one portion of said jointed device 70, 170, 270 of said medical instrument 60, 160, 260;
-G’) after phase F’), drive said opposite pusher assembly 194;
- H’) after phase G’), move said at least one portion of said jointed device 70, 170, 170 of said medical instrument 60, 160, 260 of phase F’) in an opposite direction.
[0666]. According to one possible operating mode, one method comprises the further phases of:
- 1’) simultaneously drive said pusher assembly 94 and said opposite pusher assembly 194.
-J’) pull said tendon 90 and said opposite tendon 190 with differing amount of forces, force on one being greater than on the other;
-K’) move at least one portion of said jointed device 70, 170, 270 of said medical instrument 60, 160, 260 by a controlled movement.
[0667]. According to one possible operating mode, a method comprises the further phases of: -L’) instead of phase J’), pull said tendon 90 and said tendon 190 with substantially the same amount of force;
-M’) instead of phase K’), impede the movement of at least a portion of said jointed device 70, 170, 270 of said medical instrument 60, 160, 260.
[0668]. According to one possible operating mode, one method comprises the following phases instead of the phases I’), J’), K’):
- N’) drive simultaneously said pusher assembly 94 and said opposite pusher assembly 194;
-O’) simultaneously pull said tendon (90) to retrieve a first tendon length from its proximal portion and release said opposite tendon (190) by its proximal portion releasing a second length of the opposite tendon, substantially equal to the first tendon length,
-P’) move at least one portion of said jointed device 70, 170, 270 of said medical instrument (60, 160, 260) by a controlled movement in relationship to said tendon length and opposite tendon length.
[0669]. According to one possible operating mode, one method comprises the further phases of:
- drive said opposite tendon 190 by means of said opposite pusher assembly 194;
-move at least a portion of said medical instrument 60, 160, 260 by means of said pusher assembly 94. [0670]. A method to replace a tendon 90, 190 for a medical instrument is described below.
[0671]. According to one possible operating mode, a method for replacing a tendon 90, 190 comprises the following phases:
- provide a further tendon 90, 190 according to any of the embodiments previously described; -A”) detach said tendon 90, 190 from said medical instrument 60;
-B”) mount said further tendon 90, 190 on said medical instrument 60.
[0672]. According to one possible operating mode, the tendon 90 is attached first at said second tendon endpoint 92 and then at said first tendon endpoint 91 .
[0673]. According to one operating mode, a method comprises the following further phases:
-C”) before the phase A”), lock said plunger 96, in a position suitable to eliminate any pretension on the associated tendon 90.
[0674]. According to an embodiment, said plunger 96 is locked by the use of a pin inserted in the plunger locking hole 48.
[0675]. According to one possible operating mode, one method comprises the following further phases:
-D”) between the phase A”) and the phase B”), clean said medical instrument 60.
[0676]. According to one possible operating mode, said phase D”) comprises a further subphase, which entails the immersion of said medical instrument 60 in a bath of organic solvents.
[0677]. According to one possible operating mode, said phase A”) comprises a further subphase of dissolving said any remain of tendon 90.
[0678]. According to one possible operating mode, said phase A”) comprises a further subphase of introducing said medical instrument 60 in an autoclave or other sterilization system.
[0679]. According to one possible operating mode, said phase A”) comprises a further subphase of introducing said medical instrument 60 in an oven at a temperature between 25°C and 150°C.
[0680]. According to one possible operating mode, said phase A”) comprises a sub-phase of immerging of said medical instrument 60 in a chemical organic solvent bath.
[0681]. According to one possible operating mode, said phase B”) comprises the following sub-phases, preferably, but not necessarily, in the following order:
-lock said jointed device 70 in a reference position and/or lock said plunger 96 in its locked position;
-connect said second endpoint 92 to said jointed device 70;
-thread said further tendon 90, 190 inside said shaft 65,
-connect said first tendon endpoint 91 to said frame 57. [0682]. According to one possible operating mode, one method comprises the following further phase:
-E”) after the phase B”), calibrate of said medical instrument 60, 160, 260 identifying a new zero position for the plungers.
[0683]. A fabrication method of the jointed device 70, 170, 270 is described below.
[0684]. According to one aspect of the invention, one fabrication method of a jointed device 70, 170, 270 comprises at least the following phases, in the preferred order indicated below: -(A’”) provide a machining fixture 112 on an EDM machine and arrange a plurality of workpieces 117 on said machining fixture 112.
-(B’”) cut the desired geometry on said workpieces 117 with cutting lines parallel to each other.
[0685]. The provision of a single cutting step on said workpieces with cutting lines parallel to each other, allows the machining of surfaces that are parallel to each other on said workpieces, with an extreme precision of parallelism.
[0686]. According to one possible operating mode, the machining method described above allows the machining of ruled surfaces characterized by parallel generatices on said workpieces 117.
[0687]. According to one possible operating mode, one machining method as described above allows the cutting of workpieces of very small dimension, for example of millimetric or sub-millimetric dimensions.
[0688]. According to an embodiment, said machining method is suitable to fabricate at least one jointed device 70 that comprises a plurality of joint members 71 ,72, 73,74, 75, 76, 77, 78.
[0689]. According to one possible operating mode, said machining method is suitable to machine parallel cuts on said workpieces 117 such as to form joint members comprising surfaces parallel to each other.
[0690]. According to one possible operating mode, said machining method is suitable for machining parallel cuts on said workpieces 117 such as to form joint members suitable to be assembled in a complementary fashion because they comprise surfaces that are parallel to each other.
[0691]. According to one possible operating mode, said EDM machine is suitable to perform wire EDM and comprises a cutting wire 115.
[0692]. According to an embodiment, said cutting wire 115, or EDM wire 115, or electrical discharge machine wire 115 is of a diameter between 30 microns and 100 microns, and is preferably of 50 microns. [0693]. The provision of a machining method as described above allows exclusively thermal energy to be transferred to the piece being machined 117, avoiding any mechanical energy to be transferred to the piece being machined 117, for example inducing flexion, as it is the case when carrying out cuts with a milling machine.
[0694]. According to an embodiment, said machining method is suitable to fabricate at least one jointed device for applications in the medical-surgical sector.
[0695]. According to an embodiment, said machining method is suitable to fabricate at least one jointed device, suitable for applications in precision mechanics, for example suitable for use in watchmaking. According to an embodiment, said machining method is suitable to fabricate at least one jointed device, suitable for applications in the jewelry and/or fashion jewelry sector. According to an embodiment, said machining method is suitable for the fabrication of at least one jointed device, suitable for applications in the assembly of electromechanical products.
[0696]. According to one possible operating mode, the phase (A’”) comprises the following sub-phases:
-mount a plurality of workpieces on said machining fixture 112 in their respective member seats 116.
[0697]. According to one possible operating mode, a sub-phase is first carried out during said phase (A’”):
-(A1 ”’) provide a machining fixture 112 on an EDM machine; and then the sub-phase:
-(A2’”) arrange a plurality of workpieces 117 on said machining fixture 112.
[0698]. According to a possible operating mode, one method comprises the following further phase between the sub-phase (A1 ”’) and the sub-phase (A2’”):
-(C’”) carry out a calibration.
[0699]. According to one possible operating mode, one method comprises the following further phase between the phase (A’”) and the phase (B’”):
-(C’”) carry out a calibration.
[0700]. According to one possible operating mode, one method comprises the following further phases after the phase (B’”).
-(D’”) rotate said machining fixture 112.
-repeat said phase (B’”).
[0701]. According to one possible operating mode, said phase of rotating said machining fixture 112 comprises a further phase of using a rotary table to rotate said machining fixture 112, avoiding dismounting said machining fixture 112 from the cutting machine to carry out the following phases:
-rotate said machining fixture 112;
-carry out a second calibration, or cut calibration, exclusively on said reference rod 118, -repeat said phase (B’”).
[0702]. According to one possible operating mode, said phase (C’”), carry out a calibration, comprises the following sub-phases:
-switch on the EDM machine;
-provide a reference rod 118 with its axis parallel to said member seats 116 of the workpieces 117;
-bring said cutting wire 115 in contact with a first portion 122 of said reference rod 118, or portion facing towards the side of wire approach 122;
-measure, or register, the position of said wire;
[0703]. and/or
-measure, or register, the position of said cutting wire 115, when it is in contact with a first portion of a first workpiece to be machined, or the portion facing the side of wire approach; execute the previous phase for each workpiece 117;
[0704]. and/or
-bring the cutting wire 115 in contact with a second rod portion 123 of said reference rod 118, or portion facing the side of wire departure 123, opposite with respect to said first rod portion 122;
-measure, or register, the position of said cutting wire 115;
-compute the position of the axis of said reference rod 118 as a midpoint between the position of said wire when in contact with said first rod portion and the position of said wire when in contact with said second rod portion.
[0705]. and/or
-measure, or register, the position of said cutting wire 115 when in contact with a second portion of said first workpiece, or the portion facing the side of wire departure;
-compute the position of said first workpiece as a midpoint between the position of said wire when in contact with said first portion of the workpiece and the position of said wire when in contact with said second portion of the workpiece;
[0706]. and /or
-execute the previous phase for each workpiece 117;
[0707]. and/or
-repeat the procedure for all cutting planes X-Y, Y-Z, X-Z.
[0708]. According to an embodiment, said machining fixture 112 of a jointed device 70, 170, 270 is suitable to be mounted on a machine for EDM.
[0709]. According to an embodiment, said machining fixture 112 is suitable to perform at least two cuts on different cutting planes on workpieces 117 by using a single cutting profile 110 per cutting plane.
[0710]. According to one realization, said machining fixture 112 comprises a first pair of fixing surfaces 113, 114, which are rectified, opposite and substantially parallel to each other and substantially orthogonal to a first plane of cutting X-Y.
[0711]. According to an embodiment, said machining fixture 112 comprises a second pair of fixing surfaces 134, 135, which are rectified, opposite and substantially parallel to each other and substantially orthogonal to a second plane of cutting Y-Z.
[0712]. According to an embodiment, said first pair of fixing surfaces 113, 114 and said second pair of fixing surfaces 134, 135 are rectified.
[0713]. According to an embodiment, each pair of locating surfaces comprises at least one base fixing surface 113, 135 and at least one fixture fixing surface 114, 134.
[0714]. According to an embodiment, said plurality of member seat 116 are sequentially arranged such that a translating straight line, substantially orthogonal to said first cutting plane X-Y, or substantially orthogonal to said second cutting plane Y-Z, would intersect at most only one of said workpieces 117 at a time, when said workpieces are mounted in respective member seats 116.
[0715]. According to an embodiment, said member seats 116 are substantially parallel to each other.
[0716]. According to an embodiment, said machining fixture 112 also comprises a pair of locating surfaces, opposite and substantially parallel to each other and substantially orthogonal to a third cutting plane X-Z.
[0717]. According to an embodiment, said third pair of locating surfaces comprises at least a guide hole 125, and the EDM wire 115 of said EDM machine is inserted in at least one said guide hole 125, to avoid the EDM wire coming into contact with at least one machining fixture 112, during the cut.
[0718]. According to an embodiment, said machining fixture 112 also comprises:
[0719]. a plurality of member seats 116, each suitable to receive at least one workpiece 117, said workpiece 117 being suitable to realize at least one portion of said jointed device 70, 170, 270.
[0720]. According to an embodiment, said machining fixture 112 also comprises at least one reference rod 118, suitable to allow for the cut calibration.
[0721]. According to an embodiment, said machining fixture 112 comprises at least one fixing element, or fastening element, suitable to firmly connect said at least one workpiece 117 in its respective member seat 116.
[0722]. According to an embodiment, said at least one fastening element is conductive glue. [0723]. According to an embodiment, said at least one fastening element is a grub screw.
[0724]. According to an embodiment, said grub screw is suitable to be mounted in a threaded hole supplied in said at least one fastening surface.
[0725]. According to an embodiment, said fastening grub screw, is suitable to penetrate in said threaded hole of said fastening surface.
[0726]. According to an embodiment, said machining fixture 112 comprises four member seats 116 and a reference rod 118.
[0727]. According to an embodiment, each member seat 116 is substantially positioned at the same distance from its respective fastening surface.
[0728]. According to an embodiment, said fastening surfaces are positioned in a stepwise manner, such as to form a stair shape in profile. In other words, said fastening surfaces are positioned in a stepwise manner, such as to form a stair shape in profile with respect to at least one cutting plane X-Y, Y-Z, X-Z.
[0729]. According to an embodiment, said machining fixture 112 has a surface facing towards any cutting plane X-Y, Y-Z, X-Z inferior to 10000 square millimeters.
[0730]. According to an embodiment, said machining fixture 112 has a surface facing towards any cutting plane X-Y, Y-Z, X-Z inferior to 5000 square millimeters.
[0731]. Known microsurgical procedures are carried out manually by the surgeon 200, or micro-surgeon 200, by the use of manual instruments, such as forceps, scissors and needle holders used to manipulate very fragile tissues and ducts with an diameter of 1 mm or less. The microsurgical procedure step most commonly performed is anastomosis, in which two small, severed vessels are sutured back together to reestablish blood flow. This procedure is carried out by holding the two adjacent vessel stubs with specific clamps and by using small caliber needles to perform the suture. The micro-surgeon 200 must hence perform very small movements, trying to limit the natural tremor of the hand and to maintain a high level of both concentration and sensitivity in order to delicately manipulate the fragile tissues with which he/she interacts via the instruments. It is apparent that robotics can bring significant improvement to the performance of complex microsurgical procedures.
[0732]. According to an embodiment, said robotic assembly 100 has the function of supporting the surgeon 200 in the execution of a microsurgical procedure by using jointed devices and robotic devices that guarantee extremely precise movements, that scale down the actual hand movement of the surgeon 200 eliminating any tremor while reproducing the kinematics of the human wrist on a small scale.
[0733]. According to an embodiment, said surgical robotic assembly 100 comprises a support 104, an articulated macro-positioning arm 30, and a pair of micro-positioning devices 41 , 141 , 241. A medical instrument 60, 160, 260, which comprises a motor box 61 and a sterile jointed device 70, 170, 270 is attached to each micro-positioning device 41 , 141 , 241.
[0734]. Two control devices 20, suitable for the robotic control of the two medical instruments 60, 160, 260 and of the micro-positioning devices 41 , 141 , 241 , are connected to the support 104 by communication cables 109. All the electronic control circuit boards and the power sources of the robotic assembly 100 are integrated in the support 104, while a control panel 108, for switching on and off and the management of user messages from the robotic assembly 100 by an operator, is situated on its surface. A dedicated, external videomicroscope entry allows the integration of any traditional external microscope 103 for microsurgery. A digital microscope 103 is integrated in the system to visualize the substantially overlapping work volume 7 of the two sterile jointed devices 70, 170, 270.
[0735]. According to an embodiment, a possible configuration of the surgical robotic assembly 100 is specifically dedicated to performing microsurgical procedures at the limb extremities or on free flaps. This is composed of an operating table 102 on which the limb to be operated on, or the free flap, is placed and comprises the use of a pair of jointed devices 70, 170, 270 connected to micro-positioning devices 41 , 141 , 241 and remotely controlled in real time by the microsurgeon 200 by their respective control devices 20. Note that microscope 103 is not part of the surgical robotic assembly 100 but is an independent element, fundamental for the visualization of the work volume 7 during the performance of the procedure.
[0736]. According to an embodiment, a possible configuration of the surgical robotic assembly 100, particularly suitable for breast reconstruction procedures, but also suitable for carrying out microsurgeries on all other body parts, is composed of: a support 104 which allows for the support of the surgical robotic assembly 100 and for its transfer into the operating room to a position adjacent to the mobile operating table 102 on which the patient 201 is lying, one passive, articulated macro-positioning arm 30 that extends from the support 104 and allows the active part of the surgical robotic assembly 100 to reach the anatomical site involved in the procedure. A pair of precision micro-positioning devices 41 , 141 , 241 , or micro-positioning devices 41 , 141 , 241 , each with four degrees of freedom, to which the respective medical instruments 60, 160, 260 are attached, and which are used by the surgeon 200 to perform the microsurgical procedure by handling both the tissue and the small suture needles, are placed at the end of the surgical robotic assembly 100. The whole procedure is carried out under vision guidance provided by an external, traditional surgical microscope 103.
[0737]. According to an embodiment, the support 104 has both a structural and transport function for the surgical robotic assembly 100, while the macro-positioning arm 30 connected to it allows the simultaneous positioning of a pair of micro-positioning devices 41 , 141 , 241 and the medical instruments 60, 160, 260 in proximity to the anatomical district which will be operated on. The micro-positioning devices 41 , 141 , 241 and the medical instruments 60, 160, 260 are actively moved and controlled in real time by the control devices 20.
[0738]. According to an embodiment, each control device 20 is equipped with a support clamp or bracket, which can be independently positioned, for example by connecting it to the operating table 102. Said control devices 20 are connected to the surgical robotic assembly 100 by a power cablel 07, also suitable for the transmission of control data.
[0739]. According to an embodiment, to simplify the transport of the surgical robotic assembly 100, a retractable handle 106 and a foot platform 105 are positioned on a posterior side. The cart 104 has a control panel 108 on a posterior surface for the management of the parameters of the surgical robotic assembly 100 by the user and for the display of messages or warnings of the machine itself. On/Off switches (power buttons) and an emergency stop button are present on the same side. A power cable 107 supplies electrical current to the entire system, while the video data acquired by the digital microscope are passed to the surgical robotic assembly 100 via a communication cable 109, such as to be able to integrate vision-derived information into the controls. According to an embodiment, said surgical robotic assembly 100 comprises a foot platform 105, suitable to be used together or alternatively to a retractable handle 106 for the transport of the robotic assembly 100 during its positioning in the operating room, placed on the bottom of the posterior side of the cart.
[0740]. Said foot platform 105 allows the foot of an operator responsible for the movement of said robotic assembly 100 to rest on it, such that the robotic assembly 100 can also be pushed from the base, eliminating the risk of its tipping over while it is moved.
[0741]. According to an embodiment, the control device 20 has the function of controlling the robotic movement of the micro-positioning devices and of the medical instrument 60, 160, 260. The control device 20 comprises a control instrument 21 , whose position in space is detected in real time by a magnetic tracking sensor. The magnetic tracking sensor is made of a magnetic field generator and of wired markers containing micro-bobbins, such as for example, but not limited to, the product “NDI AURORA V3 tracking system” comprising a “Planar field generator” and sensor “Mini 6DOF” by the company “NDI - Northern Digital Inc., 103 Randall Drive Waterloo, Ontario, Canada N2V1C5”. The control instrument 21 integrates all the markers necessary for the detection of the six spatial coordinates of the control instrument 21 with respect to a base structure 67 and comprises an additional degree of freedom of gripping located in its tip portion 68, whose angle of aperture is measured by a tip sensor 29. Said tip sensor 29 is a position sensor or a proximity sensor. A connection tendon 23 connects the control instrument 21 to a base structure 67 that contains a magnetic field generator, suitable both for powering and data transmission between the control instrument 21 and said base structure 67, particularly, but not necessarily when it comprises a detection device 22. A power and communication tendon 24 connects the magnetic field generator to the external power source at the cart 104 of the robotic assembly, transferring the data relative to the position and orientation of the control instrument as well as the aperture angle of the forceps of the control instrument 21 . A further marker for the detection of the six spatial coordinates of the cart with respect to the base structure 67 is present on the support 104 and connected by the power and communication tendon 24 to the base structure 67. Status signal lights 26 are integrated in the base structure 67 and communicate the activity of the control device to the user. A soft, dedicated, ergonomic operator support 27 is made to allow an ergonomic use of the control device 20, while the control instrument 21 reproduces the geometry of traditional micro-instruments such as the forceps and needle holder to make their handling more intuitive and familiar to the surgeon.
[0742]. According to an embodiment, the macro-positioning arm 30 allows the anatomical districts involved in the surgical procedure to be reached by the active parts of the robotic assembly 100, such as, for example, the micro-positioning devices 41 , 141 , 241 and the medical instruments 60, 160, 260. Said macro-positioning arm 30 is composed of four members 31 , 32, 33, 34 connected to each other in series by passive rotational joints each having vertical and parallel arm movement axes a-a, b-b, c-c. Inside each rotational joint, electromagnetic brakes allow the position of each single member to be locked in space. A dedicated brake release button 35, positioned below on the bottom side of the fourth arm member 34 to facilitate its grasping and activation, allows all joint brakes to be simultaneously released and thus to reposition each arm member in space as required by the user. The new position can then be frozen by undepressing the release button 35.
[0743]. According to an embodiment, the first member 31 of the macro-positioning arm 30 is connected to a cart 104 by a rack and pinion mechanism that allows to manually control the movement of said macro-positioning arm 30 within a dedicated linear sliding guide36 along a preferably vertical linear displacement axis, when a manual knob 37 is turned.
[0744]. According to an embodiment, the fourth member 34 of the macro-positioning arm 30 has a rotational joint at its tip, which is manually activated by a dedicated rotational dial nut 43 that turns around a fourth axis of arm movement d-d, perpendicular to the third axis of arm movement c-c.
[0745]. According to an embodiment, the macro-positioning arm 30 is connected to the support member 38 via the rotational joint, which is manually activated via the movement of said rotational dial nut 43. A pair of micro-positioning devices 41 , 141 , 241 is connected to the two extremities of said support member 38 that also carries a video camera 45 in its middle section, which can display enlarged images of the work volume 7 in which the microsurgery is carried out. The medical instruments 60, 160, 260 are rigidly attached to a distal portion of the micro-positioning devices 41 , 141 , 241 .
[0746]. According to an embodiment, the micro-positioning device 41 , 141 , 241 comprises three motorized slides 51 , 52, 53, orthogonally connected to each other and able to each move independently along respective three axes of linear displacement f-f, g-g, h-h, and a motorized rotary joint 46.
[0747]. According to an embodiment, said motorized slides 51 , 52, 53 are motorized microslides. The medical instrument 60, 160, 260 is rigidly attached to the micro-positioning device 41 , 141 , 241 by a motorized rotary joint 46 that turns it around its longitudinal rotation axis r-r. [0748]. According to an embodiment, the medical instrument 60 has a motor box 61 that contains at least one tendon drive system 50 equipped to drive the jointed device 70 of said medical instrument 60 and its terminal device 77. According to an embodiment, the transmission mechanism integrated inside the mechanical transmission box 62, connected to the motor box 61 , transmits the motion to the medical instrument 60 via the shaft 65 to the jointed device 70 and to the terminal device 77.
[0749]. According to an embodiment the medical instrument 60 is made of a motor box 61 containing the actuators for driving the medical instrument 60, the associated electronic control boards and motor driver boards. The mechanical transmission box 62, which contains the mechanisms dedicated to transmitting the motor motion via said shaft 65 along the longitudinal shaft direction X-X, to the jointed device and the terminal device 77, is connected to said motor box 61 .
[0750]. According to an embodiment, the motor box 61 contains six pushing elements 95 associated to three degrees of freedom of the medical instrument 60. In particular, said pushing elements are moved by at least one pusher assembly 94, which comprises electric micro-motors with a linear transmission system lead screws. Actuation pistons 95 come out of the wall of motor box 61 facing the transmission box 62 and actuate the transmission mechanism integrated into the mechanical transmission box 62.
[0751]. According to an embodiment, the motor box 61 and the mechanical transmission box 62 are separated by a sterile barrier 87 and can be integrally connected with each other by connecting features, for example via a bayonet connection, as shown in figure 12.
[0752]. According to an embodiment, the shaft 65 is hollow, fabricated in metal, extends itself along the longitudinal shaft direction X-X and inserts itself into the mechanical transmission box 62. The jointed device 70, 170, 270 with the terminal device 77 at the tip is inserted at the other shaft end or tip.
[0753]. According to an embodiment, the six pushing elements 95, implemented as actuation pistons connected to motors, couple with the respective plungers 96 of the mechanical transmission box 62 thus connecting the motor box 61 with the mechanical transmission box 62,
[0754]. According to an embodiment, said pushing element 95 and said plungers 96 are separated by a sterile barrier 87.
[0755]. According to an embodiment, the plungers 96 can move linearly along the piston movement axis and are maintained in a proper alignment by means of linear bushings not represented inserted in the first frame section 58, or upper frame 58, and by means of respective shoulder surfaces 88.
[0756]. According to an embodiment, the actuation of the jointed device 70 is assigned to six tendons 90, or actuation cables 90, which are independent and run from a tendon fastening surface 84 in the mechanical transmission box 62, to the jointed device 70 of the medical instrument 60, via the mechanical transmission box 62, the tendon passage hole and the hollow shaft 65.
[0757]. According to an embodiment, in its section running inside of the mechanical transmission box 62, each tendon 90 winds around each respective four guiding pulleys 97, mounted on said lower frame 59, such as to change its path direction until aligning with the instrument axis X-X. Such guiding pulleys 97 can be a fixed or idle pulleys and in a preferred configuration they are idle pulleys, with the exceptions of the first guiding pulley 197, positioned closest to the first tendon endpoint 91 , which is a fixed guiding pulley 197.
[0758]. According to an embodiment, a further plunger idle pulley 98, is positioned on each plunger 96 and moves integral with it along the linear piston pulley movement axis. Each actuation tendon 90 also partially winds around the respective plunger idle pulley 98, fastened to the respective plunger 96. Said plunger idle pulley 98 is located between said first guiding pulley 197 and a second guiding pulley 297.
[0759]. According to an embodiment, the movement of the plunger 96 and hence of the plunger idle pulley 98 induced by the actuation piston 95, pushes the tendon 90 and hence varies its path length between said first guiding pulley 197 and said second guiding pulley 297. This change in length is transmitted by means of said transmission mechanism to the distal articulation of the medical instrument 60, 160, 260, resulting in its actuation.
[0760]. According to an embodiment, a spring 99, suitable to work by compression, is inserted between the plunger idle pulley 98 and the upper frame 58 around the plunger 96.
[0761]. According to an embodiment, said spring 99 generates a force directed along the plunger movement direction axis and establishes a variable preload on each plunger 96 sufficient to always keep the tendon 90 under a light tension and avoid its derailing from said guiding elements 97, 98, 197, 297 during changes in its tensile load.
[0762]. According to an embodiment, a tendon guide element 89 maintains each tendon 90 in position and impedes its derailing, even in cases of anomalies such as a loss of tension in the tendons 90.
[0763]. According to an embodiment, the jointed device 70 uses six low-friction, low minimum curvature radius and high stiffness polymeric tendons as movement transmission means for actuation of the three degrees of freedom of motion which the jointed device 70, 170, 270 is capable of. Each actuation cable, or tendon, 90, is glued with a low viscosity acrylic glue to tendon fastening surface 84 of the lower frame 59 and changes its direction by passing across four successive guide elements 97, 197, 297, integral to the lower frame 59 until it reaches the center of the transmission box 62 and enters through a central hole in the shaft 65 of the medical instrument 60, 160, 260 running in the direction of the instrument X-X, down to the jointed device 70, 170, 270.
[0764]. As shown in figure 13, the first guiding pulley 197 of each actuation cables 90 is a fixed pulley 197 on which the tendon 90 winds. Successive guide elements are idle pulleys, around which tendon 90 is partly wound. Between said first guiding pulley 197 and said second guiding pulley 297 a space is provided allowing the linear motion of the plunger 96 actuated by the actuation piston 95.
[0765]. According to an embodiment, at least one tendon 90 winds around at least four guiding pulleys 197, 297, 397, 497, thus defining a third guide element 397 and a fourth guide element 497. Between said third guide element 397 and said fourth guide element 497, a tendon guide element 89 keeps the tendon 90 in the correct position and avoids derailing of the tendon 90, even in cases such as an anomalous loss of tension.
[0766]. According to an embodiment, the joint members that form the jointed device 70, 170, 270 and its terminal device 77, reproduce the kinematics of the human wrist adding a grasping degree of freedom of movement at the tip, for a total of three degrees of freedom of movement.
[0767]. According to an embodiment, a first joint member 71 and a second joint member 72 are connected to each other by a rotational joint 171 around a first axis of rotation P-P, followed by a first portion of the terminal member 177 and a second portion of the terminal member 277, both connected to said second joint member 72, which freely rotate around a second axis of joint movement Y-Y, orthogonal to the first axis of joint movement P-P and providing a terminal device 77 at the tip.
[0768]. According to an embodiment, the first member 71 locks on or is jointed in a concentric manner with the shaft 65 of the medical instrument 60 and is rigidly attached to it via fastening pins 76.
[0769]. According to an embodiment, six actuation cables 90 run through the medical instrument shaft arranged respectively two planar groups of three symmetrically arranged with respect to a shaft section plane defined by the axis of the instrument X-X and by its first joint axis of joint P-P.
[0770]. According to an embodiment, the tendon and opposite tendon 90,190 associated to second joint member 72, providing for its clockwise and anticlockwise rotation around said first joint axis of movement P-P, are arranged opposite to each other with respect to said section plane, slide over two opposite lateral sliding surfaces 40 of the first member 71 , then both cross said section plane before said first axis of joint movement P-P, then they wind around at least one joint sliding surface 80 of the second member 72 and finally they attach to said second member 72.
[0771]. According to an embodiment, the tendon and opposite tendon 90 associated to the first portion of the terminal member 177, like the two tendons 90 associated to the second portion of the terminal member 277, both run on the same side of said shaft section plane, they both slide on the same lateral sliding surface 40, 140 of first member 71 , then they both cross said section plane before the first axis of joint movement P-P, then they both wind around at least one same sliding surface 80 of the second member 72 and continue their path to end up winding in opposite directions on the winding surface 86 of the terminal member 77. When only the first portions of the terminal member 177 or only the second portion of the terminal member 277 are actuated, the tendons 90 associated to said first portion of terminal member 177 and associated to said second portion of terminal member 277 slide along the sliding surface 80 of the second member 72.
[0772]. According to an embodiment, the movement of the jointed device 70 is realized by polymeric actuation cables 90, or polymeric tendons 90. These tendons 90 run through the mechanical transmission box 62, run along the whole hollow shaft 65 and arrive at jointed device 70 and terminal device 77.
[0773]. According to an embodiment, the transmission of motion to the joints of the jointed device 70 is a function of the path of the tendons 90 in the jointed device.
[0774]. Exploiting the low friction, the very small curvature radius of the tendons 90, the tendons slide across the joint members that make up the jointed device and they wind around the various joint axes of movement P-P, Y-Y.
[0775]. According to an embodiment, the members that make up the jointed device 70 are in fact rotationally connected to each other by a axis support feature of the rotational joint 171. Each member has joint sliding surfaces 80, or joint winding surfaces 86 for the tendons 90, both around the joint axis of movement P-P, Y-Y and along its body.
[0776].]. According to an embodiment, a further elbow joint member 75, positioned before a wrist joint member 78, suitable to reproduce the kinematics of the human wrist, can be included by provisioning an elbow joint member 75 characterized by having two distinct parallel axes of joint movement P-P, P-P. According to an embodiment, the first member 71 is coupled to said elbow member 75 having two distinct and parallel axes of joint movement P-P, P-P, one more proximal and one more distal, that are the first joint and second joint respectively. Said elbow member 75 has two lateral sliding surfaces 40, 140 arranged laterally opposite to each other with respect to a second section plane, defined as the plane that contains the first axis P-P and the second joint movement axis Y-Y.
[0777]. According to an embodiment, there are eight actuation cables 90, 190. Said eight actuation cables, or tendons, run on the lateral sliding surfaces 40, 140 of the first member, arranged in one group of four opposite to another group of four with respect to said first section plane, and they cross said section plane before the first axis of joint movement P-P, hence they run on the first joint sliding surface 80 of the elbow member 75.
[0778]. According to an embodiment, two actuation cables 90, 190, dedicated to the motion of rotational joint 171 of the elbow member, are terminated on said elbow member 75. The remaining six cables 90, 190 continue along the lateral sliding surfaces 40, 140 of the rotational joint 171 of the elbow, crossing a second section plane before said second joint axis. The following progression of the tendons around the second, third and fourth members 72, 73, 74, to the first portion of terminal member 177 and the second portion of terminal member 277 is analogous to what has been previously described in the presentation of the wrist configuration.
[0779]. According to an embodiment, all members that form the jointed device 70 and the terminal device 77 are fabricated by a wire EDM performed on two orthogonal work planes X-Y, Y-Z.
[0780]. According to an embodiment, fabricating the first member 71 starting from a cylindrical piece to be machined 117, said first member presents two circular surfaces that allow its concentric insertion into the shaft 65.
[0781]. According to an embodiment, said circular surfaces present mating features on a lower portion, such as through-holes, that permit the rigid attachment of said first member of shaft 65 by means of fastening pins 76. Said first member 71 presents on a distal portion two features to support rotational joint 171 , each characterized by a cylindrical seat centered around said first axis of joint movement P-P and a lateral shoulder surface.
[0782]. According to an embodiment, all holes, being machined by wire EDM such as the pin holes 79, have extra machining grooves 49 resulting from the passage of the cutting wire 115.
[0783]. According to an embodiment, having defined said first section plane containing the axis of the instrument X-X and the first joint movement axis P-P, the first member 71 presents two opposite tendon sliding surfaces 40, 140 each having rounded shapes that are symmetrically opposite i.e. mirrored with respect to said section plane.
[0784]. According to an embodiment, being machined by wire EDM, each sliding surface 80, 180, 40, 140 is resulting from the sweeping motion of parallel straight generatrices that move directly along a cutting profile 110.
[0785]. According to an embodiment, the actuation cables 90 slide in two groups of three, respectively along the two lateral sliding surfaces 40, 140, one opposite to the other on the first member 71 and they cross said section plane before the first axis of rotation to then continue onto second member 72.
[0786]. According to an embodiment, said second member 72 has a joint sliding surface 80 proximally, arranged around said first axis of joint movement P-P having a cylindrical portion. [0787]. According to an embodiment, said joint sliding surface 80 is formed by parallel straight generatrices following the wire EDM cutting profile.
[0788]. According to an embodiment, a pin holding feature 76 and a lateral shoulder surface characterize the joint of the first member 71 around the first axis of joint movement P-P. Two tendon termination features 82 are laterally derived from the second member 72 allowing the fastening of second tendon endpoint 92 of the second member by knot or gluing. Distally, two support features for the third and fourth rotational joint are each characterized by a pin hole 79 around the second axis of joint movement Y-Y and a lateral shoulder surface.
[0789]. According to an embodiment, the second axis of joint movement Y-Y is orthogonal to the first axis of joint movement P-P. Being machined by wire EDM, the pin hole 79 has machining grooves 49, resulting from the cutting wire 115.
[0790]. According to an embodiment, the third member 73 is characterized by a pin hole 79 located around the second axis of joint movement Y-Y. The third member 73 is mated to the second member 72 by a seat for a joint pin and an associated lateral shoulder surface. A winding surface 86 of the actuation cables 90, 190 allows the winding of the actuation cables 90, 190 around that winding surface 86 that is concentric to the second axis of joint movement Y-Y.
[0791]. Laterally to the third member 73 a tendon termination feature 82 and tendon fastening points 82 are derived. The tendon termination feature 82 allows the passage of the tendons 90, and the tendon fastening point 82 holds the second tendon endpoint 92, 192 of the third member 73, defined by knots.
[0792]. According to an embodiment, the first portion of the terminal member 177 and the second portion of the terminal member 277 are jointed to the second member 72, sharing the same second axis of joint movement Y-Y.
[0793]. According to an embodiment, the first portion of the terminal member 177 mirrors the shape of the second portion of the terminal member 277.
[0794]. According to an embodiment, the third member 73 can be individually mated to the second member 72 if the terminal device 77, present on the third member 73, is a medical instrument 60 of a surgical or microsurgical type, similar to, for example to a scalpel blade.
[0795]. According to an embodiment, a terminal member 77, can be individually jointed to said second member 72, only if the terminal device 77 is itself a medical instrument 60 of a surgical or microsurgical type similar for example to a scalpel blade or to a fiber-optic tendon carrier for laser light treatments. In this case, the jointed device 70 will only comprise two degrees of freedom of movement, in particular of pitch and yaw, losing the degree of freedom for grasping.
[0796]. According to an embodiment, the first portion of terminal member 177 and the second portion of terminal member 277 can mate with each defining different terminal devices 77, such as a micro device for cutting, a terminal micro device providing a straight grasp, a micro device providing angled grasping, a needle holder and other traditional microsurgical instruments as illustrated in figures 25-27. The terminal devices reproduce the form, proportions and functionalities of traditional microsurgical instruments tips, in order to facilitate their recognition and use by the microsurgeon 200.
[0797]. According to an embodiment fastening pins 76 are inserted in the pin holes 79 of the members of the jointed device 70. The fastening pins 76 are preferentially made of hard metal, rectified and polished to reduce sliding friction.
[0798]. According to an embodiment the fastening pins 76 have interference in mating with the pin holes 79 located in correspondence to the axes of joint movement P-P, Y-Y, of rotational joint 171. [0799]. According to an embodiment, the fastening pins 76 have lee way, or clearance, in the pin holes 79 associated to the winding surfaces 86.
[0800]. According to an embodiment, the connection by fastening pins 76 between the first member 71 and the second member 72 forms a rotational joint, suitable to rotate around the second axis of joint movement P-P, with an associated actuation angle substantially comprised between +90° and -90°.
[0801]. According to an embodiment, the connection by a single fastening pin between the second joint member 72, the first portion of terminal member 177 and the second portion of terminal member 277 creates a rotational joint between said three members 72, 177, 277 with an associated actuation angular range substantially between +90°and -90°. Said joint defines two degrees of freedom, characterizing both the yaw and the grasp of the medical instrument 60.
[0802]. According to an embodiment, the polymeric tendons 90, 190 can be terminated in several ways, provided that, as a result of strong fastening, they can be tensioned and such a tension is also transmitted to the joint member, or to the part to which they are connected, driving its motion.
[0803]. According to an embodiment, the tendons 90 run through a tendon termination feature 82 and are locked by a knot formed by the tendon 90 itself, located at said tendon fastening point 82.
[0804]. According to an embodiment, a second method for fastening the tendon 90, used for example for the actuation of the second member 72, provisions the passage of a loop of the tendon 90 around a tendon fastening point 82 and the application of tension to both the extremities of the tendon 90, such that the two sides of the tendon 90 act as a single tendon 90, halving the loads to which it is subject.
[0805]. According to an embodiment, a third fastening method of the tendons 90 provisions the insertion of tendon portions in tendon fastening points 82, intended for this use, and the use of glues specific for the polymer of which the tendons 90 are made, such as those used for example for gluing the first endpoint 91 to the lower frame 59 of the mechanical transmission box 62 of the tendon drive system 50.
[0806]. According to an embodiment, the jointed device 70 is characterized by three degrees of freedom of movement, and in particular by one degree of freedom of pitch between the first member 71 and the second member 72, one degree of freedom of yaw between the second member 72 and the third member 73, one degree of freedom of gripping, or grasping, between the first portion of terminal member 177 and the second portion of terminal member 277. [0807]. According to an embodiment, the second joint member 72, the first portion of the terminal member 177 and the second portion of the terminal member 277 can move around respectively said first axis of joint movement P-P and said second axis of joint movement Y-Y independently. The movement of the medical instrument 60 is carried out by the actuation cables 90, which run over the members jointed to each other by rotational joints.
[0808]. According to an embodiment, a pair of tendons 90, 190 comprises a tendon 90 and an opposite tendon 190, which is suitable to work as a pair of agonistic and antagonistic tendons associated to a first portion of the terminal member 177 and a further pair of tendons 90, 190, comprising a tendon 90 and an opposite tendon 190, suitable to work as a pair of agonistic and antagonistic tendons associated to the second portion of the terminal member 277, and a further pair of tendons 90, 190, comprising a tendon 90 and an opposite tendon 190, suitable to act as a pair of agonistic and antagonistic tendons associated to the second joint member 72.
[0809]. According to an embodiment, a pair of tendons, 90, 190, comprising a tendon 90 and an opposite tendon 190, suitable to work a a pair of agonistic and antagonistic tendons, transmit a rotational movement to the second portion of the terminal member 277, around said second axis of joint movement Y-Y, running over the lateral sliding surface 40 of the first joint member 71 , crossing said section plane, running on the joint sliding surface 80 of the second joint member 72, and then splitting to wind them respectively in opposite directions around the winding surface 86 of the second portion of terminal member 277 and terminating with a knot. When one of the two tendons 90, 190 is tensioned or released, it slides on a sliding surface 40 of the first joint member 71 and over sliding surface 80 of the second joint member 72, while it winds itself or unwinds over the winding surface 86 of the fourth joint member like over a fixed pulley.
[0810]. According to an embodiment, a further tendon pair 90, 190 consisting of a tendon 90 and an opposite tendon 190, actuates the first portion of terminal member 177 in a similar fashion to the way the second portion of terminal member 277 is actuated.
[0811]. According to an embodiment, a yet further tendon pair 90, 190, consisting of a tendon 90 and an opposite tendon 190, suitable to work as a pair of agonistic and antagonistic tendons, move second joint member 72 around first axis of joint movement P-P, running over the lateral sliding surface 40, 140 of the first member 71 , on one side with respect to said section plane of the medical instrument 60, intersecting said section plane, winding themselves in the opposite directions on the joint sliding surface 80 of the second joint member 72, and terminating at tendon fastening points 82. In particular, each actuation tendon 90, 190 of the second joint member 72 is formed in a loop that passes around respective tendon fastening point 82 and comes back doubled up, passing over the winding surface 86, joint sliding surface 80 and lateral sliding surface 40 along a path analogous to that followed by the opposite tendon.
[0812]. According to an embodiment, when moving the second joint member 72 around the first axis of joint movement P-P, in one rotation direction, both the end of the tendons 90, 190 are subject to tension. Furthermore, differently from the two tendon pairs 90, 190 that actuate the first portion of terminal member 177 and the second portion of terminal member 277 respectively, in the case of tendons 90 of the second joint member 72, the tendons 90, when moving, do not slide over the sliding surface of the second joint member 72, but wrap or unwrap around said joint sliding surface 80, as though it were a pulley.
[0813]. According to an embodiment, six independent tendons 90 are used for the actuation of the threes degrees of freedom of movement of the jointed device 70, but eight cables intersect on said section plane between the lateral sliding surface 40 of the first joint member and the lateral sliding surface 80 of the second joint member 72, because both loop ends of the actuation cables 90, 190 of the second member 72 are tensioned during the movement in one direction around the first axis of joint movement P-P.
[0814]. According to an embodiment, the sliding surfaces 80, 180 between the actuation cables 90 and members of the jointed device 70 are reduced to a minimum surface area, such as to reduce friction. The tendons 90, 190 are terminated at their second tendon end points 92 such a way that their tendon path T-T remains parallel to the instrument axis X-X as much as possible, avoiding transversal forces.
[0815]. According to an embodiment, the intersection of the tendons 90 and their crossing of said section plane between the joint sliding surface 40 and the first axis of rotation P-P prevents the tendon 90 from leaving the joint sliding surface 80 during its movement and guarantees a constant length and angle of the tendons 90, 190.
[0816]. A method for machining tridimensional, assemblable mechanical micro-components by EDM is described below. In particular it regards the fabrication of jointed devices 70 of a characteristic outer diameter inferior to 4mm for application in micro-surgery. Furthermore, the main characteristics of a specific machining fixture 112, which is a fundamental element for the set-up of a production process in an economically sustainable fashion and which is capable of guaranteeing the required precision, are described below.
[0817]. According to an embodiment, the need to produce micro-parts with many mechanical details and a high level of precision requires the use of hard metals as a structural material and requires wire EDM as the machining process for the parts. As is known, EDM is a subtractive fabrication process in which material is removed by a conductive piece with a series of current discharges between the piece itself and an electrode kept at an electrical voltage difference, separated by a dielectric liquid such as water or oil, until the desired shape is obtained. In particular, during wire EDM machining, the workpiece 117 is held fixed and is immersed in a bath of dielectric liquid while a metal cutting wire 115, made of copper or brass for example, and of a diameter varying between 0.5mm and 0.02mm, continuously runs between two bobbins. The cutting wire 115 is sustained by an upper guide and a lower guide, which being driven by a computer numeric control system in the horizontal plane, carry out two-dimensional cutting profiles. The movement of the guides is very precise, and the overall machining resolution is close to 1 micron (pm), nevertheless, the planar cut substantially limits the fabrication of three-dimensional parts. Despite the fact that some advanced machines have an upper guide, which can move independently in the horizontal plane, the ability to produce complex 3D parts has not substantially increased.
[0818]. The primary advantages of wire EDM comprise:
-the possibility of machining hard metals,
-absence of direct contact between the tool and the piece to be machined 117
-delicate details can be machined without distortion,
-a good superficial finish can be obtained,
-complex shapes, otherwise difficult to produce with conventional cutting instruments can be produced, while maintaining very low tolerances.
[0819]. The manual phases for the fastening each single, metallic workpiece to be machined 117 to the machine for each of the cutting planes and the following calibration of the machine itself, are very slow phases during the fabrication of the parts and are also the phases which result in the greatest geometric errors that hinder the perfect mating between micro-parts produced individually.
[0820]. According to an embodiment, in order to substantially decrease the fabrication time and guarantee the precision required for the correct mating of the fabricated micro-parts, a machining fixture 112 is provided, which intended specifically for this use. It provides a mechanical support, which allows the simultaneous fastening and machining of all the workpieces 117, simplifying assembly of at least a portion of a jointed device 70 on one or more difference planes, with a single cutting profile 110 and a single calibration step.
[0821]. According to one possible operating mode, the frontal plane of the machining fixture 112 has member holes 116, suitable to hold the workpieces 117 with very tight tolerance, that is to say at least H6h5.
[0822]. According to one possible operating mode, the frontal plane of the machining fixture 112 has a “stepped” profile to allow threading short through holes on the stepped lateral planes.
[0823]. According to one possible operating mode, grub screws M2 fasten the workpieces 117 to the machining fixture 112 and guarantee a perfect electrical conductivity with said machining fixture 112, which fundamental for a successful EDM process.
[0824]. According to one possible operating mode, the grub screws disappear under the plane to which they are screwed, i.e. are headless, to avoid limiting securing the fixture along those planes, with a vise of an EDM machine.
[0825]. According to one possible operating mode, an alternative to the grub screws and to the threaded holes associated to the grub screws, is the use of conductive glue, to fasten the workpieces 117 to the machining fixture 112 and guarantee a perfect electrical conductivity with said machining fixture 112.
[0826]. According to one possible operating mode, the arrangement of the workpieces 117 on the machining fixture 112 is such that they do not overlap in the work planes, for example in the X-Y and Y-Z planes, such that different and independent details or profiles can be cut for each plane on each workpiece 117, by providing a single and continuous cutting profile 110 for the wire.
[0827]. According to one possible operating mode, the gap, or non-overlapping section, between two adjacent workpieces is minimized such as to keep the dimensions of the machining fixture 112 as compact as possible. In this way it is possible to minimize the distance between the upper and lower guides, improving the machining precision.
[0828]. According to one possible operating mode, a metallic reference rod 118 is inserted in the machining fixture 112 and is used for calibration of the EDM machine once the machining fixture 112 and the workpieces 117 are mounted on the machine.
[0829]. According to one possible operating mode, a first calibration is provisioned, which is carried out only once for a given machining fixture 112, loaded with all the workpieces 117 and a given EDM machine being used for the machining. Said first calibration is capable to identify and compensate all errors related to the EDM machine and to the geometric errors of the machining fixture 112, such as for example those related to the relative position between the reference rod 118 and the workpieces 117.
[0830]. According to one possible operating mode, once the positions of the workpieces 117 are defined with respect to the reference rod 118 in the various cutting planes, the cutting profiles 110 are generated, taking into account of any differences of the actual positions with the nominal ones.
[0831]. According to one possible operating mode, said first calibration will be repeated only if the EDM machine is changed or a new machining fixture 112 is being used. [0832]. According to one possible operating mode, each time the machining fixture 112, loaded with the workpieces 117, is secured to the vise of the EDM machine before a cut, a second calibration procedure is foreseen, or a cut calibration, performed only on the calibration rod 118. This cut calibration process eliminates geometric offset and errors related to the manual fastening of the fixture and identifies the origin of the machine reference system with respect to the axis of the reference rod.
[0833]. According to one possible operating mode, to allow the correct fastening of the machining fixture 112 to the vise of the EDM machine, said machining fixture 112 has at least a pair of fastening or fixing surfaces 113, 114, opposite and parallele to each other, and rectified, meant to be gripped by the jaws of the vise, and a flat posterior X-Z surface, rectified and orthogonal to the fixing surfaces 113, 114, meant to be flush with an reference surface of the machine, orthogonal to the vise’s clamp.
[0834]. According to one possible operating mode, by not using rotary table in the EDM machine, it is necessary that the machining fixture 112 have a pair of fixing surfaces 113,
114 that are flat, parallel and rectified, opposite to each other for each cut plane provisioned for the fabrication of the micro-components.
[0835]. According to one possible operating mode, other cutting planes can be produced by appropriately modifying the machining fixture 112.
[0836]. According to one possible operating mode, to machine in a third orthogonal plane, it is necessary to provision openings 125 in the machining fixture that allow the cutting wire
115 to be inserted on the inside of the machining fixture and hence avoid the cutting of portions of the machining fixture 112, for example. Several independent cutting profiles must be used however without requiring further calibrations. Nevertheless, at the end of every cutting profile 110 in said plane, the cutting wire 115 must be cut and reinserted in the next opening 125.
[0837]. According to one possible operating mode, the fabrication process used for the fabrication of parts of a jointed device 70, provisions the insertion of four workpieces 117 composed of metallic cylinders made of tool steel, into member holes 116 on the front side of said machining fixture 112 and then their fastening with grub screws of M2 size.
[0838]. According to one possible operating mode, all three-dimensional micro-part that form the jointed device 70 for micro-medical applications, are machined from metallic workpieces 117, in particular steel cylinders of 3 millimeter outer diameter and 12 millimeter length, that are machined by wire EDM on two planes, X-Y and Y-Z.
[0839]. According to one possible operating mode, the machining fixture 112 loaded with the workpieces 117 is secured on the vise of the EDM machine by using the fixing surfaces 113, 114 as reference planes for the fastening and then the calibration in the X-Y plane is performed using the axis of the reference rod 118, rigidly attached to the machining fixture 112, as a reference. The first cutting profile 110 is performed, machining all the workpieces 117 fastened to the machining fixture 112, in the X-Y plane.
[0840]. According to one possible operating mode, the machining fixture 112 is then removed from the machine and remounted, rotated by 90° to machine along said second plane Y-Z of the machining fixture 112.
[0841]. According to one possible operating mode, a second calibration for the second work plane Y-Z is performed and then the cut of the second cut profile 210 is carried out.
[0842]. According to one possible operating mode, by equipping the EDM machine with a rotating or orientable table, it is possible to perform the cut calibration process just once and rotate the work plane as necessary between one cut profile and the next.
[0843]. According to one possible operating mode, at the end of the second cut profile 210 the components produced are completely detached from the workpiece and can be collected in the EDM machine bath.
[0844]. Due to the provision of a robotic assembly, according to one aspect of the invention, it is possible to control the positioning and motion of at least one jointed medical instrument within a work volume, in a reliable, precise and easily controllable manner.
[0845]. Due to the provision of a robotic assembly, according to one aspect of the invention it is possible to control the positioning and simultaneous motion of at least two jointed medical instruments, each comprising one jointed device operative within a workspace, in a reliable, precise and easily controllable manner, potentially reaching every body part of the patient with the terminal portions of said medical instruments.
[0846]. Due to the provision of a robotic assembly according to one aspect of the invention, comprising an image capturing system, but lacking an integrated microscope, it is possible to limit the cost as well as the physical volume of said assembly, resulting in a compact platform compatible with the installation of a pre-existing microscope, hence allowing retro-fitting operations.
[0847]. Due to the provision of a robotic assembly according to one aspect of the invention, having as few moving parts as possible that require a large range of movement during the movement of the terminal portion of the medical instrument, it is possible to provide a microsurgical robotic assembly of low encumbrance, improving the comfort of the microsurgeon, who can, for example, tele-operate while being in the immediate vicinity of the operating table and hence can see and directly access the operating field, as well as improving the overall working conditions of the surgical team, by, for example, avoiding collisions with mobile parts of the robot while accessing the operating field, as well as simplifying the transport of the robotic assembly, or the flow of people or air around the robotic assembly. Equally, it becomes possible to use two or more robotic assemblies simultaneously on one patient.
[0848]. Due to the provision of a control device according to one aspect of the invention, it is possible to simplify the teleoperation master interface and make it more intuitive and comfortable, without limiting its functionality. At the same time, the training time required by a surgeon, not necessarily specialized in microsurgical procedures, to achieve a sufficient level of mastery of the control device, is reduced.
[0849]. Due to the provision of a microsurgical robotic assembly, according to one aspect of the invention, comprising a control instrument suitable to replicate the shape of a traditional surgical or microsurgical instrument, it is possible to provide a familiar master interface for teleoperation to the surgeon, without compromising the accuracy of the manipulation.
[0850]. At the same time, according to one aspect of the invention, due to the provision of at least one sensor coupled to an electromagnetic 3 D tracking device, said control instrument is also suitable to replicate the functionality of traditional surgical or microsurgical instruments, while allowing a complete freedom of movement in the three dimensions of space and allowing easy repositioning of the control device, for example between the operating table and the microscope, still guaranteeing good performance of the robotic system in terms of response time.
[0851]. At the same time, according to one aspect of the invention, due to the provision of a compact control device and at least one sensor, suitable for relating the robotic assembly and the detection device to a common reference system, it is possible to freely position said control device in a simple manner, for example said control device can be positioned next to the operating table, or on a support table close to the microscope, or in a position deemed ergonomic for the surgeon looking into the microscope.
[0852]. Due to the provision of a control instrument according to one aspect of the invention, which replicates the shape of a traditional microsurgical instrument having at least one joint at its tip, such as for example tweezers of forceps, equipped with at least one aperture sensor, it is possible to control the opening and closing, as well as grip movements of a jointed medical device in a familiar and precise manner.
[0853]. The provision of a medical instrument comprising a jointed device moved by tendons according to one aspect of the invention, reduces the complexity of its machining, for example by eliminating the provision of channels or sheaths, allowing extreme miniaturization of the medical instrument, without reducing its reliability during use or assembly.
[0854]. Due to the provision of a jointed device according to one aspect of the invention, comprising actuation cables, or tendons, made of non-metallic material, for example polymeric material, it is possible to reduce the curvature radius of said tendons, as well as the friction coefficient of said tendons and consequently miniaturize further the jointed device. Due to the provision of a jointed device according to one aspect of the invention, comprising ruled surfaces with all parallel generatrices for the sliding of said tendons as well as tendon termination features arranged in a specific geometrical relationship to said surfaces, it is possible to do without tendon guide channels or sheaths, still guaranteeing parallelism of the tendons and hence allowing an extreme miniaturization of the jointed device.
[0855]. Due to the provision of a fabrication method according to one aspect of the invention, as well as a machining fixture, suitable to guarantee the simultaneous positioning of several workpieces in a manner that permits to their cutting lines to remain parallel to each other, it is possible to obtain a single cut path by a EDM cutting wire for each cutting plane, on a plurality of workpieces. In this way, it is possible to generate parallel surface on said pieces, with high tolerances, even in cases where very detailed, small shapes are machined.
[0856]. Due to the provision of a fabrication method according to one aspect of the invention, it is possible to produce micromechanical parts guaranteeing a high degree of precision as well as surfaces suitable for medical and/or surgical applications.
[0857]. Due to the provision of a fabrication method, according to one aspect of the invention, it is possible to produce a medical instrument more rapidly with respect to known solutions, and as a consequence, more cost-efficiently.
[0858]. Due to the provision of a machining fixture, as well as a fabrication method, according to one aspect of the invention, it is possible to obtain a fast and efficient process, even for repeated positioning of the workpieces within the machine.
[0859]. Due to the provision of an improved machining fixture for EDM according to one aspect of the invention, which accelerates the cutting process on a plurality of cut planes, it is possible to reduce the number and duration of the phases dedicated to calibrating the machine.
[0860]. Due to the provision of a fabrication method for electroerosion according to one aspect of the invention, which permits the machining of micromechanical parts comprising cavities and ridges, that, even when leaving a groove between two prongs 81 of material, are suitable to form pin holding features without having to machine holes, it is possible to significantly reduce the machining time.
[0861]. Due to the provision of a tendon drive system according to one aspect of the invention, it is possible to guarantee the movement of said tendons exclusively by a pusher assembly, suitable to push the tendons and produce tensile load on at least a portion of said tendon. In this way the drive system avoids pulling on the tendons, for example by clinging to a portion of the tendon or by wrapping a portion of the tendon around a winch.
[0862]. Due to the provision of a tendon drive system according to one aspect of the invention, the number and complexity of the components of said drive are reduced and any backlash of the parts when they are not loaded can be avoided, making the system suitable for extreme miniaturization, without diminishing its reliability or its precision.
[0863]. The provision of a tendon according to one aspect of the invention, allows the reduction of an outer diameter dimension of said tendon and as a consequence, of the medical instrument, without reducing its performance in terms of durability or reliability.
[0864]. Due to the provision of a tendon according to one aspect of the invention, it is possible to guarantee improved performance in term of sliding friction of said tendon on at least a portion of said medical instrument, with respect to known solutions.
[0865]. Due to the provision of a tendon, as well as a tendon replacement method, according to one aspect of the invention, it is possible to increase the working lifespan of said instrument with respect to known solutions.
[0866]. Due to the provision of a tendon according to one aspect of the invention, produced of non-metallic material, for example polymeric material, it is possible to reduce the curvature radius of said tendon, as well as the friction coefficient of said tendon, and consequently increase the miniaturization of the medical instrument that comprises said tendon.
[0867]. Due to the provision of a tendon according to one aspect of the invention, it is possible to do without the provision of tendon guide canals or sheaths in the medical instrument, still guaranteeing the parallelism between a plurality of tendons and hence allowing an extreme miniaturization of the medical instrument.
[0868]. Due to the provision of a tendon 90 comprising a second tendon endpoint 92 as described above, it is possible to obtain a jointed device 70 in which its members do not require tendon guides or channels to facilitate the tendon 90 routing, without said tendons 90 interfering with each other. In fact, the geometric location of said tendon endpoints 92 is chosen in a way that said tendons 90 run substantially parallel to each other and parallel to said sliding surface 40, 80.
[0869]. Due to the provision of a sliding surface, for example lateral sliding surfaces 40 and joint sliding surfaces 80, as previously described, it is possible for said tendons to slide over the jointed device with low friction.
[0870]. Due to the cooperation between said sliding surfaces 40, 80 and the geometric location of said first tendon endpoints 91 and said second tendon endpoints 92 it is possible to guarantee that the friction forces between the tendon and the sliding surface, as well as the fastening reactions at the first and second tendon endpoints 91 and 92 are substantially parallel to each other and along a same axis.
[0871]. Due to cooperation between said sliding surfaces 40, 80 and the geometric location of said first tendon endpoints 91 and said second tendon endpoints 92, it is possible to obtain an extreme miniaturization of said medical instrument 60. For example, in this way it is possible to do without pulleys and/or other tendon guides, which are not suitable to be miniaturized beyond a certain threshold. For example, according to an embodiment, the shaft 65 of said medical instrument can measure 3 millimeter in outer diameter.
[0872]. Due to the provision of tendons 90 sustaining a curvature radius smaller than or substantially equal to 1 millimeters, it is possible to design a tendon path T-T, that at least partially wraps around said members 71 , 72, 73, 74, 75, 77, 78, 177, 277 of said jointed device 70, such as to avoid the formation of loops, when for example at last a portion of said jointed device 70 moves with respect to an axis of movement P-P, Y-Y.
[0873]. Due to the provision of said tendon drive system 50, as well as a tendon 90, 190 having said first tendon endpoint 91 and said second tendon endpoint 92, being a boss, and/or a knot, and/or glued as previously described, it is possible to mount as well as easily replace a tendon 90, 190 with high precision, prolonging the working lifespan of said medical instrument 60. Furthermore, due to the provision of tendons made of polymeric material, the members of said jointed device 70 are not damaged during working conditions.
[0874]. Due to the provision of a tendon drive system 50 comprising at least a pusher assembly 94 suitable to push, while resting on a tendon deflectable portion 93 of a tendon 90, it is possible to actuate said tendons without squeezing them or wrapping them around a capstan.
[0875]. In this way it is possible to avoid damaging them when in working conditions, and hence increase the lifespan of said tendons, as well as of said medical instrument 60, diminishing maintenance costs.
[0876]. Due to the provision of a tendon drive system 50 as previously described, it is possible to reduce to a minimum the backlash within the tendon drive system 50, always providing a defined preload.
[0877]. Due to the provision of a substantially linear pusher assembly, it is possible to integrate micrometric actuation systems, such as slides and piezoelectric actuators, to control the tensile load of the tendons, as well as to release and pull exact lengths of tendon, allowing to move at least a portion of said medical instrument by a desired amount, for example around a movement axis.
[0878]. The provision of a tendon drive system suitable for cooperating with a jointed device across a sterile barrier allows the production of a medical instrument, which is highly reliable and sterile.
[0879]. Due to the provision of a fabrication method based on EDM as previously described, it is possible to fabricate an entire jointed device with only one placement step in a machine, decreasing the fabrication time and cost, without decreasing the reliability or precision of machining.
[0880]. Due to the provision of a fabrication method according to one aspect of the invention, it is possible to produce joint members of a jointed device having ruled surfaces with parallel generatrices, such as to allow a tendon sliding over them maintain a stationary path with respect to said joint member. This allows the friction between the tendon and the sliding surface of the joint member to be reduced to a minimum, facilitating the miniaturization of the jointed device.
[0881]. Due to the provision of a fabrication method based on EDM as previously described, suitable to transfer only thermal stimulation to the workpieces, it is possible to obtain parts of submillimeter dimensions, allowing an extreme miniaturization of said medical instrument 60, still maintaining a satisfying cut precision due to the provision of cutting on a plurality of workpieces in a single passing.
[0882]. Due to the provision of a tool, as well as a method of EDM according to one aspect of the invention, suitable for performing, with a single wire passing, the cut of parts in a plurality of workpieces which will be assembled together after machining, it is possible to obtain mating with millimetric precision, particularly suitable for building rotational joints features such as prongs, pivot holes, profiles of joint members, allowing hence to reliably mount pieces by snap-fit, or with controlled backlash between the same parts.
[0883]. Due to the provision of a robotic assembly 100, comprising at least one control instrument that replicates a traditional surgical instrument as well as a control device comprising an ergonomic support element for the operator, it is possible to improve the familiarity and ergonomics of the surgeon, improving the outcome of the surgical operation and patient comfort as a consequence.
[0884]. Due to the provision of a robotic assembly according to one aspect of the invention, comprising a macro-positioning arm having a mechanical structure of arm members, as well as highly rigid joints, it is possible to avoid structural mechanical vibrations at the terminal portion of the instrument, and hence facilitate the surgeon’s work.
[0885]. Although some combinations of embodiments described above can be seen in the attached figures, an expert of the field will also be able to configure combinations not shown in the figures, without departing from the scope of the following claims.
[0886]. To satisfy specific and contingent needs, a person skilled in the art can carry out several modifications, adaptations, and substitutions of elements with functionally equivalents, without departing from the scope of the following claims.
REFERENCE LIST
7 work volume, or common workspace volume
9 in-flight segment of the tendon
16 point of intersection
18 proximal tendon portion
19 distal tendon portion
20 control device
21 control instrument
22 detection device
23 connection cable
24 communication and power cable
25 operator support surface
26 status signal light
27 operator support element
28 position sensor
29 tip sensor
30 macro-positioning arm
31 first arm member
32 second arm member
33 third arm member
34 fourth arm member
35 release button, or brake release button
36 linear sliding guide
37 manual knob
38 support member
39 attachment feature
40 sliding surface
41 micro-positioning device
43 rotation dial nut
45 video camera
46 motorized rotary joint
47 base portion
48 plunger locking hole
49 machining groove
50 tendon drive system 51 first motorized slide, or first motorized micro-slide
52 second motorized slide, or second motorized micro-slide
53 third motorized slide, or third motorized micro-slide
54 first slide rail
55 second slide rail
56 third slide rail
57 frame
58 first frame portion, or upper frame
59 second frame portion, drum, or lower frame
60 medical instrument or micro-instrument or surgical micro-instrument
61 motor box
62 mechanical transmission box
63 sharp edge of lateral sliding surface
64 continuity surface of lateral gliding surface
65 shaft, or hollow shaft
67 control device base structure
68 tip portion of control device
69 forceps articulation of control device
70 jointed or articulated device
71 first member or first joint member, or first link
72 second member or second joint member, or second link
73 third member or third joint member, or third link
74 fourth member or fourth joint member, or fourth link
75 elbow member, or elbow link
76 fastening pin
77 terminal device, or terminal member, or terminal portion
78 wrist member or wrist joint member
79 pin hole
80 sliding surface or joint sliding surface
81 prong
82 tendon termination feature, or tendon fastening point.
83 surface
84 tendon fastening surface
86 winding surface, or ruled winding surface
87 sterile barrier 88 shoulder surface
89 tendon guide element
90 tendon, or actuation cable, or tendon of a first pair of tendons
90’ jacket
90” core
90”’ coating
91 first endpoint or first tendon endpoint, or proximal tendon endpoint, or first tendon termination
92 second endpoint or second tendon endpoint, or distal tendon endpoint, or second tendon termination
92’ tendon distal portion
93 tendon deflectable portion or deflectable portion
94 pusher assembly or pushing means
95 pushing element, piston, actuation piston or linear actuation piston.
96 plunger or sliding shaft
97 guiding elements, or tendon guiding elements, or guiding pulleys
98 plunger idle pulley
99 tensioning element, or pretensioning element, or spring
100 robotic surgery assembly, or robotic surgical assembly, or surgical robotic assembly, robotic assembly for micro-surgery or microsurgical robotic assembly
102 operating table
103 vision system, microscope, or surgical microscope
104 support or cart
105 foot platform
106 retractable handle
107 power cable
108 control panel
109 communication cable
110 cutting profile, or cutting line
111 display
112 machining fixture
113 first fixing surface of the first pair of fixin surfaces
114 second fixing surface of the first pair of fixing surfaces
115 cutting wire, or EDM wire, or electrical discharge machine wire
116 member holes or member seats 117 workpieces or pieces to be machined
118 reference rod
120 first control device
122 first rod portion
123 second rod portion
125 guide hole or opening
134 first fixing surface of the second pair of fixing surfaces
135 second fixing surface of the second pair of fixing surfaces
141 first micro-positioning device
145 first portion of plunger
146 second portion of plunger
147 pushing surface
148 reciprocal pushing surface
150 sensor
151 force sensor
152 pressure sensor
153 proximity sensor
160 first medical instrument
170 first jointed device
171 rotational joint
172 jointing portion
173 spherical joint
177 first portion of terminal member
190 opposite tendon, or opposite tendon of a first pair of tendons
191 tendon of a second pair of tendons
192 opposite tendon of a second pair of tendons
194 opposite pusher assembly or opposite pushing means
197 first guiding element, or first guiding pulleys
199 opposite tensioning element, opposite pretensioning element, or opposite spring
210 second cut profile
220 second control device
221 second control instrument
241 second micro-positioning device
260 second medical instrument
270 second jointed device 277 second portion of terminal member
297 second tendon guiding element, or second tendon guiding pulley
397 third tendon guiding element, or third tendon guiding pulley.
497 fourth tendon guiding element, or fourth tendon guiding pulley.
200 surgeon, or microsurgeon
201 patient
202 surgical needle
341 third micro-positioning device
360 third medical instrument
T-T tendon direction or tendon path
X-X longitudinal shaft direction, or instrument axis
P-P pitch axis, or first axis of joint movement
Y-Y yaw axis, or second axis of joint movement a-a first axis of arm movement b-b second axis of arm movement c-c third axis of arm movement d-d fourth axis of arm movement e-e longitudinal axis of base portion of macro positioning arm f-f first slide direction g-g second slide direction h-h third slide direction r-r longitudinal axis of rotation
X-Y first cutting plane
Y-Z second cutting plane
X-Z third cutting plane
0 shaft angle

Claims

1. Robotic surgery assembly (100) comprising a medical instrument (60, 160, 260) comprising: a frame (57), and a jointed device (70) having a degree of freedom with respect of said frame, and at least one tendon (90, 190) made of polymer fibers for actuating said degree of freedom; wherein: said at least one tendon (90) comprises a tendon endpoint (92) connected to the medical instrument to exert a tensile load for actuating said degree of freedom; to actuate said degree of freedom, said at least one tendon (90, 190) slides while in contact on at least one portion of said jointed device (70); said at least one tendon (90) is made of braided strands, the strands being composed by said polymeric fibers.
2. Robotic surgery assembly (100) according to claim 1 , wherein said degree of freedom is a rotational joint.
3. Robotic surgery assembly (100) according to claim 2, wherein said at least one portion of the jointed device (70) on which said at least one tendon (90, 190) slides is formed by a convex, ruled surface (40, 80, 140, 180) formed by a plurality of straight generator lines parallel to an axis of said rotational joint.
4. Robotic surgery assembly (100) according to claim 2, wherein said at least one portion of the jointed device (70) on which said at least one tendon (90, 190) slides is formed by a convex, ruled surface (40, 80, 140, 180) formed by a plurality of straight generator lines either parallel or orthogonal to an axis of said rotational joint.
5. Robotic surgery assembly (100) according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein said jointed device (70) comprises at least two articulating links, and wherein said at least one tendon (90, 190) slides on both said at least two articulating links.
6. Robotic surgery assembly (100) according to claim 5, wherein said at least two articulating links are in contact to each other.
7. Robotic surgery assembly (100) according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein said at least one tendon (90, 190) has a PPI in range 20-60.
8. Robotic surgery assembly (100) according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein the PPI of said at least one tendon (90, 190) is higher at a distal portion (92’) of thereof, said distal portion (92’) being located near said tendon endpoint (92).
9. Robotic surgery assembly (100) according to claim 8, wherein said distal portion (92’) having higher PPI has length which is equal or inferior to 1/3 of the tendon length, and preferably equal or inferior to 1/10 of the tendon length, and more preferably equal or inferior to 1/20 of the tendon length.
10. Robotic surgery assembly (100) according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein said termination (92) is a knot.
11. Robotic surgery assembly (100) according to claim 10, wherein said knot is heated locally melting segments of the tendon (90, 190) forming said knot.
12. Robotic surgery assembly (100) according to claim 10 or 11 , wherein said link of the jointed device (70) comprises a winding surface (86) and said knot rests on said winding surface (86), wherein preferably said winding surface (86) is a ruled surface formed by straight generator lines all parallel to each other.
13. Robotic surgery assembly (100) according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein the jointed device (70) comprises a tendon fastening point (82) where the tendon endpoint (92) is connected to, and wherein the frame (57) comprises a shaft (65), and wherein said at least one tendon (90, 190) is more flexible close to or at the tendon fastening point (82) and is stiffer close to or inside said shaft (65).
14. Robotic surgery assembly (100) according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein said at least one tendon (90, 190) comprises a distal portion (92’) located near the tendon endpoint (92), said distal portion (92’) is braided with PPI in range 25 - 100, preferably with PPI in range 50-100.
15. Robotic surgery assembly (100) according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein said at least one tendon (90, 190) comprises a longitudinal portion (19) which is braided with PPI in range 3-25.
16. Robotic surgery assembly (100) according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein said at least one tendon (90, 190) is thinner at said tendon endpoint (92) and/or at said tendon distal portion (92’).
17. Robotic surgery assembly (100) according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein said at least one tendon (90, 190) has a core (90”) and a jacket (90’), and wherein said jacket (90’) and/or said core (90”) is made of braided polymeric strands.
18. Robotic surgery assembly (100) according to claim 17, wherein said jacket (90’) is braided with a PPI in range 25-100.
19. Robotic surgery assembly (100) according to claim 17 or 18, wherein said core (90”) is braided with PPI in range 3-30.
20. Robotic surgery assembly (100) according to any one of claims 17 to 19, wherein the strands of the braided jacket (90’) have transverse dimension, for example the diameter, inferior to the transverse dimension, for example the diameter, of the strands of the braided 105 core (90”).
21. Robotic surgery assembly (100) according to any one of claims 17 to 20, wherein the strands of the braided jacket (90’) have linear density inferior to the linear density of the strands of the braided core (90”).
22. Robotic surgery assembly (100) according to claim 17 or 19, wherein said jacket (90’) is or comprises a coating, preferably made of PDMS and/or PTFE.
PCT/IB2021/061911 2020-12-22 2021-12-17 Surgical tool for robotic surgery and robotic surgical assembly WO2022137052A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2023537965A JP2023554516A (en) 2020-12-22 2021-12-17 Surgical instruments and robotic surgical assemblies for robotic surgery
CN202180081923.2A CN116546936A (en) 2020-12-22 2021-12-17 Surgical tool for robotic surgery and robotic surgical assembly
EP21834923.1A EP4267033A1 (en) 2020-12-22 2021-12-17 Surgical tool for robotic surgery and robotic surgical assembly

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US17/130,710 2020-12-22
US17/130,710 US20210106393A1 (en) 2015-10-16 2020-12-22 Surgical tool for robotic surgery and robotic surgical assembly

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022137052A1 true WO2022137052A1 (en) 2022-06-30

Family

ID=79164989

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/IB2021/061911 WO2022137052A1 (en) 2020-12-22 2021-12-17 Surgical tool for robotic surgery and robotic surgical assembly

Country Status (4)

Country Link
EP (1) EP4267033A1 (en)
JP (1) JP2023554516A (en)
CN (1) CN116546936A (en)
WO (1) WO2022137052A1 (en)

Citations (20)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US135204A (en) 1873-01-28 Improvement in articles of food
US135794A (en) 1873-02-11 fbyek
WO2000005657A1 (en) 1998-07-21 2000-02-03 Conduct Ltd. Automatic network topology analysis
US6371952B1 (en) 1996-05-20 2002-04-16 Intuitive Surgical, Inc. Articulated surgical instrument for performing minimally invasive surgery with enhanced dexterity and sensitivity
US6385509B2 (en) 1998-04-16 2002-05-07 California Institute Of Technology Tool actuation and force feedback on robot-assisted microsurgery system
US6394998B1 (en) 1999-01-22 2002-05-28 Intuitive Surgical, Inc. Surgical tools for use in minimally invasive telesurgical applications
WO2003001986A2 (en) 2001-06-29 2003-01-09 Intuitive Surgical, Inc. Surgical tool having positively positionable tendon-actuated multi-disk wrist joint
US20030034748A1 (en) 2001-08-17 2003-02-20 Walters James E. Method and system for controlling start of a permanent magnet machine
US6768076B2 (en) 2002-05-15 2004-07-27 Joseph M. Walter Precision base and fixture adapter set-up
US6963792B1 (en) 1992-01-21 2005-11-08 Sri International Surgical method
US7155316B2 (en) 2002-08-13 2006-12-26 Microbotics Corporation Microsurgical robot system
US20080177285A1 (en) 1998-02-24 2008-07-24 Hansen Medical, Inc. Surgical instrument
US20090112230A1 (en) 2007-10-31 2009-04-30 Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba Manipulator
WO2010005657A2 (en) 2008-07-07 2010-01-14 Intuitive Surgical, Inc. Surgical instrument wrist
WO2010009221A2 (en) 2008-07-16 2010-01-21 Intuitive Surgical, Inc. Four-cable wrist with solid surface cable channels
US20100168721A1 (en) * 2008-12-30 2010-07-01 Intuitive Surgical, Inc. Lubricating tendons in a tendon-actuated surgical instrument
US20130066342A1 (en) * 2011-09-13 2013-03-14 Abbott Cardiovascular Systems, Inc. Gripper pusher mechanism for tissue apposition systems
US8521331B2 (en) 2009-11-13 2013-08-27 Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. Patient-side surgeon interface for a minimally invasive, teleoperated surgical instrument
WO2014151952A1 (en) 2013-03-14 2014-09-25 Sri International Compact robotic wrist
WO2018189722A1 (en) * 2017-04-14 2018-10-18 Medical Microinstruments S.p.A. Robotic microsurgical assembly

Patent Citations (20)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US135794A (en) 1873-02-11 fbyek
US135204A (en) 1873-01-28 Improvement in articles of food
US6963792B1 (en) 1992-01-21 2005-11-08 Sri International Surgical method
US6371952B1 (en) 1996-05-20 2002-04-16 Intuitive Surgical, Inc. Articulated surgical instrument for performing minimally invasive surgery with enhanced dexterity and sensitivity
US20080177285A1 (en) 1998-02-24 2008-07-24 Hansen Medical, Inc. Surgical instrument
US6385509B2 (en) 1998-04-16 2002-05-07 California Institute Of Technology Tool actuation and force feedback on robot-assisted microsurgery system
WO2000005657A1 (en) 1998-07-21 2000-02-03 Conduct Ltd. Automatic network topology analysis
US6394998B1 (en) 1999-01-22 2002-05-28 Intuitive Surgical, Inc. Surgical tools for use in minimally invasive telesurgical applications
WO2003001986A2 (en) 2001-06-29 2003-01-09 Intuitive Surgical, Inc. Surgical tool having positively positionable tendon-actuated multi-disk wrist joint
US20030034748A1 (en) 2001-08-17 2003-02-20 Walters James E. Method and system for controlling start of a permanent magnet machine
US6768076B2 (en) 2002-05-15 2004-07-27 Joseph M. Walter Precision base and fixture adapter set-up
US7155316B2 (en) 2002-08-13 2006-12-26 Microbotics Corporation Microsurgical robot system
US20090112230A1 (en) 2007-10-31 2009-04-30 Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba Manipulator
WO2010005657A2 (en) 2008-07-07 2010-01-14 Intuitive Surgical, Inc. Surgical instrument wrist
WO2010009221A2 (en) 2008-07-16 2010-01-21 Intuitive Surgical, Inc. Four-cable wrist with solid surface cable channels
US20100168721A1 (en) * 2008-12-30 2010-07-01 Intuitive Surgical, Inc. Lubricating tendons in a tendon-actuated surgical instrument
US8521331B2 (en) 2009-11-13 2013-08-27 Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. Patient-side surgeon interface for a minimally invasive, teleoperated surgical instrument
US20130066342A1 (en) * 2011-09-13 2013-03-14 Abbott Cardiovascular Systems, Inc. Gripper pusher mechanism for tissue apposition systems
WO2014151952A1 (en) 2013-03-14 2014-09-25 Sri International Compact robotic wrist
WO2018189722A1 (en) * 2017-04-14 2018-10-18 Medical Microinstruments S.p.A. Robotic microsurgical assembly

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
A.BIKING ET AL.: "Variables and Methods for Aesthetic Braid Design", JOURNAL OF TEXTILE AND APPAREL (JTATM), TECHNOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT, vol. 7, 2012
H.A.MCKENNA ET AL.: "Handbook of fibre rope technology", 2004, WOODHEAD PUBLISHING

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP4267033A1 (en) 2023-11-01
CN116546936A (en) 2023-08-04
JP2023554516A (en) 2023-12-27

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20210386496A1 (en) Surgical tool for robotic surgery and robotic surgical assembly
US11103319B2 (en) Surgical tool
US20210339326A1 (en) Method of manufacturing for a medical instrument
US20210106393A1 (en) Surgical tool for robotic surgery and robotic surgical assembly
WO2022137052A1 (en) Surgical tool for robotic surgery and robotic surgical assembly

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21834923

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 202180081923.2

Country of ref document: CN

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2023537965

Country of ref document: JP

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2021834923

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20230724